Bay . Area . United . Against . War                     
Local Actions and Campaigns:



Good Anti-War Calendars:

  • Next BAUAW Meeting:


    Recent BAUAW Newsletter Posts:
  • BAUAW NEWSLETTER - FRIDAY, JANUARY 23, 2009
  • BAUAW NEWSLETTER - THURSDAY, JANUARY 22, 2009
  • BAUAW NEWSLETTER - TUESDAY, JANUARY 20, 2009
  • BAUAW NEWSLETTER - MONDAY, JANUARY 18, 2009
  • BAUAW NEWSLETTER - SUNDAY, JANUARY 18, 2009
  • BAUAW NEWSLETTER - SATURDAY, JANUARY 17, 2009
  • BAUAW NEWSLETTER - FRIDAY, JANUARY 16, 2009
  • BAUAW NEWSLETTER - THURSDAY, JANUARY 15, 2009
  • BAUAW NEWSLETTER - TUESDAY, JANUARY 13, 2009
  • BAUAW NEWSLETTER - MONDAY, JANUARY 12, 2009

    Archives:
    09/05/2004 - 09/12/2004 09/12/2004 - 09/19/2004 09/19/2004 - 09/26/2004 09/26/2004 - 10/03/2004 10/03/2004 - 10/10/2004 10/10/2004 - 10/17/2004 10/17/2004 - 10/24/2004 10/24/2004 - 10/31/2004 10/31/2004 - 11/07/2004 11/07/2004 - 11/14/2004 11/14/2004 - 11/21/2004 11/21/2004 - 11/28/2004 11/28/2004 - 12/05/2004 12/05/2004 - 12/12/2004 12/12/2004 - 12/19/2004 12/19/2004 - 12/26/2004 12/26/2004 - 01/02/2005 01/02/2005 - 01/09/2005 01/09/2005 - 01/16/2005 01/16/2005 - 01/23/2005 01/23/2005 - 01/30/2005 02/13/2005 - 02/20/2005 02/20/2005 - 02/27/2005 02/27/2005 - 03/06/2005 03/06/2005 - 03/13/2005 03/13/2005 - 03/20/2005 03/20/2005 - 03/27/2005 03/27/2005 - 04/03/2005 04/03/2005 - 04/10/2005 04/10/2005 - 04/17/2005 04/17/2005 - 04/24/2005 04/24/2005 - 05/01/2005 05/01/2005 - 05/08/2005 05/08/2005 - 05/15/2005 05/15/2005 - 05/22/2005 05/22/2005 - 05/29/2005 05/29/2005 - 06/05/2005 06/05/2005 - 06/12/2005 06/12/2005 - 06/19/2005 06/19/2005 - 06/26/2005 06/26/2005 - 07/03/2005 07/03/2005 - 07/10/2005 07/10/2005 - 07/17/2005 07/17/2005 - 07/24/2005 07/24/2005 - 07/31/2005 07/31/2005 - 08/07/2005 08/07/2005 - 08/14/2005 08/14/2005 - 08/21/2005 08/21/2005 - 08/28/2005 08/28/2005 - 09/04/2005 09/04/2005 - 09/11/2005 09/18/2005 - 09/25/2005 09/25/2005 - 10/02/2005 10/16/2005 - 10/23/2005 11/06/2005 - 11/13/2005 02/12/2006 - 02/19/2006 02/19/2006 - 02/26/2006 03/05/2006 - 03/12/2006 03/12/2006 - 03/19/2006 03/19/2006 - 03/26/2006 03/26/2006 - 04/02/2006 04/02/2006 - 04/09/2006 04/09/2006 - 04/16/2006 04/16/2006 - 04/23/2006 04/23/2006 - 04/30/2006 04/30/2006 - 05/07/2006 05/07/2006 - 05/14/2006 05/21/2006 - 05/28/2006 05/28/2006 - 06/04/2006 06/04/2006 - 06/11/2006 06/11/2006 - 06/18/2006 06/18/2006 - 06/25/2006 07/02/2006 - 07/09/2006 07/23/2006 - 07/30/2006 07/30/2006 - 08/06/2006 08/06/2006 - 08/13/2006 08/13/2006 - 08/20/2006 08/20/2006 - 08/27/2006 08/27/2006 - 09/03/2006 09/03/2006 - 09/10/2006 09/10/2006 - 09/17/2006 09/17/2006 - 09/24/2006 09/24/2006 - 10/01/2006 10/01/2006 - 10/08/2006 10/08/2006 - 10/15/2006 10/15/2006 - 10/22/2006 10/22/2006 - 10/29/2006 10/29/2006 - 11/05/2006 11/05/2006 - 11/12/2006 11/12/2006 - 11/19/2006 11/19/2006 - 11/26/2006 11/26/2006 - 12/03/2006 12/03/2006 - 12/10/2006 12/10/2006 - 12/17/2006 12/17/2006 - 12/24/2006 12/24/2006 - 12/31/2006 12/31/2006 - 01/07/2007 01/07/2007 - 01/14/2007 01/14/2007 - 01/21/2007 01/21/2007 - 01/28/2007 01/28/2007 - 02/04/2007 02/04/2007 - 02/11/2007 02/11/2007 - 02/18/2007 02/18/2007 - 02/25/2007 02/25/2007 - 03/04/2007 03/04/2007 - 03/11/2007 03/11/2007 - 03/18/2007 03/18/2007 - 03/25/2007 03/25/2007 - 04/01/2007 04/01/2007 - 04/08/2007 04/08/2007 - 04/15/2007 04/15/2007 - 04/22/2007 04/22/2007 - 04/29/2007 04/29/2007 - 05/06/2007 05/06/2007 - 05/13/2007 05/13/2007 - 05/20/2007 05/20/2007 - 05/27/2007 05/27/2007 - 06/03/2007 06/03/2007 - 06/10/2007 06/10/2007 - 06/17/2007 06/17/2007 - 06/24/2007 06/24/2007 - 07/01/2007 07/01/2007 - 07/08/2007 07/08/2007 - 07/15/2007 07/15/2007 - 07/22/2007 07/22/2007 - 07/29/2007 07/29/2007 - 08/05/2007 08/05/2007 - 08/12/2007 08/12/2007 - 08/19/2007 08/19/2007 - 08/26/2007 08/26/2007 - 09/02/2007 09/02/2007 - 09/09/2007 09/09/2007 - 09/16/2007 09/16/2007 - 09/23/2007 09/23/2007 - 09/30/2007 09/30/2007 - 10/07/2007 10/07/2007 - 10/14/2007 10/14/2007 - 10/21/2007 10/21/2007 - 10/28/2007 10/28/2007 - 11/04/2007 11/04/2007 - 11/11/2007 11/11/2007 - 11/18/2007 11/18/2007 - 11/25/2007 11/25/2007 - 12/02/2007 12/02/2007 - 12/09/2007 12/09/2007 - 12/16/2007 12/16/2007 - 12/23/2007 12/23/2007 - 12/30/2007 12/30/2007 - 01/06/2008 01/06/2008 - 01/13/2008 01/13/2008 - 01/20/2008 01/20/2008 - 01/27/2008 01/27/2008 - 02/03/2008 02/03/2008 - 02/10/2008 02/10/2008 - 02/17/2008 02/17/2008 - 02/24/2008 02/24/2008 - 03/02/2008 03/02/2008 - 03/09/2008 03/09/2008 - 03/16/2008 03/16/2008 - 03/23/2008 03/23/2008 - 03/30/2008 03/30/2008 - 04/06/2008 04/06/2008 - 04/13/2008 04/13/2008 - 04/20/2008 04/20/2008 - 04/27/2008 04/27/2008 - 05/04/2008 05/04/2008 - 05/11/2008 05/11/2008 - 05/18/2008 05/18/2008 - 05/25/2008 05/25/2008 - 06/01/2008 06/01/2008 - 06/08/2008 06/08/2008 - 06/15/2008 06/15/2008 - 06/22/2008 06/22/2008 - 06/29/2008 06/29/2008 - 07/06/2008 07/06/2008 - 07/13/2008 07/13/2008 - 07/20/2008 07/20/2008 - 07/27/2008 07/27/2008 - 08/03/2008 08/03/2008 - 08/10/2008 08/10/2008 - 08/17/2008 08/17/2008 - 08/24/2008 08/24/2008 - 08/31/2008 08/31/2008 - 09/07/2008 09/07/2008 - 09/14/2008 09/14/2008 - 09/21/2008 09/21/2008 - 09/28/2008 09/28/2008 - 10/05/2008 10/05/2008 - 10/12/2008 10/12/2008 - 10/19/2008 10/19/2008 - 10/26/2008 10/26/2008 - 11/02/2008 11/02/2008 - 11/09/2008 11/09/2008 - 11/16/2008 11/16/2008 - 11/23/2008 11/23/2008 - 11/30/2008 11/30/2008 - 12/07/2008 12/07/2008 - 12/14/2008 12/14/2008 - 12/21/2008 12/21/2008 - 12/28/2008 12/28/2008 - 01/04/2009 01/04/2009 - 01/11/2009 01/11/2009 - 01/18/2009 01/18/2009 - 01/25/2009

  • BAUAW NEWSLETTER
    Subscribe/Unsubscribe

    Saturday, December 18, 2004
     

    BAUAW NEWSLETTER-SATURDAY, DEC. 18, 2004

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    STOP THE WAR ON IRAQ! BRING OUR TROOPS HOME NOW!
    ALL OUT JANUARY 20TH, 5:00 P.M., CIVIC CENTER, S.F.

    ************BREAKING NEWS**************

    According to the A.N.S.W.E.R. Washington, DC news conference
    covered live on CSPAN on Friday, Dec. 17, (the news conference
    will be re-broadcast-see item following this) the U.S. government
    is not allowing antiwar/anti-Bush protestors onto Pennsylvania Ave.
    along the inauguration route.

    A.N.S.W.E.R. reported, there are three types of tickets available for
    the inauguration, Group A, is for personally invited guests; Group B,
    is for contributors to the Bush campaign (for both of these groups
    a list is carefully checked before tickets are sold;) tickets for Group C,
    for the general public, are not available. None. They are simply not sold.

    The Government, in a stalling move, has not denied permits to ANSWER
    for space for counter demonstrators, rather they are delaying as long
    as possible with the knowledge that the longer the permits are denied,
    the harder it will be for people to make arrangements to come to DC
    to protest. If and when permits are officially denied, A.N.S.W.E.R.
    declared they would challenge the government legally as they did
    in the last presidential inauguration "celebration."

    We have a constitutional right to protest the inauguration. BAUAW
    encourages all to show up in DC and come to Pennsylvania Avenue
    with your signs and banners and express your opposition to Bush
    and to the War.

    We demand, along with A.N.S.W.E.R., equal access along the rout
    for all. We have a right to protest our government or any of its official
    representatives. Nothing gives the government the right to disallow
    legal and peaceful protest. We say all out to Washington, DC if you
    can make it.

    If you can't go to DC, come out Jan. 20, 5pm, Civic Center, SF. in
    solidarity with all protestors in Washington and everywhere who
    oppose this war.

    We are encouraging everyone to participate somehow by wearing
    buttons and signs at work, at school and on the bus; hold banners
    at freeway entrances, and crowded shopping areas etc. on Jan. 20.
    Students should hold rallies and march to the Civic Center.

    Come to our next meeting and pick a place to flyer or table for
    Jan. 20 or hold a sign during the day, on Jan. 20 if you can.

    NEXT BAY AREA UNITED AGAINST WAR MEETING:

    SATURDAY, JANUARY 8, 11AM
    CENTRO DEL PUEBLO
    474 VALENCIA STREET
    (NEAR 16TH STREET IN SAN FRANCISCO)

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    A.N.S.W.E.R. January 20 Press Conference to be rebroadcast on C-Span

    Friday, December 17
    8:13 pm ET on C-Span 1
    11:45 pm ET on C-Span 1

    Saturday, December 18
    5:15 am ET on C-Span 1

    Check the C-Span schedule for additional times and changes.

    Leaders from the A.N.S.W.E.R. Coalition and others involved in
    the January 20 Counter-Inaugural Protest in Washington DC held
    a press conference today (December 17). The press conference
    was broadcast live on C-Span 1 at 1 pm ET.

    At this time, the press conference is scheduled to be rebroadcast
    on C-Span 1 at 8:13 pm ET and 11:45 pm ET on Friday, December 17,
    and at 5:15 am ET on Saturday, December 18. Additional broadcast
    times are likely and can be found on the C-Span website schedule.
    Please note that all times are subject to change - so please check
    the schedule regularly. The program is called "Inaugural Parade
    Protests - Act Now to Stop War & End Racism (A.N.S.W.E.R.)".

    Programs can also be viewed on the C-Span website and heard
    on the radio.

    Show your support for this free speech fight and to help build
    the January 20 CounterInaugural demonstration along Pennsylvania
    Avenue. We cannot carry out this huge effort without the generous
    donations from those in the United States who believe in justice.
    You can make an urgently needed contribution for the January
    20 mobilization through a secure server by clicking here, where
    you can also find information on how to contribute by check.

    Pledge now to support the January 20 demonstration. To
    endorse, click here.

    The A.N.S.W.E.R. Coalition will send out an email update in
    the next few days regarding logistics, bus drop off and other
    transportation information. If you are organizing transportation
    from your city, fill out the Transportation Form to list your
    information on the A.N.S.W.E.R. website and help spread the
    word.

    For downloadable flyers, click here.

    A.N.S.W.E.R. Coalition
    Act Now to Stop War & End Racism
    http://www.ANSWERcoalition.org
    info@internationalanswer.org
    National Office in Washington DC: 202-544-3389
    New York City: 212-533-0417
    Los Angeles: 323-464-1636
    San Francisco: 415-821-6545
    For media inquiries, call 202-544-3389.

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    Hello All,

    Lynne Stewart will be on Court TV tonight (a segment filmed
    earlier this month). The show begins at 5 pm goes until 6 pm.
    Interviewed by Joe Hamill we expect her segment to be in the
    latter part of the show.

    And another reminder - we have a wonderful Holiday Party
    planned for Saturday, Dec. 18th. Please be there!!!!

    From: "Larry Felson"
    Subject: Lynne Stewart case

    Date: Sat, 18 Dec 2004 07:56:15 +0000

    [From Pat in New York]

    The trial portion of the case has concluded. We now face summations
    and charge. Govt. summations begin on December 29th and may
    go into December 30th. There will be a 4 day break for New Years
    until Monday, January 3rd. The Order of Summations : Summation
    in Chief by Mr. Dember, AUSA for the Government; followed by
    David Stern, Esq. for Mr. Yousry, and either Barry Fallick, Esq.
    or Kenneth Paul, Esq. for Ahmed Sattar; followed by Michael Tigar
    for Lynne Stewart. Then the Government will have rebuttal
    summation by Robin Baker, AUSA. Followed by Judge Koeltl's
    charge to the jury. To hear Michael Tigar it is probably best to
    be in court on January 3rd and 4th. Check the website for further
    updates and don't forget to come to The People's Holiday Party
    on Saturday, December 18th.
    COME TO THE PEOPLE'S HOLIDAY PARTY!!!

    JOIN US
    TO BENEFIT

    THE LYNNE STEWART DEFENSE COMMITTEE
    (LYNNE STEWART, ATTORNEY NOW ON TRIAL IN FEDERAL
    COURT NEW YORK)

    THE BRECHT FORUM
    (WORKING FOR SOCIAL CHANGE & RAISING MONEY FOR
    MOVING EXPENSES)

    SATURDAY, DECEMBER 18TH - 7:30 P.M. TIL

    FEATURING:
    MICHAEL SMITH - MASTER OF CEREMONIES
    LYNNE STEWART
    VINIE BURROWS - ACTRESS CULTURAL WORKER
    SPARLHA SWA - SINGER
    RANDY CREDICO - COMEDIAN AND ACTIVIST
    KHALIL JOHNSON - POET
    NORMAN MARSHALL - PORTRAYER OF JOHN BROWN
    LORCAN OTWAY OF SORCHA DORCHA, WITH DICK
    CHENEY AND THE QUAKERS
    DJ GRINGO LOCO - DANCING

    AN EVENING OF SOLIDARITY, FUN, MUSIC, DRINKS
    AND FOOD - SPEECHES AND SCHMOOZING
    SLIDING SCALE $10 - $20 & up appreciated
    PLACE: THE BRECHT FORUM
    122 W27TH. ST.,10TH FLOOR, NEW YORK CITY
    (Between 6TH & 7TH Aves.)
    STOP BY ON YOUR WAY TO AND FROM OTHER
    EVENTS OR FOR THE WHOLE EVENING - SEE YOU THERE
    212-625-9696

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    1) Art & Resistance in Occupied Palestine
    Recent murals and Palestinian & Israeli Civil Disobedience

    2) Nearly Half in U.S. Say Restrict Muslims
    By WILLIAM KATES
    ITHACA, N.Y. (AP)
    Associated Press Writer
    Dec 18, 9:43 AM EST
    http://hosted.ap.org/dynamic/stories/M/MUSLIMS_CIVIL_LIBERTIES?SITE=NYSTA&SE
    CTION=HOME&TEMPLATE=DEFAULT

    3) Bush looking at freezing domestic spending
    WASHINGTON (AP)
    http://www.cnn.com/2004/ALLPOLITICS/12/17/bush.spending.ap/index.html

    4) U.S. Presses Co-Defendant Near Close of Terror Trial
    By JULIA PRESTON
    December 17, 2004
    http://www.nytimes.com/2004/12/17/nyregion/17stewart.html

    5) Arab media reports on US plan to attack Iran
    AzerNews (Azerbaijan)
    December 17, 2004
    http://www.azernews.net/view.php?d=5536

    6) Pentagon Seeks to Expand Role in Intelligence
    By DOUGLAS JEHL and ERIC SCHMITT
    WASHINGTON
    December 19, 2004
    http://www.nytimes.com/2004/12/19/politics/19military.html?hp&ex=1103432400&
    en=0623190e8121e407&ei=5094&partner=homepage

    7) In Congo War, Even Peacekeepers Add to Horror
    By MARC LACEY
    December 18, 2004
    http://www.nytimes.com/2004/12/18/international/africa/18congo.html?hp&ex=11
    03432400&en=962ad452438e18ef&ei=5094&partner=homepage

    8) AARP Poll Shows Most Support Legalizing Medicinal Marijuana
    By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
    December 19, 2004
    http://www.nytimes.com/2004/12/19/national/19marijuana.html

    9) PICTURES OF WAR
    Here are two sets of pictures.
    First set---
    PLEASE ACCESS:
    http://dahrjamailiraq.com/gallery/view_album.php?set_albumName=album28&page=
    1
    page=1>
    Second Set--
    PLEASE ACCESS:
    http://groups.yahoo.com/group/coalitionforfreethoughtinmedia/message/26138



    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    1) Art & Resistance in Occupied Palestine
    Recent murals and Palestinian & Israeli Civil Disobedience

    Susan Greene, Eric Drooker, Dalit Baum, members of Jews for a Free
    Palestine recently returned from the West Bank, Monadel Herzallah and
    Special Guests

    A slide and video lecture, art auction, food, and raffle fundraiser


    Saturday, December 18th 7:00

    New College of California, 777 Valencia Street
    $10-$100 no one turned away for lack of funds

    Proceeds go to medical aid for Gaza, victims of home demolition and Break
    the Silence Mural Project

    Sponsored by Break the Silence Mural Project and Jews for a Free Palestine,
    Middle East Children’s Alliance, Justice in Palestine Coalition, Anarchists
    Against the Wall

    The Slide and Video Lecture:
    In 2004 Break the Silence SF muralist and psychologist Susan Greene and
    renowned illustrator Eric Drooker traveled to the West Bank and Gaza to
    paint community murals with Palestinians.

    Dalit Baum is a member of Anarchists Against the Wall and Black Laundry,
    and will show video documentation of Israeli and Palestinian joint actions
    and civil disobedience protesting the Wall.

    The following murals were completed:

    1) Hani Amer Family Mural: on the Israeli built wall that encircles the
    Hani Amer home in the West Bank that has been the site of many protests and
    Palestinian and Israeli peace camps. This mural was painted with the
    children and extended family and represented an act of creative control over
    their environment.

    2) Memorial mural in Qadura refugee camp in Ramallah that honors an Italian
    journalist killed by the Israeli military and eleven young people who were
    killed during the first and second uprising or Intifada,

    3) In the town of Beit Hanoun in the Gaza strip, several hundred thousand
    citrus trees were destroyed leaving the town unemployed and devasted. On a
    cultural center for youth Greene, Drooker and the center's staff painted a
    three story orange tree. The Center's director wanted the children to
    remember what the orange trees looked like.

    The Art Auction:
    A silent auction for works by some of the Bay Area's finest artists.

    Cheap Arts and Crafts:
    By some of the Bay Area's most crafty

    Raffle:
    For a wide range of exciting offerings

    Refreshments and delectable foods.

    Brief History of Break the Silence

    Starting in 1989 when a group of Jewish Women Artists travelled to Palestine
    to paint community murals in solidarity with Palestinian refugees, Break
    the Silence has worked to use art to raise awareness about what life is like
    for Palestinians in Israel. Our ultimate goal is to contribute to the
    struggle to end the occupation of Palestine.

    BTS has painted murals in refugee camps and cultural centers in the West
    Bank and Gaza, and to reach our aim has painted murals in San Francisco
    about Palestine, published articles, created videos and presented scores of
    slide shows across the country.

    Bay_Area_Activist list info: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/bay_area_activist
    Archives: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/bay_area_activist/messages
    Calendar: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/bay_area_activist/calendar
    List-Unsubscribe:
    <mailto:bay_area_activist-unsubscribe@yahoogroups.com>
    List-Subscribe: List subscription is by invitation only -
    Send an email to: <mailto:bay_area_activist-owner@yahoogroups.com>
    to request an invitation.

    WHEN SPIDERS UNITE, THEY CAN TIE DOWN A LION -- Ethiopian Proverb

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    2) Nearly Half in U.S. Say Restrict Muslims
    By WILLIAM KATES
    ITHACA, N.Y. (AP)
    Associated Press Writer
    Dec 18, 9:43 AM EST
    http://hosted.ap.org/dynamic/stories/M/MUSLIMS_CIVIL_LIBERTIES?SITE=NYSTA&SE
    CTION=HOME&TEMPLATE=DEFAULT

    ITHACA, N.Y. (AP) -- Nearly half of all Americans believe the U.S.
    government should restrict the civil liberties of Muslim Americans,
    according to a nationwide poll.

    The survey conducted by Cornell University also found that
    Republicans and people who described themselves as highly
    religious were more apt to support curtailing Muslims' civil
    liberties than Democrats or people who are less religious.

    Researchers also found that respondents who paid more attention
    to television news were more likely to fear terrorist attacks and
    support limiting the rights of Muslim Americans.

    "It's sad news. It's disturbing news. But it's not unpredictable,"
    said Mahdi Bray, executive director of the Muslim American
    Society. "The nation is at war, even if it's not a traditional war.
    We just have to remain vigilant and continue to interface."

    The survey found 44 percent favored at least some restrictions
    on the civil liberties of Muslim Americans. Forty-eight percent
    said liberties should not be restricted in any way.

    The survey showed that 27 percent of respondents supported
    requiring all Muslim Americans to register where they lived with
    the federal government. Twenty-two percent favored racial
    profiling to identify potential terrorist threats. And 29 percent
    thought undercover agents should infiltrate Muslim civic and
    volunteer organizations to keep tabs on their activities and
    fund-raising.

    Cornell student researchers questioned 715 people in the
    nationwide telephone poll conducted this fall. The margin of
    error was 3.6 percentage points.

    James Shanahan, an associate professor of communications
    who helped organize the survey, said the results indicate

    "the need for continued dialogue about issues of civil liberties"
    in a time of war.

    While researchers said they were not surprised by the overall
    level of support for curtailing civil liberties, they were startled
    by the correlation with religion and exposure to television news.

    "We need to explore why these two very important channels
    of discourse may nurture fear rather than understanding,"
    Shanahan said.

    According to the survey, 37 percent believe a terrorist attack
    in the United States is still likely within the next 12 months.
    In a similar poll conducted by Cornell in November 2002,
    that number stood at 90 percent.

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    3) Bush looking at freezing domestic spending
    WASHINGTON (AP)
    http://www.cnn.com/2004/ALLPOLITICS/12/17/bush.spending.ap/index.html

    WASHINGTON (AP) -- The White House is telling federal agencies
    to expect lean budgets next year, with congressional aides and
    lobbyists saying President Bush appears ready to propose freezing
    or even slightly cutting overall domestic spending.

    Targeted would be all annually approved programs except for
    defense and domestic security.

    Excluding those two would leave a part of the budget the
    administration estimates will total $388 billion for the fiscal
    year that began October 1. Also excluded are automatically
    made payments like Social Security and interest on the federal
    debt.

    Bush's stringent approach comes as record federal deficits
    that hit $413 billion last year hinder his ability to pay for
    overhauling Social Security and extending his tax cuts. He
    also has tied the budget shortfalls to the weakening dollar,
    and pledged to reduce red ink to help prop up the currency.

    At his White House economic conference on Thursday, Bush
    said he made "good progress" in holding the growth of non-
    defense, non-homeland-security programs this year to about
    1 percent.

    "What I'm saying is we're going to submit a tough budget," he
    said. "And I look forward to working with Congress on the
    tough budget."

    The president is still making final decisions about the $2.5
    trillion budget for 2006 he will propose in February.

    But House and Senate aides, speaking on condition of anonymity,
    said cuts appeared destined for such programs as housing, grants
    for community development, purchases of new equipment for
    the Federal Aviation Administration, and Army Corps of Engineers
    water projects.

    Even the National Aeronautics and Space Administration, an
    administration favorite, was facing an increase of just 1 percent,
    pending appeals to the White House by outgoing NASA
    Administrator Sean O'Keefe, a lobbyist said.

    The zero-sum game that is federal budgeting means that if
    spending for next year is held flat, for every dollar increase that
    administration favorites like education or veterans receive,
    another dollar must be cut elsewhere.

    Even a program receiving the same as this year would lose
    purchasing power due to inflation, now running about
    3 percent annually.

    Bush's spending blueprint would be among the toughest for
    domestic programs since President Reagan's budgets of the 1980s.

    Overall domestic spending has grown every year but three
    since 1987 -- in 1995 and 1996, when Republicans first
    recaptured Congress, and in 2000, immediately after a one-
    time influx of U.S. aid to help poor and debtor countries.

    Even as domestic spending growth has slowed, overall
    expenditures including defense and domestic security
    continue to climb, largely due to the costs of wars in Iraq
    and Afghanistan.

    Congress approved $87.5 billion for those wars in fall 2003
    and $25 billion more last spring, and Bush is expected to
    request another $75 billion to $100 billion early in 2005.

    As word of Bush's still-evolving plans for domestic spending
    has seeped out, it has cheered conservative Republicans.
    They spent much of Bush's first term criticizing him for
    letting spending grow too rapidly and pressuring
    congressional leaders to try clamping down on spending.

    Excluding homeland security and emergencies like hurricanes,
    domestic spending has grown by 27 percent since Bush took
    office in 2001.

    "I really do believe that this White House gets it," said Rep.
    Mike Pence, R-Indiana, a leading House conservative.

    Last February, Bush proposed a 0.5 percent increase for
    domestic programs, which Congress eventually doubled.
    Advocates of cutting spending are hoping for better results
    next year, since November's elections will bring more
    conservatives to the House and Senate for the new Congress.

    "They've run out of excuses," said Stephen Slivinski, budget
    director of the conservative-leaning Cato Institute. "They
    can't blame anyone else."

    Still, Democrats and many moderate Republicans are certain
    to fight for their priorities when Congress begins translating
    Bush' budget proposal to actual spending legislation next year.

    "This tells you the administration's priority is tax cuts over
    fiscal responsibility and providing central services to the
    American people," said Thomas Kahn, Democratic staff
    director of the House Budget Committee.

    Last May, the White House budget office distributed a memo
    to federal agencies warning them to anticipate an overall
    domestic spending cut of about 0.7 percent next year. At
    the time, White House officials called the document an early
    step in the budget process.

    "The budget process is still under way," White House budget
    office spokesman Chad Kolton said Thursday. He said the
    administration still intends to cut the deficit in half in five
    years, and the next budget "will reflect our commitment
    to stay on that path."

    Copyright 2004 The Associated Press

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    4) U.S. Presses Co-Defendant Near Close of Terror Trial
    By JULIA PRESTON
    December 17, 2004
    http://www.nytimes.com/2004/12/17/nyregion/17stewart.html

    A federal prosecutor in the terror trial of Lynne F. Stewart,
    a New York defense lawyer, battered one of her co-defendants
    yesterday with fierce questions, and then concluded a cross-
    examination with an outburst of indignation about the crimes
    alleged in the case.

    The rush of emotion came on the final day of testimony in the
    trial, which has lasted nearly six months. The prosecutor,
    Christopher Morvillo, bore down on the co-defendant, Ahmed
    Abdel Sattar, a postal worker from Staten Island who has worked
    as a paralegal with Ms. Stewart. Suddenly accelerating the pace
    of the testimony, Mr. Morvillo drew together many strands of
    evidence that the government has been weaving week after
    week in Federal District Court in Manhattan. He grilled Mr. Sattar
    about his state of mind in October 2000, when he helped write
    and release an Islamic edict "to mandate the killing of Jews
    wherever they are found."

    Mr. Sattar has testified that he wrote the edict, or fatwa, with
    Rifai Taha, a fugitive Egyptian militant who was then hiding in
    Afghanistan, probably in Al Qaeda training camps, and who
    had been named by the United States as one of the world's
    most dangerous terrorists. "It is a fact, is it not, Mr. Sattar,
    that you drafted this statement with the leader of a terrorist
    network?" Mr. Morvillo asked.

    "Yes, it is a fact," Mr. Sattar replied.

    "A person you knew was in Afghanistan with Osama bin
    Laden?" Mr. Morvillo fired back.

    "Yes."

    "A person that you knew was considered by the United
    States to be a threat to national security?"

    "Yes."

    "And a person who you knew had signed Osama bin
    Laden's fatwa calling for the murder of Americans, right?"

    "Yes."

    Mr. Morvillo was referring to a separate edict issued by
    Mr. bin Laden in February 1998, in which he called for
    the killing and kidnapping of Americans. Mr. Taha was
    one signer of Mr. bin Laden's fatwa.

    Mr. Sattar released the edict he had written Mr. Taha under
    the name of Sheik Omar Abdel Rahman, a fundamentalist
    Islamic cleric. The sheik, a client of Ms. Stewart's, is serving
    a life sentence in federal prison for conspiring in a failed
    1993 plot to bomb tunnels and landmark buildings in New
    York. But the sheik, who was in solitary confinement at the
    time, did not find out about the fatwa until some time later,
    evidence in the trial has shown.

    Mr. Sattar is charged with soliciting violence and conspiracy
    to kidnap and kill in a foreign country. Ms. Stewart is accused
    of participating in a terrorist conspiracy by violating prison
    restrictions imposed on Mr. Abdel Rahman in order to pass
    him letters from Mr. Sattar, which contained messages
    discussing violence from the sheik's militant followers in
    Egypt.

    Visibly shaken by Mr. Morvillo's questions, Mr. Sattar sought
    to distance himself from his own words, saying they were
    "ugly and hateful." He said again that he was "outraged" by
    the violence in Israel after a September 2000 visit by Ariel
    Sharon to the site of Al Aqsa mosque in Jerusalem. He was
    especially troubled, he said, by the shooting of a Palestinian
    boy by Israeli troops, which had been shown repeatedly on
    the news.

    He said he had only wanted to gain publicity for the sheik,
    and added, pounding his fist on the stand: "I did not mean
    to kill anybody. I was crying out loud, Mr. Morvillo."

    Mr. Morvillo concluded his cross-examination of Mr. Sattar
    by inquiring about phrases that the defendant edited out
    of the fatwa calling explicitly for attacks on Americans
    in the United States.

    "Mr. Sattar, is that what you were referring to last week
    when you told us that you defend the Constitution of
    the United States?" the prosecutor asked.

    "Yes," answered Mr. Sattar, who was born in Egypt but
    became a naturalized American citizen in 1989.

    "You are quite a patriot," Mr. Morvillo retorted.

    Judge John G. Koeltl struck the comment from the record
    and ordered the jury to disregard it. But Ms. Stewart's
    chief lawyer, Michael E. Tigar, denounced it as improper
    and asked the judge to declare a mistrial. The judge
    denied that motion but, in an unusual step, criticized
    Mr. Morvillo's remark to the jurors.

    The jury is to return on Dec. 29 for closing arguments
    and for instructions from the judge.

    Copyright 2004 The New York Times

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    5) Arab media reports on US plan to attack Iran
    AzerNews (Azerbaijan)
    December 17, 2004
    http://www.azernews.net/view.php?d=5536

    US forces will infiltrate Iran's territory through Azerbaijan, Iraq,
    and Georgia. The US ground troops plan to complete the invasion
    in two weeks, the London-based ash-Sharq al-Awsat newspaper reported.

    The publication said that the US National Security Council is
    currently developing the plan for the occupation of Iran.
    The White House plans to overthrow the Islamic regime in this
    country and destroy its nuclear resources.

    A Central Intelligence Agency employee David Cay, who headed the
    commission engaged in searching for nuclear weapons in Iraq,
    has been instructed to develop the plan for the operation.

    The occupation of Iran will be carried out in three stages. The first
    envisions destroying Iranian armed forces through an air attack.

    Afterwards, the country's military units producing nuclear weapons
    will be attacked. The number of such facilities is 125.

    After the nuclear facilities are destroyed, the ground operation will
    Be launched. The US plans to send a part of its contingent to Iran
    through Azerbaijan.

    According to the Pentagon, US troops will not attack Iran's capital,
    Tehran, but surround it. US military experts say that several commando
    Detachments will suffice to subdue the Iranian authorities. Arab media have
    Reported that such forces are training in Florida, USA.

    The ash-Sharq al-Awsat newspaper issued a similar report 18 months
    Before the US attack on Iraq.

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    6) Pentagon Seeks to Expand Role in Intelligence
    By DOUGLAS JEHL and ERIC SCHMITT
    WASHINGTON
    December 19, 2004
    http://www.nytimes.com/2004/12/19/politics/19military.html?hp&ex=1103432400&
    en=0623190e8121e407&ei=5094&partner=homepage

    WASHINGTON, Dec. 18 - The Pentagon is drawing up a plan that
    would give the military a more prominent role in intelligence-
    collection operations that have traditionally been the province
    of the Central Intelligence Agency, including missions aimed at
    terrorist groups and those involved in weapons proliferation,
    Defense Department officials say.

    The proposal is being described by some intelligence officials
    as an effort by the Pentagon to expand its role in intelligence
    gathering at a time when legislation signed by President Bush
    on Friday sets in motion sweeping changes in the intelligence
    community, including the creation of a national intelligence
    director. The main purpose of that overhaul is to improve
    coordination among the country's 15 intelligence agencies,
    including those controlled by the Pentagon.

    The details of the plan remain secret and are evolving, but
    indications of its scope and significance have begun to emerge
    in recent weeks. One part of the overall proposal is being drafted
    by a team led by Lt. Gen. William G. Boykin, a deputy under
    secretary of defense.

    Among the ideas cited by Defense Department officials is the
    idea of "fighting for intelligence," or commencing combat
    operations chiefly to obtain intelligence.

    The proposal also calls for a major expansion of human-
    intelligence collection efforts under the Pentagon's auspices,
    both within the military services and the Defense Intelligence
    Agency, including more aggressive, offensive missions aimed
    at acquiring specific intelligence sought by policy makers.
    (The term human intelligence refers to information gathered
    directly by spies rather than by technological means.)

    The proposal marks the latest chapter in the fierce and long-
    running rivalry between the Pentagon and the C.I.A. for
    dominance over intelligence collection.

    White House officials are monitoring the Pentagon's planning,
    as is the C.I.A. The proposal has not yet won White House
    approval, according to administration officials. It is unclear
    to what extent American military forces have already been
    given additional authority to carry out intelligence-gathering
    missions.

    Until now, intelligence operations run by the Pentagon have
    focused primarily on gathering information about enemy
    forces, the main preoccupation of military commanders. But
    the overarching proposal being drafted in the Pentagon, which
    encompasses General Boykin's efforts, would focus military
    intelligence operations increasingly on counterterrorism and
    counterproliferation, areas in which the C.I.A.'s directorate
    of operations has always played the leading role.

    "Right now, we're looking at providing Special Operations
    forces some of the flexibility the C.I.A. has had for years,"
    said a Defense Department official who spoke on the condition
    of anonymity because the plan has not yet been approved.
    "It would be used judiciously, and with all appropriate oversight
    controls."

    General Boykin's proposal would revamp military commands
    to ensure that senior officers planning and fighting wars work
    more closely with the intelligence analysts tracking threats like
    terrorists and insurgency cells. Another part of the Pentagon's
    plan was articulated in a recent directive by Defense Secretary
    Donald H. Rumsfeld that instructed regional commanders to
    expand the military's role in intelligence gathering, particularly
    in tracking terrorist and insurgent leaders.

    "What we're talking about with the combatant commanders is
    using their military forces in the field in a more thoughtful way,
    and having a level of awareness to gather information that's
    important," said Bryan Whitman, a Pentagon spokesman.

    In public allusions to the plan, both General Boykin and Vice
    Adm. Lowell E. Jacoby, the director of the Defense Intelligence
    Agency, have stuck to generalities that have left unclear exactly
    what is being proposed. But some intelligence officials say they
    believe those remarks open the way to more clandestine military
    operations intended to gather intelligence on terrorists and
    weapons proliferators.

    One former intelligence official questioned the utility of the
    military's putting more resources into intelligence collection
    at a time when it is already stretched thin in dealing with the
    counterinsurgency in Iraq and addressing threats elsewhere.

    "If you're a shooter, go do that job," said the former intelligence
    official, who has opposed efforts by the Pentagon to expand its
    intelligence gathering role. "But don't put the shooter in a pinstripe
    suit and send him to Beirut to chase bad guys." He said he regarded
    the military's initiative as an attempt to make inroads into turf
    controlled by intelligence agencies.

    A current intelligence official who works outside the Pentagon
    described the relationship between the Pentagon and the C.I.A. as
    "closer than ever," but he added that "cooperation is strongest in
    the places where it counts most, like Iraq and Afghanistan." The
    official said, "There's a real sense that there's plenty of work for
    everyone, and the key for both agencies is close coordination
    and insisting that all of us apply the best possible tradecraft in
    human intelligence operations."

    General Boykin was traveling abroad and not available for
    comment this week. Over the last two weeks, he and his top
    aides have declined repeated interview requests on this subject.

    The general provided an overview of the plan in an address in
    October to the Association of the United States Army,
    a nonprofit educational organization, and copies of his
    briefing slides are posted on the group's Web site.

    A brief synopsis of General Boykin's plan was provided by
    Defense Department officials, as were remarks prepared for
    delivery in a Nov. 15 address by Admiral Jacoby.

    "Our present intelligence collection architecture - optimized
    to identify and track large conventional forces - is inadequate
    to warn against these new challenges for terrorists, provide
    sufficient information on insurgent groups, determine the
    status of discrete W.M.D. production capabilities, learn the
    intentions of leaderships from rogue states, or determine
    friend from foe when intermingled in a foreign country,"
    Admiral Jacoby said in that speech.

    The admiral said intelligence agencies needed to put a new
    premium on acquiring "persistent surveillance" through "
    close-in and continuous collection against broader problem
    sets."

    General Boykin, who attracted controversy last year for saying
    in remarks to Christian groups that Muslims worship "an idol"
    and describing the battle against Muslim radicals as a fight
    against Satan, has been the prime architect of the proposal,
    which has been under review at the Pentagon since January
    2004. The general reports to Stephen A. Cambone, who since
    2003 has used his newly created post as under secretary of
    intelligence to assert a role in which he has competed with
    George J. Tenet, the former director of central intelligence,
    and his successors for dominance over American intelligence
    agencies.

    Among the proposals described by Defense Department
    officials is a plan to create a Joint Intelligence Operational
    Command within the Pentagon, which would elevate intelligence
    to much more power and prominence. The command being
    proposed could replace the Defense Intelligence Agency,
    Defense Department officials say.

    If approved, General Boykin's proposal would allow the
    Pentagon to be less reliant on other intelligence agencies,
    including the Central Intelligence Agency, for its operations,
    senior defense officials said.

    "It will give more options to the military for how they gather
    the intelligence, instead of having to depend on other agencies,"
    said one senior military officer who has received a preliminary
    briefing on the proposal and spoke on condition of anonymity
    because the plan has not yet been approved.

    Maj. Gen. Charles W. Thomas, a retired senior Army intelligence
    officer who has worked as a consultant for General Boykin on
    his project, said he broadly supported the general's goals.

    But General Thomas warned that one possible danger in
    bringing battle commanders and intelligence officials so close
    together to fight a common enemy was the risk that the
    intelligence could be skewed to fit the commander's war plan
    and not the reality on the ground.

    A spokesman for the Special Operations Command in Tampa,
    Fla., Col. Samuel Taylor, said on Friday that the command had
    been briefed on an early draft of General Boykin's remodeling
    initiative, but that staff officers and senior commanders had
    not yet reviewed it in depth.

    President Bush last month ordered the C.I.A. and the Defense
    Department to review a plan that could expand the Pentagon's
    role in covert operations, perhaps replacing the C.I.A. in providing
    paramilitary forces for such missions. Mr. Bush's directive set
    a 90-day deadline for the review.

    The idea of transferring paramilitary authority from the intelligence
    agency to the military's Special Operations Forces was among
    several prominent recommendations made by the
    Sept. 11 commission.

    The proposal remains under review. But in public testimony in
    August, Mr. Rumsfeld and John E. McLaughlin, who was then the
    acting intelligence chief, expressed reservations about the idea,
    and it was not included in the measure Mr. Bush approved on Friday.

    Copyright 2004 The New York Times

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    7) In Congo War, Even Peacekeepers Add to Horror
    By MARC LACEY
    December 18, 2004
    http://www.nytimes.com/2004/12/18/international/africa/18congo.html?hp&ex=11
    03432400&en=962ad452438e18ef&ei=5094&partner=homepage

    BUNIA, Congo, Dec. 16 - In the corner of the tent where she says
    a soldier forced himself on her, Helen, a frail fifth grader with big
    eyes and skinny legs, remembers seeing a blue helmet.

    The United Nations peacekeeper who tore off her clothes had used
    a cup of milk to lure her close, she said in her high-pitched voice,
    fidgeting as she spoke. It was her favorite drink, she said, but one
    her family could rarely afford. "I was so happy," she said.

    After she gulped it down, the foreign soldier pulled Helen,
    a 12-year-old, into bed, she said. About an hour later, he gave
    her a dollar, put a finger to his lips and pushed her out of his
    tent, she said.

    In this same eastern outpost, another United Nations
    peacekeeper, unable to communicate with a 13-year-old
    Swahili-speaking girl who walked past him, held up a cookie
    and gestured for her to draw near. As the girl, Solange, who
    recounted the incident with tears in her eyes the other day,
    reached for the cookie, the soldier reached for her. She, too,
    said she was raped.

    The United Nations said recently that it had uncovered
    150 allegations of sexual abuse committed by United Nations
    peacekeepers stationed in Congo, many of them here in Bunia
    where the population has already suffered horrendous atrocities
    committed by local fighters. The raping of women and girls is
    an all-too-common tactic in the war raging in Congo's eastern
    jungles involving numerous militia groups. In Bunia, a program
    run by Unicef has treated 2,000 victims of sexual violence in recent
    months. But it is not just the militia members who have been preying
    on the women. So, too, local women say, have some of the soldiers
    brought in to keep the peace.

    The United Nations secretary general, Kofi Annan, said recently that
    there was "clear evidence that acts of gross misconduct have taken
    place" in the United Nations mission in Congo, which began in
    early 2000 and is known by its French acronym, Monuc. Mr. Annan
    added, "This is a shameful thing for the United Nations to have
    to say, and I am absolutely outraged by it."

    The number of cases may be impossible for United Nations
    investigators to determine precisely. Helen and Solange said
    in recent interviews that they had not told their stories even
    to their parents, never mind to United Nations officials. Rape
    carries a heavy stigma here, both girls made clear. They told
    their stories when approached by a reporter.

    "I didn't tell my mother because she would beat me," said
    a grim-faced Solange, starring at the ground. Solange, a sixth-
    grade dropout, said she had no interest in visiting a health clinic
    or seeing one of the psychologists that Unicef has paid for to
    counsel the many rape victims in and around Bunia. If she seeks
    help, the girl said, her mother might find out.

    Helen's mother is dead, and Helen did not dare tell her father for
    fear of a beating. She said she knew he would blame her for going
    near the soldiers in the first place and might even throw her out
    of the house.

    Helen did go on her own to a health clinic soon after the assault
    because she said she hurt between her legs. The health worker
    gave her something to drink, which she paid for with the same
    dollar that the soldier had given her, she said.

    "I was so afraid when he took my clothes off," Helen said, fidgeting
    with her dirty T-shirt. "I was quiet. I didn't say anything."

    The allegations leveled against United Nations personnel in Congo
    include sex with underage partners, sex with prostitutes and rape,
    an internal United Nations investigation has found. Investigators
    said they found evidence that United Nations peacekeepers and
    civilian workers paid $1 to $3 for sex or bartered sexual relations
    for food or promises of employment. A confidential report prepared
    by Prince Zeid Raad al-Hussein, Jordan's ambassador to the United
    Nations, and dated Nov. 8, says the exploitation "appears to be
    significant, widespread and ongoing."

    Violators described in the investigation, which continues, appear
    to come from around the globe. Fifty countries are represented
    among the 1,000 civilian employees and 10,800 soldiers who
    make up the United Nations mission in Congo. Already, a French
    civilian has been accused of having sex with a girl, though it is
    unclear where that case stands, and two Tunisian peacekeepers
    have been sent home, where the local authorities will decide
    whether to punish them.

    The United Nations report details allegations of sexual misconduct
    by peacekeepers from Nepal, Pakistan, Morocco, Tunisia, South
    Africa and Uruguay, and lists incidents in which some soldiers
    tried to obstruct investigators.

    When they arrive for duty, peacekeepers are presented with the
    United Nations code of conduct, which forbids "any exchange
    of money, employment, goods or services for sex."

    The home countries are responsible for punishing any of their
    military personnel who violate the code while taking part in
    a United Nations peacekeeping mission.

    The United Nations, which has had previous scandals in
    missions in Cambodia and Bosnia, also warns the soldiers
    against sexual contact with girls under 18, even though the
    law in Congo permits sex with girls as young as 14.

    The United Nations policy says that mistakenly believing
    someone is older "cannot be considered a defense." The
    youth of Helen and Solange cannot be mistaken. They said
    they were abused while selling bananas and avocados to
    soldiers. Each girl said she was among the girls and women
    who have flocked to the camps that peacekeepers have set
    up around Bunia. These two girls walked from tent to tent with
    fruit balanced on their heads, using gestures to make deals.

    Helen would sell her fruit for 10 francs apiece, or a few cents,
    and would earn about $1 a day. She would give the money to
    her older sister.

    Solange would trade her fruit for the small containers of
    milk issued to soldiers. She would then sell the milk in
    town, making about $1.50 a day. She used the money
    to help her family buy food.

    Some of the girls and women who have entered the
    peacekeepers' camps concede that they had less-than-
    innocent intentions.

    Judith and Saidati, both 15 and sexually experienced
    with Congolese boys, acknowledged that they were looking
    for foreign boyfriends as they sold their fruit.

    The girls, who have the same father, said in a recent
    interview that they both found French boyfriends first,
    when the French Army controlled Bunia last year. Then
    they each found soldiers from Nepal, one of the countries
    supplying peacekeepers to the United Nations mission.
    After that, the girls spent time with soldiers from Morocco,
    who make up the bulk of the force now patrolling Bunia.

    The girls said they each stuck to one soldier apiece and
    switched to new ones only when their boyfriends were
    transferred out. Each time they had sex, the soldiers gave
    them $5, they said. Sometimes, they got other gifts, too,
    they said.

    One day, however, after their latest boyfriends had gone,
    a social worker visited them and told them of the dangers
    of having sex with soldiers. The woman sat them down
    and told them about AIDS and the other sexually transmitted
    diseases they might get. "She told us not to go anywhere near
    the soldiers," said Judith, who like the other girls agreed to be
    identified only by her first name. "She said we're still young and
    they might make our lives short."

    The two half sisters said the social worker's words frightened
    them, and they said they had not had any boyfriends for the
    last few months. But they also acknowledged that fewer
    Moroccan soldiers were propositioning them, reducing their
    temptation. The soldiers' new commander is keeping a closer
    eye on them, the girls said. "They want to come to us but their
    chief is watching them," Judith said.

    Judith and Saidati said they wanted the soldiers to remain in
    Bunia for many years. The girls said the United Nations troops
    had succeeded in stabilizing the town, which was a war zone
    just over a year ago. The foreigners also have much more money
    to spend than local boys, the girls said.

    "I like them," said Judith, smiling coyly.

    "They treat us so nice," added Saidati, who was beaming.

    But the two younger girls, Helen and Solange, were far more
    sober when they spoke of the foreign troops. They said they
    stopped selling fruit at the military camp immediately after
    they were attacked and had never been back. They said
    they had trouble sleeping at night and could not forget
    what the soldiers did to them.

    "Whenever I see one of them, I remember what happened,"
    said Helen, who lives near a military checkpoint operated by
    soldiers wearing blue helmets just like the one she remembers
    seeing in the tent. "I'm afraid of them."

    Copyright 2004 The New York Times

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    8) AARP Poll Shows Most Support Legalizing Medicinal Marijuana
    By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
    December 19, 2004
    http://www.nytimes.com/2004/12/19/national/19marijuana.html

    WASHINGTON, Dec. 18 (AP) - Nearly three-fourths of Americans
    middle age and older support legalizing marijuana for medical use,
    according to a poll taken for AARP.

    More than half of those questioned said they believed marijuana has
    medical benefits, while a larger majority agreed the drug is addictive.

    AARP, whose 35 million members are all at least 50 years old, says
    it has no political position on medical marijuana and that its local
    branches have not chosen sides in the scores of state ballot initiatives
    on the issue in recent elections.

    But with medical marijuana at the center of a Supreme Court case
    to be decided next year, and nearly a dozen states with medical
    marijuana laws on their books, AARP said, it decided to study the
    issue.

    "The use of medical marijuana applies to many older Americans who
    may benefit from cannabis," said Ed Dwyer, an editor at AARP The
    Magazine, which will report on the issue in its March-April issue,
    scheduled to appear in late January.

    Among the 1,706 adults age 45 and older who were polled in
    November, opinions varied along regional and generational lines
    and among the 30 percent of respondents who said they had smoked
    marijuana. AARP members represented 37 percent of the respondents.

    Over all, 72 percent of respondents agreed "adults should be
    allowed to legally use marijuana for medical purposes if a physician
    recommends it." Those in the Northeast (79 percent) and West
    (82 percent) were more receptive to the idea than in the Midwest
    (67 percent) and Southwest (65 percent). In Southern states,
    70 percent agreed with the statement.

    Seventy-four percent of all those surveyed thought marijuana
    is addictive.

    Copyright 2004 The New York Times

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    9) PICTURES OF WAR
    Here are two sets of pictures.
    First set---
    PLEASE ACCESS:
    http://dahrjamailiraq.com/gallery/view_album.php?set_albumName=album28&page=
    1
    page=1>
    Second Set--
    PLEASE ACCESS:
    http://groups.yahoo.com/group/coalitionforfreethoughtinmedia/message/26138


    Now this is what I want you to do:

    First, sit down and make sure there is nothing near you that can
    be thrown at anyone, hurled at anything, smashed into pieces.

    I would assume that by now these have all been used up heaving
    them at the TV screen, but ya never know.

    Then, turn off everything, and make the room silent.

    Look at both sets. All of it. Very slowly.
    As slowly as it takes to bleed to death.
    As painfully as it takes to breath with a hole ripped in your lungs.
    With all the focused minute concentration of a USMC sniper
    narrowing a famished 12 year old in his sights.

    As the tears burn ineradicable traces down your face, and
    grief and rage shred your insides, and as you turn your face
    to the sky in voiceless open mouthed horror and shame,
    consumed by the truth of our complicity and cowardliness-
    I want you to sit there in it.
    Sit in it and don’t move.
    Try to keep breathing.

    Now, we can decide What Is To Be Done.

    1. STOP THE PARADE
    We must STOP the forward motion of what is going on.
    Not complain, not protest, no investigations, hearings,
    lawsuits, demonstrations, marches with signs.
    We must make this murderous machine STOP DEAD.
    We must make it all come to a complete and utter HALT.
    If even for an hour, a day.
    It is not enough to march, or to make some symbolic gesture,
    or to carry a placard with a pithy message, or to chant,
    or goddnoes change the Democratic Party Leadership.
    It is not enough to be Right.
    This is all very nice I’m sure.
    None of this has done a goddam thing, and you know it.
    Nothing.

    On January 20, 2005, every blood-sucking bastard in the
    US Government will be in one place-- in Washington DC.
    Every no soldier’s father, lobbyist’s best boy, AIPAC Hooker.
    Every Connected Pseudo-Christian Crusading Son of Jesus,
    pension-robbing CEO, NRA sucking, air fouling, grandchild
    sodomizing profit monger maniac MF still breathing will be there.
    And all of the world’s so-called press, just flown in business
    class from Kiev and hunkered down in their 500 a night hotels
    will be there, with their million dollar cameras, and 100 dollar
    haircuts, and thousand dollar botox jobs, and their big salaries
    and big expense accounts, and even bigger egos- all
    slobbering over the Status Quo- they will be there and
    the World will be Watching.

    And we better be there too.
    And we better put a STOP to the Parade. Right there,
    for everyone to see.
    This is our Tiananmen Square –
    This is our Tiananmen Square
    Pennsylvania Avenue is our Tiananmen Square.
    One man standing in front of a tank, unafraid to die-can
    stop the Parade in its tracks. Bring the Government to its
    knees, with the world in witness.

    We have to show up. Show up at the route down
    Pennsylvania Avenue from the White House to the
    Capitol, and STOP the goddam Parade.
    With our bodies.
    We must lie down in the road, and not move.
    Tens and hundreds and thousands and tens of
    thousands of us.
    BEFORE the parade can get to The Capitol.
    We have this one chance to stop the goddam
    Parade, and we better take it.
    Peacefully. Non-violently. Passively. Assertively.
    This is our Tiananmen Square.

    2. Walk OUT

    We have GOT to try to get to DC somehow.
    But if we cannot-
    Tiananmen Square can be wherever you are.
    We have to STOP everything everywhere at noon on
    January 20, 2005.
    The Parade must come to a complete and utter halt,
    wherever it is, wherever we are, whatever we’re doing.
    We must walk off the job, walk out of school, stop our
    cars, our busses, our cabs, our bicycyles. Put down
    that sandwich, log off the chat room.
    Noon on Jan 20.
    Lie down in the street. And not get up.
    The Parade has to stop.
    We must say- NO. You go no further.

    This time there is only ONE Evil.
    And it has to be stopped.
    For an hour or a day, for ten minutes --
    with the World watching.
    In a way that is undeniable-
    That the press cannot stash somewhere
    behind the potted plant of some celebrity
    catastrophe or bogus epidemic.
    In broad daylight, in every village and town.
    Walk OUT.
    Lie down.
    Do not get up.

    Look, we walked into the voting booths with full
    knowledge that we had no real choice, our humanity
    and citizenship made brutally vestigial waaaay before
    any votes were counted, our rights stolen before our
    votes were.
    We walked into the booths like Jews walking into
    the ovens.
    Because it was easier to believe that something
    acceptable was inside than to face the utter horror
    of the truth.
    We KNEW – and now we’re whining.
    Time’s up.

    There has been a Radical Regime Change in the WORLD-
    and you cannot ever say you didn’t know. If that’s OK
    with you, then do nothing.
    If not-
    January 20,2005.
    See you in Tiananmen Square.

    CALL TO ACTION: ONE-DAY PROTEST STRIKE AND
    DEMONSTRATIONS ON INAUGURATION DAY, JANUARY 20
    http://www.counter-
    inaugural.org for up-to-date
    counter-inauguration planning.
    We call for a one-day protest strike and demonstrations
    across the United States and for marches on US embassies
    in as many other countries as possible. We know that for
    most people January 20 is a workday, and that work conditions
    can vary drastically. We suggest people reach out to others
    in their workplaces, campuses and neighborhoods and either
    call in sick or walk out at noon on January 20. College and
    university students can easily take a day off from classes.
    Whether you then choose to join an organized protest action
    or form a local affinity group of friends to organize an action
    of your own, join us and others in the streets to reclaim our
    power. We don’t consent, and we won’t obey! In the streets
    for real democracy! Act together for real alternatives!

    A Call for decentralized, local actions around the world on J20
    DC Anti-War Network Working Group,
    Counter-Inauguration actions
    http://www.dawndc.net/events/j20_05 )

    The Call
    http://www.dawndc.net
    "DAWN calls for people all over the nation and world to converge
    on Washington, DC, on the day of George W. Bush's Inauguration,
    January 20, 2005, for peaceful anti-war actions. While DAWN
    is coordinating with many groups for a day of actions, DAWN
    calls additionally for these specific actions:
    (1) A permitted nonviolent anti-war rally followed by a march
    to Bush's inaugural parade route;
    (2) A nonviolent civil disobedience die-in, following the rally,
    in memorial to the dead at the hands of Bush and his Administration."
    For more information, visit http://www.dawndc.net

    DAWN also calls for organizations, affinity groups, and individuals to
    partner with us in organizing these two actions.
    If you or your group or organization wants to endorse DAWN's call to
    action, please send an e-mail to info@dawndc.net. Write also if you wish
    to collaborate in the planning or offer financial donations or other
    material support.



    http://www.j20walkout.tsx.org
    Organizing is underway in several cities and in numerous schools for a
    massive walkut on January 20th against the Inauguration. Please visit the
    website and spread the word to students and youth (and everyone else!).
    Post updates or announcements of your walkouts and events in
    the forum and read up on others!

    Build, Organize, Walkout!
    -J20 Walkout! group

    What Will J20 Look Like?

    We call on the people of the empire to use their privilege of living
    within the empire to stop it from functioning on January 20th, 2005,
    the day that George W. Bush is to be inaugurated the next president of
    the U.S. Together, we can stop the gears of global capitalism from
    turning. We call for actions across the U.S. and around the world
    which are focused on stopping the machinery of war and global
    capitalism. These actions include both mass mobilizations, street
    parties, Civil Disobedience and Direct Action as well as Assembleas
    Populares, Encuentros and other forms of real, direct democracy.

    Alongside the bodies in the streets, we also call for networks of
    electronic civil disobedience, hacktivism, and tactical media to join
    in the struggle. Against the bio-electronic forms of empire dominating
    the conduits of capital, media, and everyday life, we make this call in
    the spirit of the Critical Art Ensemble, Conglomco, RTMArk, and all the
    radio pirates and Indymedia centers worldwide.

    The ORGANIC collective
    Opposing Repression Globally and Nurturing Independent Communities
    http://ORGANICcollective.org

    dc justice and solidarity legal collective:
    info@justiceandsolidarity.org: http://www.justiceandsolidarity.org

    working with lawyer's guild
    on legal support of the week jan. 20 legal office, street teams,
    training for affinity groups to do own legal support, what do to
    if you get arrested….

    Disgusted by Bush's election? Get active!
    * Visit http://www.unitedforpeace.org for links to
    events and groups
    * New "Bring the Troops Home Now" car magnets at
    http://www.unitedforpeace.org/merchandise
    * Donate at http://www.unitedforpeace.org/donate
    to enable us to keep fighting back
    ACTION ALERT * UNITED FOR PEACE AND JUSTICE
    http://www.unitedforpeace.org | 212-868-5545
    To subscribe, visit http://www.unitedforpeace.org/email

    From Turn Your Back on Bush:
    "Turn Your Back on Bush is a new kind of event in an old tradition:
    direct nonviolent action. In the past four years, Bush has made it
    clear that dissent is unwelcome in his America, and his policies
    have created an atmosphere where demonstrators are corralled
    and their messages marginalized. Polls show that the majority
    of Americans disagree with Bush on numerous issues, but by
    refusing to talk to anyone but the most subservient press
    outlets and appearing only in highly staged events, he has cut
    himself off from all but his most ardent supporters. We want
    our audience with our President.

    "On inauguration day, we will gather as citizens for the public
    events of the day and join the rest of the crowd. At a given
    signal, we will turn our backs. Until the moment we turn around,
    there will be nothing to distinguish us from the rest of the
    crowd. By leaving our signs and buttons at home, we will
    avoid all of the obstacles that Bush and his supporters have
    used to keep anyone who disagrees with him out of sight.
    For this one moment we will speak as one and show Bush
    that winning an election does not mean he has the support
    of all Americans."

    For more information, visit
    http://www.turnyourbackonbush.org
    A Text Mob Group for the Counter-Inauguration:

    https://www.txtmob.com/group_info.php?listID=940
    &


    Subscribe to --- DRANT
    http://drrant.blogspot.com · POB 411197 · San
    Francisco · CA · 94141 1197
    Thanks.

    David Rubinson
    Back in The USA !
    POB 411197
    SF CA 94141-1197

    LINKS AND INFORMATION RE: COUNTER INAUGURATION
    ACTIONS
    JANUARY 20, 2005:

    http://www.counter-inaugural.org <<<<<
    for up-to-date counter-inauguration planning.
    http://www.dawndc.net DC actions
    http://www.dawndc.net/events/j20_05 Die In
    http://www.j20walkout.tsx.org walkout
    actions
    http://www.inaugural05.com/
    http://www.turnyourbackonbush.org
    http://www.ANSWERcoalition.org

    www.newyork.notinourname.net
    www.notinourname.net

    http://www.unitedforpeace.org
    http://www.unitedforpeace.org/events
    http://www.unitedforpeace.org/events

    http://mywebpages.comcast.net/pythian/billionaires/

    http://www.afic.army.mil/events.htm

    http://www.velocitynyc.com/inaugural-balls.shtml
    http://www.scinauguralball.com/
    http://www.freerepublic.com/w2ball/
    http://www.enaugural.com/
    http://sandiego.indymedia.org
    www.counter-inaugural2005.org

    http://groups.yahoo.com/group/counterinaugural_tc/
    info@justiceandsolidarity.org
    http://www.justiceandsolidarity.org
    http://www.inaugurationmedia.org
    eve.lyman@bostonmobilization.org
    http://ORGANICcollective.org
    www.notinournmame-seattle.net
    https://www.txtmob.com/group_info.php?listID=940&
    text mob
    http://www.contro-inaugurazione.it

    QUOTE OF THE DAY:
    Find out just what the people will submit to and you have found
    out the exact amount of injustice and wrong which will be imposed
    upon them; and these will continue until they are resisted with
    either words or blows, or with both. The limits of tyrants are
    prescribed by the endurance of those whom they oppress:
    Frederick Douglass


    Friday, December 17, 2004
     

    BAUAW NEWSLETTER-THURSDAY-FRIDAY, DEC. 16-17, 2004

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    STOP THE WAR ON IRAQ! BRING OUR TROOPS HOME NOW!
    ALL OUT JANUARY 20TH, 5:00 P.M., CIVIC CENTER, S.F.

    ************BREAKING NEWS**************

    According to the A.N.S.W.E.R. Washington, DC news conference
    covered live on CSPAN this morning, the U.S. government is not
    allowing antiwar/anti-Bush protestors onto Pennsylvania Ave.
    along the inauguration route.

    A.N.S.W.E.R. reported, there are three types of tickets available
    for the inauguration, Group A, is for personally invited guests;
    Group B, is for contributors to the Bush campaign (for both of
    these groups a list is carefully checked before tickets are sold;)
    tickets for Group C, for the general public, are not available.
    None. They are simply not sold.

    The Government, in a stalling move, has not denied permits to
    ANSWER for space for counter demonstrators, rather they are
    delaying as long as possible with the knowledge that the longer
    the permits are denied, the harder it will be for people to make
    arrangements to come to DC to protest. If and when permits
    are officially denied, A.N.S.W.E.R. declared they would challenge
    the government legally as they did in the last presidential
    inauguration "celebration."

    We have a constitutional right to protest the inauguration.
    BAUAW encourages all to show up in DC and come to Pennsylvania
    Avenue with your signs and banners and express your opposition
    to Bush and to the War.

    We demand, along with A.N.S.W.E.R., equal access along the rout
    for all. We have a right to protest our government or any of its
    official representatives. Nothing gives the government the right
    to disallow legal and peaceful protest. We say all out to
    Washington, DC if you can make it.

    If you can't go to DC, come out Jan. 20, 5pm, Civic Center, SF. in
    solidarity with all protestors in Washington and everywhere who
    oppose this war.

    We are encouraging everyone to participate somehow by wearing
    buttons and signs at work, at school and on the bus; hold banners
    at freeway entrances, and crowded shopping areas etc. on
    Jan. 20. Students should hold rallies and march to the Civic Center.

    Come to our next meeting and pick a place to flyer or table
    for Jan. 20 or hold a sign during the day, on Jan. 20 if you can.

    NEXT BAY AREA UNITED AGAINST WAR MEETING:

    SATURDAY, JANUARY 8, 11AM
    CENTRO DEL PUEBLO
    474 VALENCIA STREET
    (NEAR 16TH STREET IN SAN FRANCISCO)

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    The only moral virtue of war is that it compels the capitalist system
    to look itself in the face and admit it is a fraud.
    HELEN KELLER, "The Menace of Militarism."

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    Where you can still see the "must-see" film, WMD: Weapons of
    Mass Deception.

    This film is being downplayed by the mass media. It must have
    something to do with the searing criticism of that very media that
    is the content of the film. Go and see it.

    WMD will play in the following theatres in the
    Bay Area on FRIDAY, DECEMBER 17, 2004:

    San Francisco, CA
    Landmark Opera Plaza Cinema
    601 Van Ness Avenue
    San Francisco, CA 94102
    (415) 267-4893

    Berkeley, CA (currently playing)
    The Oaks Theater
    1875 Solano Ave.
    Berkeley, CA 94707
    (510) 526-1836

    Orinda, CA
    Orinda Theater
    2 Orinda Theater Square
    Orinda, CA 94563
    (925) 254-906

    Richard Castro
    Outreach & Special Distribution
    Cinema Libre Studio
    818.349.8822 Ph.
    818.349.9922 Fax
    www.cinemalibrestudio.com

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    Hey Peace Activists...
    Sorry for the massive crossposting, but I had to share this with you.
    In case anyone needed a reminder as to why we are doing this,
    please take a moment to watch Ian Rhett'"(Didn't know I was) UnAmerican"
    http://unamerican.haightfreetv.com/unamerican.56m041011.swf


    It's wonderful.
    Charles Shaw

    Publisher/Editor-in-Chief

    Newtopia Magazine

    www.newtopiamagazine.net

    --------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    1) Holiday Benefit Sale
    at the Middle East Children's Alliance
    Saturday, December 18th, 10 AM to 6 PM at
    901 Parker Street, Berkeley (corner of 7th and Parker)

    2) HUMOR: Iraqi leader to be announced at Jan. 16 Golden Globe Awards

    3) Cuba, Venezuela Defy U.S. and Announce
    Their Own Plan To Create A FairTrade
    Alternative to FTAA!
    ----- Original Message -----
    From: < nytr@olm.blythe-systems.com >
    " Castro, Chavez Defy US Trade Pact "

    4) New Gallup Poll Raises Questions About Media Focus on 'Values'
    By E&P Staff
    NEW YORK
    Published: December 14, 2004 10:00 AM ET
    http://www.editorandpublisher.com/eandp/news/article_display.jsp?vnu_content
    _id=1000736658

    5) War Funding Request May Hit $100 Billion
    By Bryan Bender
    WASHINGTON
    Published on Wednesday, December 15, 2004 by the Boston Globe
    http://www.commondreams.org/headlines04/1215-03.htm

    6) Details of Marines Mistreating
    Prisoners in Iraq Are Revealed
    By Richard A. Serrano
    WASHINGTON
    Published on Wednesday, December 15, 2004 by the Los Angeles Times
    http://www.commondreams.org/headlines04/1215-01.htm

    7) Eskimos Seek to Recast Global Warming
    as a Rights Issue
    By ANDREW C. REVKIN
    December 15, 2004
    http://www.nytimes.com/2004/12/15/international/americas/15climate.html?oref
    =login&oref=login

    8) The Thought Police - Cops Investigate Anti-American Statements
    of 11-Year-Old
    The Washington Post reports two police officers recently
    visited the home of an 11-year-old and questioned his parents
    for three hours about anti-American comments their son made in
    school The student had refused to participate in a Veterans Day
    exercise and criticized the Marines. The school claimed he had
    said, "I wish all Americans were dead and that American soldiers
    should die." The Police questioned his parents about their views
    on Sept. 11, the military and if they knew any foreigners who
    criticized US policy. They also inquired whether the parents might
    be teaching "anti-American values" at home. The mother, Pamela
    Allbaugh, told the Washington Post "It was intimidating.
    I told them it's like a George Orwell novel, that it felt like
    they were the thought police." She went on to say "If someone
    would have asked me five years ago if this was something my
    government would do, I would have said never."
    http://www.democracynow.org/article.pl?sid=04/12/16/1444215

    9) World War 3 Report, issue 93, December 2003
    http://www.ww3report.com/93.html#palestine6
    Remote-control Machine Guns to Be Mounted on the Wall

    10) Mark your calendar: Saturday, December 18, 6:00-8:00
    (18th & CASTRO)

    11) Chuck D keynotes "State of the Black Youth" convention
    By Diane Bukowski
    DETROIT
    The Michigan Citizen
    http://www.michigancitizen.com/default.asp?sourceid=&smenu=73&twindow=Defaul
    t&mad=No&sdetail=1308&wpage=1&skeyword=&sidate=&ccat=&ccatm=&restate=&restat
    us=&reoption=&retype=&repmin=&repmax=&rebed=&rebath=&subname=

    12) Israeli Army Raid Into Gaza Kills 5 Palestinians
    By Nidal al-Mughrabi
    GAZA (Reuters)
    Fri Dec 17, 2004 08:29 AM ET
    http://www.reuters.com/newsArticle.jhtml?type=topNews&storyID=7125113&src=eD
    ialog/GetContent§ion=news

    13) Hungry and homeless ranks swell in US cities
    By Rick Kelly
    World Socialist Web Site
    www.wsws.org
    17 December 2004
    http://www.wsws.org/articles/2004/dec2004/hung-d17.shtml

    14) Joma Sison issued this statement in the wake of the deaths
    of over 1000 people due to typhoon-related mudslides and
    the government's request for 600 U.S. Marines to engage
    in "relief operations" near areas controlled by the NPA
    and National Democratic Front of the Philippines. --dp
    PS. CARHRIHL is an important human rights declaration signed
    by the Philippine government and the NDFP.
    Press Statement
    16 December 2004
    CARHRIHL DOES NOT ALLOW US COMBAT TROOPS TO INTRUDE
    INTO PHILIPPINE--GRP OR NDFP--TERRITORY
    UNDER PRETEXT OF RELIEF OPERATIONS
    By Prof. Jose Maria Sison
    Chief Political Consultant
    National Democratic Front of the Philippines

    15) On Sunday December, 12, 2004, an Israeli sniper in Khan
    Younis refugee camp killed Rana Syiam, 7 years old, while
    she was sitting at home, eating supper with her family.
    The Israeli army gave no explanation for the attack.

    16) COMMUNITY SPEAK OUT FOR IMMIGRANT RIGHTS
    Sat, Dec. 18th, 1:00 pm
    24th & Mission St. (24th St. BART), San Francisco
    Call to Action for Immigrant Rights:

    17) NEWS & COMMENTARY: Soldier has himself shot to avoid
    returning to Iraq

    18) Days of Protest Jan. 20 Inauguration Day and
    Jan.22, 32nd Anniversary of Roe vs. Wade:

    19) Guard Reports Serious Drop in Enlistment
    By ERIC SCHMITT
    WASHINGTON
    December 17, 2004
    http://www.nytimes.com/2004/12/17/politics/17reserves.html?oref=login


    --------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    1) Holiday Benefit Sale
    at the Middle East Children's Alliance
    Saturday, December 18th, 10 AM to 6 PM at
    901 Parker Street, Berkeley (corner of 7th and Parker)

    The subject of this email is Project Censored's #1 story for 2005
    http://www.guardian.co.uk/usa/story/0,12271,1118425,00.html

    In reality, every very "tax reform" since President Kennedy, federal,
    state, and local governments have been transfering taxes from the
    rich and to the poor, the working class, and small businesses. This
    process has been bipartisan and even occurred during the last
    Presidential Election. The overwhelming majority of us are being
    robbed by the government and deprived of essential services at
    the same time.

    FYI: The following is from the "PREFACE TO THE SIXTH EDITION"
    to the Media Monopoly: With a New Preface on the Internet and
    Telecommunications Cartels, by Ben H. Bagdikian. (2000) Beacon
    Press, 25 Beacon St., Boston Mass 02108-2892:

    "AS THE UNITED STATES ENTERS the twenty-first century, power
    over the American mass media is flowing to the top with such
    devouring speed that it exceeds even the accelerated consolidations
    of the last twenty years. For the first time in U.S. history, the country's
    most widespread news, commentary, and daily entertainment
    are controlled by six firms that are among the world's largest
    corporations, two of them foreign.

    "Even with the dramatic entry of the Internet and the cyber world
    with their uncounted hundreds of new firms, the controlling handful
    of American and foreign corporations now exceed in their size and
    communications power anything the world has seen before. Their
    intricate global interlocks create the force of an international cartel.

    "There are pernicious consequences. While excessive bigness itself
    is cause for economic anxieties, the worst problems are political
    and social. The country's largest media giants have achieved alarming
    success in writing the media laws and regulations in favor of their
    own corporations and against the interests of the general public.
    Their concentrated power permits them to become a larger factor
    than ever before in socializing each generation with entertainment
    models of behavior and personal values.

    "The impact on the national political agenda has been devastating,
    For years, the mainstream news has over dramatized its reporting
    of congressional and White House debate on the national debt and
    deficit beyond their intrinsic importance. Politicians raised the issue,
    but it was seized upon and overblown by the major media--
    media that politicians use as a bellwether on what issues will
    get them the most public attention and partisan advantage.
    During these crucial years, the American economy was undergoing
    an astonishing phenomenon that the mainstream news left largely
    unreported or actually glamorized in its infrequent references: the
    largest transfer of the national wealth in American history from
    a majority of the population to a small percentage of the country's
    wealthiest families."

    http://www.projectcensored.org/publications/2005/1.html
    Wealth Inequality in 21st Century Threatens Economy and
    Democracy

    MULTINATIONAL MONITOR, May 2003, Vol. 24, No. 5
    Title: "The Wealth Divide" (An interview with Edward Wolff)
    Author: Robert Weissman
    BUZZFLASH, March 26 and 29, 2004
    Title: "A Buzzflash Interview, Parts I & II" (with David Cay Johnston)
    Author: Buzzflash Staff
    http://www.projectcensored.org/publications/2005/1.html
    LONDON GUARDIAN, October 4, 2003
    Title: "Every third person will be a slum dweller within 30 years, UN agency
    warns"
    Author: John Vidal
    MULTINATIONAL MONITOR, July/August, 2003
    Title: "Grotesque Inequality"
    Author: Robert Weissman
    Faculty Evaluators: Greg Storino, Phil Beard Ph.D.
    Student Researchers: Caitlyn Pardue, David Sonnenberg, Sita Khalsa

    THE DOMESTIC TREND
    In the late 1700s, issues of fairness and
    equality were topics of great debate-
    equality under the law, equality of opportunity,
    etc. Considered by the framers of the
    Constitution to be one of the most
    important aspects of a democratic
    system, the word "equality" is featured
    prominently throughout the document.
    In the 200+ years since, most
    industrialized nations have succeeded
    in decreasing the gap between rich and poor.

    However, since the late 1970s wealth
    inequality, while stabilizing or increasing
    slightly in other industrialized nations,
    has increased sharply and dramatically
    in the United States. While it is no secret
    that such a trend is taking place, it is rare
    to see a TV news program announce that
    the top 1% of the U.S. population now owns
    about a third of the wealth in the country.
    Discussion of this trend takes place, for
    the most part, behind closed doors.

    During the short boom of the late 1990s,
    conservative analysts asserted that, yes,
    the gap between rich and poor was growing,
    but that incomes for the poor were still
    increasing over previous levels. Today most
    economists, regardless of their political
    persuasion, agree that the data over the
    last 25 to 30 years is unequivocal. The
    top 5% is capturing an increasingly greater
    portion of the pie while the bottom 95% is
    clearly losing ground, and the highly touted
    American middle class is fast disappearing.
    According to economic journalist, David
    Cay Johnston, author of "Perfectly Legal,"
    this trend is not the result of some naturally
    occurring, social Darwinist "survival of the
    fittest." It is the product of legislative policies
    carefully crafted and lobbied for by
    corporations and the super-rich over
    the past 25 years.

    New tax shelters in the 1980s shifted
    the tax burden off capital and onto labor.
    As tax shelters rose, the amount of federal
    revenue coming from corporations fell
    (from 35% during the Eisenhower years
    to 10% in 2002). During the deregulation
    wave of the '80s and the '90s, members
    of Congress passed legislation (often
    without reading it) that deregulated
    much of the financial industry. These
    laws took away, for example, the powerful
    incentives for accountants to behave with
    integrity or for companies to put away
    a reasonable amount in pension plans
    for their employees-resulting in the well
    -publicized (too late) scandals involving
    Enron, Global Crossing, and others.

    THE GLOBAL IMPACT

    As always, America's economic trends
    have a global footprint-and this time,
    it is a crater. Today the top 400 income
    earners in the U.S. make as much in
    a year as the entire population of the
    20 poorest countries in Africa (over
    300 million people). But in America,
    national leaders and mainstream media
    tell us that the only way out of our own
    economic hole is through increasing
    and endless growth-fueled by the
    resources of other countries.

    A series of reports released in 2003 by
    the UN and other global economy
    analysis groups warn that further increases
    in the imbalance in wealth throughout the
    world will have catastrophic effects if left
    unchecked. UN-habitat reports that unless
    governments work to control the current
    unprecedented spread in urban growth,
    a third of the world's population will be
    slum dwellers within 30 years. Currently,
    almost one-sixth of the world's population
    lives in slum-like conditions. The UN warns
    that unplanned, unsanitary settlements
    threaten both political and fiscal stability
    within third world countries, where urban
    slums are growing faster than expected. The
    balance of poverty is shifting quickly from
    rural to urban areas as the world's population
    moves from the countryside to the city.

    As rich countries, strip poorer countries of
    their natural resources in an attempt to re-
    stabilize their own, the people of poor countries
    become increasingly desperate. This deteriorating
    situation, besides pressuring rich countries
    to allow increased immigration, further
    exacerbates already stretched political
    tensions and threatens global political
    and economic security.

    UN economists blame "free-trade" practices
    and the neo-liberal policies of international
    lending institutions like the IMF and WTO,
    and the industrialized countries that lead
    them, for much of the damage caused to
    Third World countries over the past 20 years.
    Many of these policies are now being
    implemented in the U.S., allowing for an
    acceleration of wealth consolidation. And
    even the IMF has issued a report warning
    the U.S. about the consequences for its
    appetite for excess and overspending.

    In developing countries, the concentration
    of key industries profitable to foreign investors
    requires that people move to cities while forced
    privatization of public services strip them of the
    ability to become stable or move up financially
    once they arrive. Meanwhile, the strict repayment
    schedules mandated by the global institutions
    make it virtually impossible for poor countries
    to move out from under their burden of debt.
    "In a form of colonialisation that is probably
    more stringent than the original, many developing
    countries have become suppliers of raw commodities
    to the world, and fall further and further behind,"
    says one UN analyst. World economists conclude
    that if enough of the world's nations reach
    a point of economic failure, such a situation
    could collapse the entire global economy.

    For further information on this story, please
    check out the following excellent websites:
    www.inequality.org

    http://www.dollarsandsense.org/
    http://www.pbs.org/now/politics/income.html
    http://www.guardian.co.uk/usa/story/0,12271,1118425,00.html
    David Cay Johnston interview also found on
    Democracy Now!, May 18, 2004.

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    2) HUMOR: Iraqi leader to be announced at Jan. 16 Golden Globe Awards

    [The Borowitz Report scooped other
    media sources Wednesday with its
    announcement that the new president
    of Iraq will be chosen by the Hollywood
    Foreign Press Association and announced
    Jan. 16 at the 62nd annual awards
    ceremony. -- Secretary of State Donald
    Rumsfeld said he foresaw criticism,
    but commented: "You choose a new Iraqi
    president with the awards ceremony you
    have, not the awards ceremony you might
    want." -- Thanks to Karen Havnaer
    for sending this piece. --Mark]

    http://www.ufppc.org/content/view/1913/

    The Borowitz Report

    HOLLYWOOD FOREIGN PRESS ASSOCIATION TO
    CHOOSE NEW IRAQI PRESIDENT

    ** Awards Ceremony to Replace January Elections **

    Borowitz Report
    December 15, 2004

    http://www.borowitzreport.com/default.asp

    With prospects for Iraq’s January 30
    elections appearing increasingly dim, the
    White House announced today that the
    new president of Iraq would be chosen by
    the Hollywood Foreign Press Association,
    best known for organizing the
    star-studded Golden Globe Awards.

    Under an unorthodox arrangement, the
    new Iraqi leader will be announced two
    weeks earlier than scheduled, on January
    16, at the 62nd Annual Golden Globe
    Awards in Hollywood.

    “By allowing the Hollywood Foreign
    Press Association to choose Iraq’s new
    leader, we will accomplish the most
    important thing: sticking to our
    arbitrary January deadline,” said
    Secretary of Defense Donald H. Rumsfeld.

    Mr. Rumsfeld added that handing over
    authority to the Hollywood Foreign Press
    Association was the most practical way
    to choose a new Iraqi president in a
    timely fashion, since the security
    situation in Hollywood is “considerably
    better” than that in Iraq.

    And while the credibility of the Golden
    Globes has come into question in
    recent years, Mr. Rumsfeld argued, “
    You choose a new Iraqi president with the
    awards ceremony you have, not the
    awards ceremony you might want.

    The Golden Globes decision could
    spell trouble for interim Iraqi president
    Ghazi al-Yawar, who now faces a
    crowded field of Hollywood favorites including
    Johnny Depp and Leonardo DiCaprio.

    Buddy Schlantz, a veteran Hollywood
    talent agent, said that Mr. al-Yawar must
    begin aggressively courting the members
    of the Hollywood Foreign Press
    Association if he expects to prevail: “
    If I were al-Yawar, I’d start ordering
    the fruit baskets now.

    Elsewhere, Bernard Kerik’s nanny resigned
    today, saying that she wanted to
    spend less time with his family.

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    3) Cuba, Venezuela Defy U.S. and Announce
    Their Own Plan To Create A FairTrade
    Alternative to FTAA!
    ----- Original Message -----
    From: < nytr@olm.blythe-systems.com >
    " Castro, Chavez Defy US Trade Pact "

    Agencia Cubana de Noticias (AIN)
    http://www.ain.cubaweb.cu

    Cuba and Venezuela will Support
    Alternative Initiative to the FTAA


    Havana, Dec 14 (AIN) Presidents Fidel Castro Ruz,
    of Cuba, and Hugo Chavez Frías, of Venezuela,
    signed a joint declaration and an accord on Tuesday
    in Havana to implement the Bolivarian Alternative
    of the Americas.


    The joint declaration strongly rejects the content
    and intentions of the Free Trade Zone of the
    Americas (FTAA), considered the clearest
    _expression of the imperialist desires to dominate
    the Latin American region.

    With the recent accord both governments expand
    and modify their Comprehensive Bilateral
    Cooperation Agreement, signed on October 30,
    2000.

    They also take concrete steps towards integration
    of the Bolivarian Initiative for The Americas,
    known as ALBA by its Spanish acronyms and
    which is an alternative project to the FTAA.

    The document stipulates that both nations will
    draw up a strategic plan that guarantees the most
    beneficial productive complementation on the
    basis of rationality, the optimum use of advantages
    existing in both countries, the saving of resources,
    and others. Both nations will also exchange
    locally-developed integral technology packages
    for mutual benefit.

    Presidents Fidel Castro and Hugo Chavez also
    agreed to subscribing a Reciprocal Credit
    Accord, the development of a two-way balanced
    trade and joint cultural initiatives. According to
    the document, Venezuela and Cuba are
    committed to undertake a series of actions
    including the immediate lifting of any kind of
    non-tariff barrier on all imports in both ways.

    In the context of Tuesday's agreement, Havana
    offers 2,000 scholarships annually to
    Venezuelan youths to take higher education
    courses in the fields of interest of Caracas,
    which will transfer technology in the energy
    sector.

    AFP via al Jazeera - Dec 15, 2004
    http://english.aljazeera.net/NR/exeres/70FAE354-7832-4AC8-A714-604F65F6C78E.
    htm

    Castro, Chavez Defy US Trade
    Pact

    Cuban President Fidel Castro and Venezuelan
    President Hugo Chavez have announced an
    alternative trade bloc to the one proposed by
    the US for a free-trade area of the Americas.

    The alternative was conceived as "a battle
    fought with the same rules and regulations as
    those imposed by the [US] empire to divide
    the people," Castro said on Tuesday.

    Naming the new pact the Bolivarian Alternative
    for the Americas (ALBA), the presidents said it
    would eliminate trade barriers and tax obstacles,
    provide incentives for investment, increase
    banking relations and tourism cooperation.

    Venezuela promised financing for Cuban
    industrial and infrastructure projects, while
    Cuba agreed to pay a minimum price of $27
    per barrel of Venezuelan oil, as part of the
    accord "to apply the Bolivarian Alternative
    for the Americas".

    FTAA dead

    Before the signing of the agreement, Castro
    and Chavez addressed a rally in Havana
    where both presidents declared the
    US-proposed Latin American Free Trade
    Zone dead.

    "It is an alternative to the perverse FTAA,
    which they have been trying to impose on
    us for years," Chavez said. "FTAA is dead."

    Chavez also accused Washington of pursuing
    imperialist intentions in free trade talks with
    Andean countries.

    Venezuela is one of the biggest suppliers
    of crude oil to the US, but their relations
    have been strained by disputes between
    Chavez and the White House.

    Washington has expressed concern over
    Chavez's close ties to Castro since Chavez
    won the presidency in 1998. And US
    President George Bush says the FTAA is
    the solution to the region's deepening
    poverty.

    Chavez visit

    Chavez is on a two-day visit to
    commemorate his first encounter in Havana
    with Castro 10 years ago when he was an
    army officer recently released from prison
    for leading a failed coup.

    At the time, Castro proclaimed him
    Venezuela's future leader.

    Venezuela currently provides Cuba with
    53,000 barrels of oil a day at preferential
    prices, while Cuba has 13,000 doctors in
    Venezuela, is helping the country stamp
    out illiteracy and has treated thousands
    of Venezuelans in its hospitals. -AFP

    Search the NYTr Archives at:
    http://olm.blythe-systems.com/pipermail/nytr

    To subscribe or unsubscribe or change
    your settings via the web, visit:
    http://olm.blythe-systems.com/mailman/listinfo/nytr

    NY Transfer News Collective * A Service of Blythe Systems
    Since 1985 - Information for the Rest of Us
    339 Lafayette St., New York, NY 10012
    http://www.blythe.org e-mail: nyt@blythe.org

    Carlos Rovira - "Carlito"

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    4) New Gallup Poll Raises Questions About Media Focus on 'Values'
    By E&P Staff
    NEW YORK
    Published: December 14, 2004 10:00 AM ET
    http://www.editorandpublisher.com/eandp/news/article_display.jsp?vnu_content
    _id=1000736658

    NEW YORK In the aftermath of the Nov. 2 election, the press and
    various political partisans jumped on exit polls that seemed to
    suggest "moral values" was the top issue in voters' minds as they
    re-elected President George W. Bush. Some analysts have questioned
    that notion, but a new nationwide Gallup Poll, released Tuesday
    morning, could deal a death blow to the whole idea.

    Asked what they consider "the most important problem facing this
    country today" the issue of values was tied for fourth place with
    unemployment/jobs, with only one in ten of the Gallup sample
    choosing it. Far ahead, with 23%, was the war in Iraq, followed by
    terrorism and the economy in general, both at 12%, only then
    followed by unemployment and values.

    The modest vote for values is all the more surprising because it
    was broadly define to include a wide range of concerns including
    "ethics," "moral," "religious/family decline," "dishonesty," and
    "lack of integrity."

    This 10% total could also be compared to the 29% who named
    some aspect of the economy as the top issue, along with the
    35% who mentioned Iraq or terrorism.

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    5) War Funding Request May Hit $100 Billion
    By Bryan Bender
    WASHINGTON
    Published on Wednesday, December 15, 2004 by the Boston Globe
    http://www.commondreams.org/headlines04/1215-03.htm

    WASHINGTON -- The Bush administration plans to ask for between
    $80 billion and $100 billion to fund military operations in Iraq and
    Afghanistan next year, rather than the $70 billion to $75 billion
    the White House privately told members of Congress before the
    election, according to Pentagon and White House officials.

    Administration officials said yesterday they have not concluded
    how much money they will request in a "supplemental" spending
    package that is scheduled to go to Congress in January.

    "There's work going on inside the department to understand
    what's needed, and there's work going on with the Office of
    Management and Budget," the Defense Department's chief
    spokesman, Lawrence Di Rita, told reporters yesterday.

    But some analysts and government officials said the request is
    expected to run as high as $100 billion, bringing the total cost
    of operations in Iraq alone to well over $200 billion since the
    March 2003 invasion.

    Earlier this fall, members of Congress said the Defense Department
    told them in private briefings the supplemental package would be
    between $70 billion and $75 billion. The budget request will be
    higher, sources said, because of the greater number of soldiers --
    temporarily boosted to 150,000 -- needed to provide security
    around the time of the Jan. 30 Iraqi elections, and the loss of
    equipment due to the vigorous insurgency there.

    In June, the nonpartisan Congressional Budget Office estimated
    that the 2005 supplemental to be submitted this January for
    Iraq and Afghanistan would be between $55 billion and $60 billion.

    The January supplemental will be the third special budget request
    to cover the military costs of Iraq. The administration asked for
    $55.8 billion in April 2003 and $71.8 billion in November 2003.
    In May of this year, Congress added $25 billion in war costs to
    the fiscal 2005 defense budget. In total, $152.6 billion in military
    funding for Iraq has been provided through the end of this year.

    Those statistics do not include emergency money to support the
    20,000 US troops in Afghanistan, which brings the total bill to
    $162.3 billion.

    In addition, the military has been spending more than was
    approved for 2004, in anticipation of a fresh infusion of funds
    in early 2005.

    "They ran out of the 2004 budget a month early [and] had to
    borrow [from] 2005," said John Pike, a defense specialist at the
    military think tank GlobalSecurity.org, a military think tank in
    Alexandria, Va. "They're already starting to suggest that the
    2005 budget is going to be $100 billion for one year alone."

    The Iraq operation, he said, has "been running over a billion
    a week thus far. I think we're probably getting up to $2 billion
    a week fairly soon."

    Few analysts expect the Iraq mission to be wrapped up in
    a year, and many question why the Bush administration is
    continuing to budget its war costs through supplementals
    -- usually reserved for one-time, emergency expenses --
    rather than include them in the annual budget request that
    is sent to Capitol Hill every February.

    Democrats and some fiscally conservative Republicans
    believe the administration is trying to hide the effects of
    rising war costs on the federal deficit, thereby justifying
    President Bush's calls for making some tax cuts permanent
    and spending more on education and other domestic priorities.

    Although war costs ultimately get added to the deficit, keeping
    them off the annual budget creates a false picture of the
    government's commitments at a time when Congress is making
    funding decisions, critics said.

    Brian Reidl, an economist with the conservative-leaning Heritage
    Foundation, said the Iraq funding should be put in the defense
    budget, because the Pentagon knows it will need money to pay
    for the operation. Leaving it out masks the true size of the
    deficit, he said.

    "There's an argument to be made that [early in the year] you
    don't know what you'll need" for Iraq funding, Reidl said. But
    "there's no reason why you can't put in a place-holder to at
    least estimate the cost."

    The administration separates the Iraq funding because "it's
    easier to sell the budget resolution with a smaller deficit and
    a smaller spending total because Iraq is excluded," Reidl said.

    Steve Kosiak, a defense budget specialist at the Center for
    Strategic and Budgetary Assessments in Washington, added
    that "the idea is [supplementals] are supposed to be used
    when there is a surprise. This is no longer a surprise that we
    are in Iraq."

    The actual cost of the military operations in Iraq is higher
    than any of the supplementals suggest, analysts said, because
    the wartime wear and tear on people and equipment will
    require expenditures long after the war ends.

    A soon-to-be-completed classified study by the Government
    Accountability Office requested by Democrats on the Senate
    Budget Committee concludes that the cost of "resetting" the
    worn-out armed forces for peacetime will require billions
    more than the money needed simply to maintain combat
    operations, according to congressional officials.

    "They will need new training and the sense is that the longer
    this thing goes on the deeper the problems get," said
    a congressional staff member who has been briefed on
    the GAO study.

    Meanwhile, the Pentagon yesterday alerted more units to
    be ready for duty in Iraq and Afghanistan.

    Tens of thousands of Army soldiers from Alaska, Florida,
    Georgia, Kansas, Kentucky, New York, and Texas -- including
    a brigade of the Army's 10th Mountain Division based at Fort
    Drum in New York -- will prepare to deploy overseas by the
    middle of 2005. The planned rotations, and others to be
    announced in the coming weeks, would maintain a force
    of 138,000 US troops in Iraq well into 2006.

    However, Di Rita called the notifications "prudent planning"
    and cautioned that it does not necessarily mean the United
    States will need all those forces.

    "It would be wrong to say that, as far as the eye can see, this
    is the number," Di Rita said. "It may very well be less than this.
    It may be the same amount. It may be more."

    Copyright (c) 2004 the Boston Globe

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    6) Details of Marines Mistreating
    Prisoners in Iraq Are Revealed
    By Richard A. Serrano
    WASHINGTON
    Published on Wednesday, December 15, 2004 by the Los
    Angeles Times
    http://www.commondreams.org/headlines04/1215-01.htm

    WASHINGTON - Marines in Iraq conducted mock executions of
    juvenile prisoners last year, burned and tortured other detainees
    with electrical shocks, and warned a Navy corpsman they would
    kill him if he treated any injured Iraqis, according to military
    documents made public Tuesday.

    The latest revelations of prisoner abuse cases, obtained by the
    American Civil Liberties Union in a lawsuit against the government,
    involved previously unknown incidents in which 11 Marines were
    punished for abusing detainees. Military officials indicated that
    they had investigated 13 other cases, but deemed them
    unsubstantiated. Four investigations are pending.

    Military superiors handed down sentences of up to a year in
    confinement after finding Marines guilty of offenses ranging
    from assault to "cruelty and mistreatment," the documents show.

    The new documents are the latest in a series of reports, e-mails
    and other records that the ACLU has obtained to bolster its
    contention that the abuse of prisoners goes far beyond the
    handful of soldiers charged with abusing detainees at the Abu
    Ghraib prison in Iraq.

    The photographs of naked Iraqi prisoners being tortured by
    American troops at the prison shocked the world in April. The
    scandal involved abuse by reservists and members of the Army
    and National Guard; the latest cases elaborated for the first time
    on numerous allegations of abuse by Marines.

    The mistreatment occurred as early as May 2003, months before
    the first allegations of abuse at Abu Ghraib were recorded. And
    the most recent case involving prisoner abuse by the Marines
    occurred in June, two months after the Abu Ghraib scandal broke.

    Anthony D. Romero, executive director of the ACLU in New York,
    placed responsibility for the abuse on the Pentagon. "This kind of
    widespread abuse could not have taken place without a leadership
    failure of the highest order," he said.

    Lawrence Di Rita, the chief Pentagon spokesman, said he could
    not comment on the latest cases because he was unfamiliar with them.

    The documents described Navy criminal investigators scrambling
    to keep pace in June with an "exploding" number of abuse cases.

    "Heads up," an assistant special agent in charge of the Navy's
    investigative field office in the Middle East wrote to his superiors
    in a 6 a.m. e-mail June 14, pleading for more investigators. "Case
    load is exploding, high visibility cases are on the rise," he warned.
    "We have scrubbed all of our personnel and have no other trained
    personnel available to deploy."

    Cases involving prisoner abuse continue to tarnish the U.S. military's
    involvement in Iraq. Since the Abu Ghraib scandal, revelations have
    surfaced of other detainee abuse in Iraq, Afghanistan and at the
    prison for terrorism suspects at the U.S. naval base in Guantanamo
    Bay, Cuba.

    Authorities have charged eight prison guards for beating and
    sexually humiliating prisoners at the Abu Ghraib prison near
    Baghdad last fall. At least two prisoners at Abu Ghraib died in
    custody.

    In all, about three dozen prisoners in Iraq and Afghanistan are
    believed to have died in U.S. custody.

    The cases are in various stages of investigation or prosecution.
    The Pentagon confirmed this week that four soldiers were accused
    of killing a prisoner in Afghanistan in 2002, but charges against
    three of them were dropped.

    In the case that drew the stiffest punishment, a one-year prison
    sentence for the Marine, a detainee at Mahmoudiya was shocked
    with an electric transformer. Wires were held against his shoulders,
    and "the detainee danced as he was shocked," the documents state.

    The new records - which blacked out the names of soldiers - also
    show that a Marine was convicted of ordering four juvenile Iraqi
    looters to kneel down beside two shallow holes in Diwaniya. Then,
    "a pistol was discharged to conduct a mock execution." The
    Marine was sentenced to 30 days imprisonment with hard labor.


    Other Marines were punished for physically abusing prisoners.
    In Karbala, a Marine held a 9-millimeter pistol to the back of
    a detainee's head while another Marine snapped a picture. A glass
    of water then was poured on the prisoner's head, and he was
    photographed with an American flag draped over his body.

    Navy investigators found other allegations unsubstantiated,
    including sexual abuse cases alleging that a detainee's testicles
    had been squeezed and another prisoner had been sodomized
    with a rifle muzzle.

    Navy investigators also interviewed a group of corpsmen from
    Washington state who were dispatched to Iraq last year. Two of
    them spoke about being intimidated by Marines there.

    One corpsman said he was cautioned not to talk to others about
    prisoner abuse. "There was a lot of peer pressure to keep one's
    mouth shut," he said.

    Another corpsman said, "We were told not to exhaust our resources
    on the Iraqis. Several Marines told me that if I provided medical
    services to any Iraqi military or civilian personnel, that they
    [the Marines] would kill me."

    However, the corpsman later said that "there was a wounded
    Iraqi POW who needed his dressings changed" and that some
    Marines "actually called my attention to him to make sure he
    received treatment."

    He also recalled seeing Marines force detainees' heads into
    the dirt, "which was a cultural insult to them," and said that
    he saw a Marine striking a prisoner with an empty, 5-gallon
    plastic water jug.

    The records discuss the deaths of several detainees, but they
    do not identify them or say how the cases were resolved.

    One prisoner, who had attempted 20 escapes, reportedly died
    after breaking free of his restraints and jumping from a window,
    "landing on his head," the documents state. The examining Marine
    officer "surmised that the detainee died from internal cranial
    bleeding from the fall that was slow to kill him."

    Another prisoner was "ziplocked" - a military term for being
    handcuffed - and then died in custody. "Preliminary information
    is that the detainee died from an apparent heart attack," the
    reports state.

    In other cases, there was spirited debate, in reports and e-mails,
    about the corpses of prisoners. One dead Iraqi could not be found,
    and an e-mail ordered, "Try to find that body; we'll exhume
    if possible."

    In another e-mail exchange, military officials discussed whether
    autopsies should be conducted in Iraq, at military bases in
    Germany or in the United States.

    "Personally," responded one military officer, "I suspect that remains
    should probably NOT be brought to the U.S. for legal reasons."
    He did not elaborate.

    Two Marines were disciplined for claiming to have done things
    they didn't do. One was convicted of lying to a Las Vegas
    newspaper that he "personally executed two Iraqis." He forfeited
    a month's pay.

    The other Marine told a military surgeon that he broke his hand
    "punching an EPW [enemy prisoner of war] in the face" and told an
    officer that he broke it "punching an EPW in the back of the head."
    Back in the U.S., "he recanted, stating he punched the ground,"
    the reports said. He lost two months' pay.

    Times staff writer Mark Mazzetti contributed to this report.

    (c) Copyright 2004 Los Angeles Times

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    7) Eskimos Seek to Recast Global Warming
    as a Rights Issue
    By ANDREW C. REVKIN
    December 15, 2004
    http://www.nytimes.com/2004/12/15/international/americas/15climate.html?oref
    =login&oref=login

    The Eskimos, or Inuit, about 155,000 seal-hunting peoples scattered
    around the Arctic, plan to seek a ruling from the Inter-American
    Commission on Human Rights that the United States, by contributing
    substantially to global warming, is threatening their existence.

    The Inuit plan is part of a broader shift in the debate over human-
    caused climate change evident among participants in the 10th round
    of international talks taking place in Buenos Aires aimed at averting
    dangerous human interference with the climate system.

    Inuit leaders said they planned to announce the effort at the
    climate meeting today.

    Representatives of poor countries and communities - from the
    Arctic fringes to the atolls of the tropics to the flanks of the Himalayas
    - say they are imperiled by rising temperatures and seas through
    no fault of their own. They are casting the issue as no longer simply
    an environmental problem but as an assault on their basic human
    rights.

    The commission, an investigative arm of the Organization of
    American States, has no enforcement powers. But a declaration
    that the United States has violated the Inuit's rights could create
    the foundation for an eventual lawsuit, either against the United
    States in an international court or against American companies in
    federal court, said a number of legal experts, including some
    aligned with industry.

    Such a petition could have decent prospects now that industrial
    countries, including the United States, have concluded in recent
    reports and studies that warming linked to heat-trapping
    smokestack and tailpipe emissions is contributing to big
    environmental changes in the Arctic, a number of experts said.

    Last month, an assessment of Arctic climate change by 300
    scientists for the eight countries with Arctic territory, including
    the United States, concluded that "human influences" are now the
    dominant factor.

    Inuit representatives attending the conference said in telephone
    interviews that after studying the matter for several years with
    the help of environmental lawyers they would this spring begin
    the lengthy process of filing a petition by collecting videotaped
    statements from elders and hunters about the effects they were
    experiencing from the shrinking northern icescape.

    The lawyers, at EarthJustice, a nonprofit San Francisco law firm,
    and the Center for International Environmental Law, in Washington,
    said the Inter-American Commission, which has a record of treating
    environmental degradation as a human rights matter, provides the
    best chance of success. The Inuit have standing in the Organization
    of American States through Canada.

    Sheila Watt-Cloutier, the elected chairwoman of the Inuit
    Circumpolar Conference, the quasi-governmental group recognized
    by the United Nations as representing the Inuit, said the biggest
    fear was not that warming would kill individuals but that it would
    be the final blow to a sturdy but suffering culture.

    "We've had to struggle as a people to keep afloat, to keep our
    indigenous wisdom and traditions," she said. "We're an adaptable
    people, but adaptability has its limits.

    "Something is bound to give, and it's starting to give in the Arctic,
    and we're giving that early warning signal to the rest of the world."

    If the Inuit effort succeeds, it could lead to an eventual stream of
    litigation, somewhat akin to lawsuits against tobacco companies,
    legal experts said.

    The two-week convention, which ends Friday, is the latest session
    on two climate treaties: the 1992 framework convention on climate
    change and the Kyoto Protocol, an addendum that takes effect in
    February and for the first time requires most industrialized countries
    to curb such emissions.

    The United States has signed both pacts and is bound by the
    1992 treaty, which requires no emissions cuts. But the Bush
    administration opposes the mandatory Kyoto treaty, saying it
    could harm the economy and unfairly excuses big developing
    countries from obligations.

    That situation makes the United States particularly vulnerable
    to such suits, environmental lawyers said.

    By embracing the first treaty and signing the second, it has
    acknowledged that climate change is a problem to be avoided; but
    by subsequently rejecting the Kyoto pact, the lawyers said, it has
    not shown a commitment to stemming its emissions, which constitute
    a fourth of the global total.

    The American delegation at the Buenos Aires conference declined to
    comment on Tuesday on the petition or the arguments behind it.
    "Until the Inuit have presented a complaint, we are not responding
    to that issue," a State Department official said. "When they do, we
    will look at what they have to say, consider it and then respond."

    Christopher C. Horner, a lawyer for the Cooler Heads Coalition,
    an industry-financed group opposed to cutting the emissions,
    said the chances of success of such lawsuits had risen lately.

    From his standpoint, he said, "The planets are aligned very poorly."

    Delegates who flew to the conference from the Arctic's far-flung
    communities, where retreating sea ice imperils traditional seal
    hunts, said they planned to meet in Buenos Aires with representatives
    from small-island nations that could eventually be swamped by rising
    seas, swelled by meltwater from shrinking glaciers and Arctic ice sheets.

    Enele S. Sopoaga, the ambassador to the United Nations from Tuvalu,
    a 15-foot-high nation of wave-pounded atolls halfway between
    Australia and Hawaii, said he still saw legal efforts as a last resort.

    Tuvalu had threatened to sue the United States two years ago in the
    International Court of Justice, but held off for a variety of reasons.

    Larry Rohter contributed reporting from Buenos Aires for this article.

    Copyright 2004 The New York Times

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    8) The Thought Police - Cops Investigate Anti-American Statements
    of 11-Year-Old
    The Washington Post reports two police officers recently
    visited the home of an 11-year-old and questioned his parents
    for three hours about anti-American comments their son made in
    school The student had refused to participate in a Veterans Day
    exercise and criticized the Marines. The school claimed he had
    said, "I wish all Americans were dead and that American soldiers
    should die." The Police questioned his parents about their views
    on Sept. 11, the military and if they knew any foreigners who
    criticized US policy. They also inquired whether the parents might
    be teaching "anti-American values" at home. The mother, Pamela
    Allbaugh, told the Washington Post "It was intimidating.
    I told them it's like a George Orwell novel, that it felt like
    they were the thought police." She went on to say "If someone
    would have asked me five years ago if this was something my
    government would do, I would have said never."
    http://www.democracynow.org/article.pl?sid=04/12/16/1444215

    Va. Boy's Defiant Words Draw Police Response
    Investigators Visit Home After Student Allegedly Wishes
    Harm on Americans
    By Rosalind S. Helderman
    Washington Post Staff Writer
    Wednesday, December 15, 2004; Page B01
    Original Washington Post story:
    http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/articles/A64726-2004Dec14.html?sub=AR

    When the two plainclothes Loudoun County sheriff's investigators
    showed up on her Leesburg doorstep, Pamela Albaugh got nervous.
    But when they told her why they were there, she got angry:
    A complaint had been filed alleging that her 11-year old son
    had made "anti-American and violent" statements in school.

    She was aware of an incident at Belmont Ridge Middle School in
    which her son, Yishai Asido, was assigned to write a letter to U.S.
    Marines and responded, according to his teacher, by saying, "I wish
    all Americans were dead and that American soldiers should die."
    Yishai and Albaugh deny that the boy wished his countrymen dead.

    Albaugh, a U.S. citizen, and her husband, an Israeli citizen who
    manages a Leesburg moving company, say the investigators' visit
    and the school's response were a paranoid overreaction in
    a charged post-9/11 environment. But law enforcement officials
    say the terrorist attacks and the Columbine school shootings
    require them to consider whether children who make threats
    might post a danger to their classmates. The case illustrates the
    balancing act that schools and law enforcement must find between
    the free speech of minors and community safety.

    Albaugh described her son as a rambunctious student who has long
    opposed armies of any kind. He refused the Veterans Day assignment
    and told his teacher that the Marines "might as well die, as much
    as I care." Whatever was said, the words had been the source of anguished
    conferences, phone calls and, ultimately, a day of in-school suspension.

    Albaugh thought the whole thing was resolved in school until
    Investigators Robert LeBlanc and Kelly Poland showed up last
    week. What followed, she said, was two hours of polite but intense
    and personal questioning.

    They asked how she felt about 9/11 and the military. They asked
    whether she knows any foreigners who have trouble with American
    policy. They mentioned a German friend who had been staying with
    the family and asked whether the friend sympathized with the Taliban.
    They also inquired whether she might be teaching her children "anti-
    American values," she said.

    Toward the end of the conversation, Albaugh's husband, Alon Asido,
    arrived home. Asido said the pair then spent another hour talking
    to him, mostly about his life in Israel and his more than four years
    in an elite combat unit there.

    Before the investigators left, one deputy said their "concerns had
    been put to rest," Albaugh said.

    "It was intimidating," she said. "I told them it's like a George Orwell
    novel, that it felt like they were the thought police. If someone
    would have asked me five years ago if this was something my
    government would do, I would have said never."

    Loudoun County Sheriff Stephen O. Simpson confirmed that
    investigators visited the house. "Whenever there is a complaint
    that a child in a school is using language that is threatening or with
    violent overtones, we have an obligation to look into it," he said.
    "We can't ignore something like that and have something tragic
    happen down the road that we could have prevented."

    Simpson declined to comment on details of the complaint or the
    kinds of questions investigators asked. "If you're looking at what
    [the school] said he said, I have to think you'd see where we came
    up with those questions," he said.

    A schools spokesman declined to comment, other than to release,
    at Albaugh's request, a one-page letter from Yishai's file that
    explained his suspension.

    His parents said the boy's words were those of a confused adolescent,
    whose views of the world are still being formed. They believe that
    authorities were called partly because he has a foreign-sounding
    name and accented English from years of living abroad. The family
    lived in India, Europe and Israel before moving to the United States
    in 2000. The couple have four children, with both U.S. and Israeli
    citizenship, enrolled in Loudoun schools.

    Albaugh said that Yishai is not violent and that the school could
    have used the classroom incident as a "teachable moment," helping
    him learn to say what he was feeling in a less offensive manner.

    Instead, Yishai said he has learned that it is not worth challenging
    authority. "At the end of the day, you lose," he said, adding: "All
    of these freedoms and things they're supposed to uphold, they
    bash them."

    The Columbine shootings, in which a teacher and 12 students
    were killed by two other students in Colorado in 1999, has
    changed the way schools view violent words uttered by their
    students, said Ronald D. Stephens, executive director of the
    National School Safety Center. In this case, he noted, no one
    was arrested, no charges were filed and the case was closed.

    "Sometimes the questions might be somewhat uncomfortable.
    But the final outcome was that [the investigators] got there and
    realized there was no 'there' there," he said. "We should give
    credit where credit is due."

    Georgetown law professor David Cole said Yishai's statement
    in class is protected by the Constitution.

    "There's no indication from the student making an anti-American
    statement that violence to the school would follow," he said.
    "The FBI and government officials should be investigating real
    terrorists, not children who criticize the United States."

    Charles Shaw
    Publisher/Editor-in-Chief
    Newtopia Magazine
    www.newtopiamagazine.net

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    9) World War 3 Report, issue 93, December 2003
    http://www.ww3report.com/93.html#palestine6
    Remote-control Machine Guns to Be Mounted on the Wall

    According to Haaretz reporter Amira Hass, a Sept. 21 [2003] article
    on the Israeli paper Yediot Ahronoth's Web site, Ynet, states that
    "the separation fence to be built in the Gilboa region will include
    remote-control machine guns that will be operated by female
    soldiers from their command posts and will shoot at those
    suspected of being terrorists." According to Ynet's reporter, the
    system is be installed in the coming months in the mountainous
    Gilboa region, along the path of the "Separation Wall." The army's
    purpose in installing the system is to compensate for the small
    amount of troops and the difficulties of moving in the area--"and
    to shoot at terrorists who try to cross the fence." In a concession
    to humanitarian considerations, rather than making the guns fire
    automatically at anything that moves they will be fired "by the
    female soldier who manages the lookout post and has been
    trained for this."

    Hass adds: "The report did not say how she would be trained to
    tell whether the figure who appears on her video screen is
    a terrorist or an innocent man." (Ha'aretz, Sept. 24) There is
    no explanation why the soldiers used will be female, but perhaps
    the Israeli army considers it a combat role that would be safe
    enough for a woman soldier. (Ha'aretz, Sept. 24) (David Bloom)

    7. Remote-control Helicopter Stolen
    Industrial espionage is believed to be the explanation for the
    theft of a state-of-the-art remote-control pilotless helicoter
    under developoment by an Israeli company. The unit was stolen
    from Steadicopter's Kefar Maccabi plant, after it had finished
    it's final test flights. The BBC notes that Israel has "long been
    a world leader in developing pilotless reconnaissance aircraft
    and its Pioneer drone is currently in service with US forces in
    Iraq." (BBC, Nov. 12) (David Bloom)

    8. Next: Remote-control Bulldozers
    The fearsome armor-plated D-9 Israeli army bulldozer, used
    to demolish Palestinian buildings and orchards as well as
    international activists, is being modified to be operated by
    remote control, a move the army insists will "save lives." An
    unnamed Israeli officer was quoted by the Israel Technion I
    nstitute of Technology, which designed the remote-control
    version, as saying, "today the bulldozer drivers are exposed
    to great danger when they knock down buildings that have
    militants hiding in them." Palestinian spokesmen Saeb Erakat
    denounced the move. "The whole idea is despicable," said Erekat.
    "If an unmanned bulldozer is used, human life is in much
    greater danger." As of the Oct. 31 press time of this BBC
    report, the robot dozer was to go "into service in the next
    few weeks. " (BBC, Oct. 31)

    According to the Israeli Committee of Housing Demolitions
    (ICAHD), 8,000 Palestinian houses have been destroyed by
    the Israeli occupation forces since 1967. (ICHAD:figure as
    of Spring, 2002)

    The D-9 bulldozer is a product of the US-based Catepillar
    Corporation. (See also:
    http://www.sustaincampaign.org/cat_actionkit.html) (David Bloom)

    - Modern "war" is state terrorism directed against civilians.

    - The purpose of u.s. actions toward Iraq over the last
    14 years (2 horrific illegal bombing invasions, and 12
    years of illegal, immoral sanctions) is to destroy Iraq as
    a nation, the fulfillment of the neo-con dream of "ending
    nations" that defy usrael. Forget what bush, klinton and
    others say, forget stated intentions, just look at what they
    do, and what they have done.

    - If my men could think, they would not fight.
    - Napoleon

    - The most outlandish conspiracy theory of them all (and
    the most widely accepted): 19 hijackers from a third world
    terrorist group armed with boxcutters forced 3 planes into
    3 of the nation's most important and symbolic structures
    with no assistance from US government / intelligence insiders.
    -http://www.oilempire.us/conspiracy.html

    - It's too late for religions to fight over market share.
    Adopting a particular religion is not the way. It's no good
    for us to "become" Jews, or Christians, or Buddhists. Rather,
    we must be like Jesus, without necessarily being a Christian,
    be like Buddha, without necessarily being a Buddhist. In order
    to do this, we need to study these religions a little, not use
    them for political ends..

    - paraphrase of Robert Thurman (author of Anger) being
    interviewed by Chris Welch
    on Living Room, KPFA-FM Radio, 11-18-04

    Daniel Stone
    justice_freedom@earthlink.net

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    10) Mark your calendar: Saturday, December 18, 6:00-8:00
    (18th & CASTRO)

    As anyone with a pulse knows, BADlands owner Les Natali has
    been veeeeery NAUGHTY this year. (THE CITY HUMAN RIGHTS
    COMMISSION HAS RECEIVED A TON OF COMPLAINTS ABOUT
    HIS BAD BEHAVIOR.)


    SO, this Saturday at 6PM, 18th & And Castro for All are TAKING
    ACTION FOR KINDNESS! After all, it's not very *nice* to violate
    city and state civil rights laws, ignore human rights investigations, etc.

    It is very nice, though, that on Saturday along with Grinch-spotting,
    And Castro For All will launch its new anti-discrimination hotline .
    We hope it's one gift that keeps on giving.

    Wear your Santa Hat, your favorite red outfit or elf shoes, and bring
    along your ho-ho-hos.


    Meet at Harvey Milk Plaza at 6:00 PM -Call 415.850.8580 if you're
    late and need to find us.

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    11) Chuck D keynotes "State of the Black Youth" convention
    By Diane Bukowski
    DETROIT
    The Michigan Citizen
    http://www.michigancitizen.com/default.asp?sourceid=&smenu=73&twindow=Defaul
    t&mad=No&sdetail=1308&wpage=1&skeyword=&sidate=&ccat=&ccatm=&restate=&restat
    us=&reoption=&retype=&repmin=&repmax=&rebed=&rebath=&subname=

    DETROIT - Chuck D of the seminal rap group Public Enemy blasted
    the U.S. entertainment industry for perverting hip-hop music and
    culture during his keynote address Nov. 19 at the Third Annual
    State of the Black Youth in the New Millennium convention.

    Held at Wayne State University's General Lectures auditorium by
    the National Black Operations Business Association, the convention
    drew hundreds of high-school and college youth.

    "Hip hop is not drug culture, gun culture, thug culture or dumb culture,"
    Chuck D said. "It comes out of the legacy and musicianship of Black
    people. It's an expression of our soul in vocalization. But the industry
    has substituted the style of a people for the soul of a people."

    The musician noted that the hip-hop phenomenon has established
    roots worldwide, including a thriving community in Brazil that has
    remained true to the original purpose of the genre. He said that
    community refused to have Snoop Dog and Ja Rule perform there,
    because they did not "represent the people."

    Chuck D also condemned the Bush administration and the prison-
    industrial complex in the United States.

    "The only gangsters that get away with anything are the gangsters
    in government," he said. "There are no Black gangsters."

    Noting that the same corporations are purchasing prisons and
    cemeteries, he said the only options being given Black youth are
    to go to prison or to war.

    "If they cared about rehabilitation in prison, they would make
    computers available there. Let three brothers in prison have
    laptops, and they'll be running their lives and the world," he said.

    Rico Hoye, ranked the number one light heavyweight boxer in
    the country, struck a similar chord, talking about the 10 years
    he spent in Michigan prisons after being sentenced at 16 for
    second-degree murder.

    "I watched the cells in adult prison filling up with our youth,"
    Hoye said, "and they were getting younger and younger, 13
    and 14 years old, going in and never going home, or going
    home and coming back again."

    Hoye said he got the opportunity to rewrite his life from the
    political education he received from the "positive brothers" he
    met while incarcerated. He called on the community to address
    conditions inside the prison, including the need to reinstitute
    college-level education there, and to provide support, including
    jobs for ex-prisoners coming home.

    "It's hard to get a job," he said. "I'm on TV, but I'm still putting
    in job applications and still getting turned down."

    Karinda Washington, a candidate for the Detroit City Council,
    called on young Black women to develop themselves, and to
    allow themselves the opportunity to develop deep, mutually
    respectful relationships rather than engaging in casual sex.

    "If you're not whole within yourself, Black woman, he cannot
    make you whole," she said. "Create opportunities for courtship.
    There are some good, qualified Black men available here in
    the city of Detroit."

    NBOBA president Mohammed Luwemba echoed Washington's
    plea for wholesome relationships.

    "The state of the women is the state of the race," he said.
    "If women are not respected and protected, then the men
    cannot be respected and protected."

    He announced a new NBOBA initiative, Operation Race
    Restoration, aimed at creating positive, dedicated young
    men and women who will devote themselves to confronting
    and overthrowing the Bush regime.

    "They get up every morning at the crack of dawn with one
    thing on their mind, 100-percent world domination," Luwemba
    said. "But we will get up every single morning with nothing but
    overthrowing these people on our minds."

    E-mail: dbukowski@michigancitizen.com

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    12) Israeli Army Raid Into Gaza Kills 5 Palestinians
    By Nidal al-Mughrabi
    GAZA (Reuters)
    Fri Dec 17, 2004 08:29 AM ET
    http://www.reuters.com/newsArticle.jhtml?type=topNews&storyID=7125113&src=eD
    ialog/GetContent§ion=news

    GAZA (Reuters) - Israeli tanks and troops raided southern Gaza on
    Friday in response to increasing Palestinian mortar attacks, killing
    at least five Palestinians and prompting hundreds to flee their homes,
    witnesses and medics said.

    At least five other Palestinians were trapped in an arms- smuggling
    tunnel that collapsed as it was being dug under an army-controlled
    security strip between the Gaza town of Rafah and nearby Egypt,
    witnesses from Rafah said.

    Palestinian ambulances and rescue crews given clearance by Israeli
    forces rushed to the scene. Palestinian officials said earlier accounts
    that two men had been extracted from the tunnel were incorrect,
    citing poor communications in the area.

    "We are still digging, we cannot yet determine their fate," a security
    official said by telephone from Rafah.

    Israeli troops have raided Rafah many times to battle militants waging
    a four-year-old revolt, killing hundreds of Palestinians and leaving
    thousands homeless from demolitions of homes suspected of hiding
    tunnels.

    At least five Palestinians were killed and 22 wounded in Friday's army
    raid into Khan Younis, Gaza's second largest city and a hotbed of
    militants who frequently pepper nearby Jewish settlements with
    mortar and rocket fire.

    Four of the dead were militants and the other a civilian, local medics
    and witnesses said.

    NEW CHANCE FOR PEACE?

    The incursion unfolded hours after Israeli Prime Minister Ariel Sharon
    told a high-profile security conference that there was a unique chance
    for Middle East peacemaking with new Palestinian leaders following
    the death of Yasser Arafat.

    Sharon said he was ready to coordinate a planned pullout from Gaza
    with a moderate post-Arafat leader, likely to be Mahmoud Abbas.
    He is favored to win a Jan. 9 presidential election and advocates
    a halt to violence and fresh talks.

    About 600 people, many carrying small children in freezing pre-dawn
    darkness, fled homes in neighborhoods bearing the brunt of the raid
    and were given shelter in a U.N.-run school.

    They said a number of homes were demolished.

    "What peace and what pullout? We only feel fear and cold. I do not
    know even if my house was still standing or if it was demolished,"
    Kamilia Attobji, 36, a mother of 10, told Reuters.

    Israeli forces say buildings they raze in such raids are used as cover
    for militants targeting settlements. Residents uprooted by demolitions
    complain of collective punishment.

    An Israeli army commander in the Khan Younis area told Reuters that
    the raid would continue as long as was required.

    "We will carry on and I can say we will do all we can to reduce the
    threat to the local communities who should not have to live like this,
    " Lieutenant Colonel Dotan, who declined to give his surname, said in
    reference to mortar barrages.

    The incursion was only the second serious army sweep into
    Palestinian territory since a short period of calm following
    Arafat's death on Nov. 11.

    Rocket and mortar fire by militants has since restarted with some
    30 attacks this month. A Thai farm labourer was killed and 17
    settlers wounded in one attack.

    (Additional reporting by Ori Lewis)

    (c) Reuters 2004

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    13) Hungry and homeless ranks swell in US cities
    By Rick Kelly
    World Socialist Web Site
    www.wsws.org
    17 December 2004
    http://www.wsws.org/articles/2004/dec2004/hung-d17.shtml

    The demand for emergency shelter and food in US cities has risen
    significantly over the past year, straining a tattered social safety net
    beyond the breaking point, according to a report released Tuesday
    by the US Conference of Mayors. The "Hunger and Homeless Survey"
    covering America's 27 largest cities showed that requests for food
    aid increased by 14 percent in 2004, while the demand for shelter
    rose by 6 percent.

    The most striking conclusion of the survey was that working families
    now constitute one of the largest groups in need of regular emergency
    assistance. Contrary to the image portrayed by the mass media, those
    going homeless and hungry in America are not just the "down and
    out," the alcohol or drug-dependent, mentally ill or people otherwise
    unable to earn a living. They include many people who are working,
    but earn so little that they cannot make ends meet.

    Chronic poverty afflicts wide sections of the working class,
    particularly those employed in the predominantly low-paid and
    casual service industry. Of all adults requesting food assistance,
    34 percent were employed. Children and their parents accounted
    for fifty-six percent of all recipients of food aid. Families now make
    up 40 percent of the total homeless population in the United States.

    These stark figures are another indication of the economic and
    social catastrophe confronting millions of Americans. While Bush
    boasted of an economic recovery during the presidential campaign,
    the reality is that only a small layer at the top has seen significant
    income gains in 2004. For millions of Americans, mass layoffs and
    the spiraling cost of living-particularly food, housing and fuel
    expenses-have made it increasingly difficult to get by.

    "Working poor, unemployed, multi-generational, single and traditional
    parent families have to make difficult decisions as whether to pay for
    utilities, rent, medicine, gas, health or car insurance," city authorities
    in Louisville reported. "Food is being pushed further down the list
    of priorities."

    "The time when households used food assistance facilities primarily
    for emergency situations is long over," noted officials in Philadelphia.
    "At least 86 percent of the people receiving assistance from the food
    cupboards return every month. The network is used to sustain families
    every month so they can use their limited resources on rent, heat,
    medical bills, and transportation."

    The report included a number of case studies. In Phoenix, the
    Robertsons, a married couple and their three children, became
    homeless after the father lost his job at a telemarketing company.
    He struggled to develop his own landscaping business, while his
    wife worked day labor jobs. "The family has no money and is having
    trouble accessing services because they do not have appropriate
    documentation, and do not have the money to pay for new birth
    certificates... Currently the Robertsons are on a waiting list of
    a large family shelter, but will need appropriate identification to
    enter the program."

    In St. Paul, a 24-year-old woman, Tara, her husband Martin, and
    their three young children became homeless after she lost her job
    as a home healthcare worker, which paid $6.20 per hour. The family
    was forced to move into a shelter run by the local Catholic church.

    Assistance for the poor remains grossly inadequate. Charity
    organizations are overwhelmed by the demand, and both the
    federal and state governments have gutted the budgets for social
    programs over a number of years.

    The survey reported that in the past 12 months, one in five requests
    for food assistance went unmet-nearly a 50-percent increase over
    the previous year. Twenty-three percent of requests for emergency
    shelter were turned down, and this rejection rate rose to 32 percent
    for homeless families.

    In many cities, the shortfalls are far higher than these averages. In
    New Orleans, 66 percent of food requests were rejected, and in San
    Francisco 50 percent. In Los Angeles, 66 percent of all shelter requests
    made by families were turned down, and in Boston 50 percent.

    The report provides a glimpse into some of the innumerable
    hardships and indignities suffered by those who seek assistance.
    More than half of the responding cities routinely forced homeless
    families to be broken up in order to be accommodated in emergency
    shelter.

    Food pantries forced to cut portions

    Two-thirds of all cities surveyed reported that emergency food
    assistance facilities, in a desperate attempt to meet demand, were
    forced to cut back on the quantity of food they provided. Restrictions
    are also enforced on the number of times people are permitted to
    receive food.

    Punitive government welfare cutbacks and restrictions, introduced
    by both the Clinton and Bush administrations, have only added to
    the hardship. "According to the Boston Medical Center Pediatric
    Emergency Department," the report noted, "25 percent of homeless
    families interviewed in their clinic had been cut off of welfare benefits
    within the past year (compared to 11 percent of non-homeless families)
    due to failure to comply with behavioral or procedural requirements,
    such as not being able to provide a mailing address to the welfare office."

    The swelling of the ranks of the working poor has seen a parallel
    increase in the demand for subsidized housing. Requests for such
    housing by low-income families and individuals increased in 68
    percent in the surveyed cities. Applicants for public housing now
    wait an average of 20 months before they receive any assistance.
    Fifty-nine percent of the surveyed cities are refusing to accept any
    new applications because they already have long waiting lists.

    City authorities reported that they expect no improvement in hunger
    and homelessness in 2005. Eighty-eight percent said that they
    anticipate another increase in the demand for food assistance, and
    92 percent expect a rise in requests for emergency shelter.

    The Conference of Mayors made a somewhat bizarre attempt to put
    a positive spin on the survey's findings. Bill Purcell, mayor of Nashville
    and chair of the conference's task force on hunger and homelessness,
    admitted that the "bad news is that the increased demand [for
    assistance] is all over the country." He then added: "The good news
    here is that the increase in demand overall has slowed somewhat."

    In other words, the "good news" is that things are getting worse but-
    at least for the moment- at a slower rate. Every year the survey, first
    conducted 20 years ago, has registered an increase in the demand
    food and shelter assistance.

    Over the last year, the demand for food aid increased 17 percent,
    while requests for emergency shelter rose by 13 percent. In 2003,
    the demand for both food and shelter increased by 19 percent. As
    the survey demonstrates, the continued growth in the numbers of
    working people who are unable to earn enough to house and feed
    themselves has already overwhelmed the limited assistance programs
    that exist in America.

    To focus on a decline in the rate at which hunger and homelessness
    is growing only confirms that the government and the corporate-
    controlled two-party system are unwilling and unable to take any
    action to alleviate the suffering.

    What emerges from the survey is a devastating portrait of the human
    cost of American society's unprecedented level of social inequality.
    While the wealthiest strata are anticipating a lucrative new year (see
    "America's super-rich look forward to a merry Christmas" ), millions
    of people will spend the holiday season in desperation and destitution.

    Copyright 1998-2004
    World Socialist Web Site
    All rights reserved

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    14) Joma Sison issued this statement in the wake of the deaths
    of over 1000 people due to typhoon-related mudslides and
    the government's request for 600 U.S. Marines to engage
    in "relief operations" near areas controlled by the NPA
    and National Democratic Front of the Philippines. --dp
    PS. CARHRIHL is an important human rights declaration signed
    by the Philippine government and the NDFP.
    Press Statement
    16 December 2004
    CARHRIHL DOES NOT ALLOW US COMBAT TROOPS TO INTRUDE
    INTO PHILIPPINE--GRP OR NDFP--TERRITORY
    UNDER PRETEXT OF RELIEF OPERATIONS
    By Prof. Jose Maria Sison
    Chief Political Consultant
    National Democratic Front of the Philippines

    The entire Filipino people must condemn all pronouncements and actions of
    the US government and the Government of the Republic of the Philippines
    (GRP) to justify and push the entry of US combat troops in the Philippines
    under such pretexts as joint military exercises, training, civic action, and
    relief operations. All these are violative of the national sovereignty of
    the Filipino people and territorial integrity of the Philippines.

    In this regard, the GRP and Foreign Secretary Alberto Romulo are betraying
    the national sovereignty of the Filipino people and territorial integrity of
    the Philippines by allowing US combat troops to enter the country under the
    pretext of relief operations.

    Civilian agencies of foreign governments can offer civilian relief personnel
    and aid very properly and easily. There are also more than enough Filipinos
    who can do the relief work. Why should the GRP and Romulo allow US combat
    troops to enter the country under the pretext of relief operations,
    provocatively show off their military weapons and vehicles and conduct
    psywar and intelligence operations on Philippine territory? Is relief work
    really the objective or is it to make the escalation of US military
    intervention in the Philippines acceptable to the public?

    According to the CPP Information Department, the New People's Army is
    magnanimously not targeting the intrusive and marauding US combat troops
    and is giving them the chance to get out of the country as quickly as
    possible. But such magnanimity should not be linked to the wrong notion that
    the Comprehensive Agreement on Respect for Human Rights and International
    Humanitarian Law (CARHRIHL) permits US combat troops to enter the
    Philippines under the pretext of relief operations.

    The GRP and the US government are in the first place condemnable for
    violating the national sovereignty of the Filipino people and the
    territorial integrity of the Philippines. It is erroneous for anyone to
    claim that CARHRIHL permits US combat troops to enter Philippine, GRP or
    NDFP territory for any length of time under the guise of relief operations
    and that the GRP can decide unilaterally the scope of operations and types
    of arms and equipment which the US combat troops can bring for their
    supposed security.

    1. CARHRIHL does not allow the entry of US combat troops into the
    Philippines but allows only timely limited agreements between the GRP and
    NDFP as co-belligerents in a civil war to grant safe passage on certain
    humanitarian grounds to the Filipino troops of one side or the other or the
    International Committee of the Red Cross and other permitted civilian
    agencies.

    2. Under CARHRIHL, the GRP and NDFP are contracting parties on an equal
    footing, with their respective political integrity. The GRP cannot
    unilaterally decide the scope of operations and types of arms and
    equipment of even GRP troops and police when they seek on certain
    humanitarian grounds to enter the territory of the NDFP or people's
    revolutionary government or contested areas.

    As NDFP chief political consultant, I advice all forces and personnel of the
    CPP, NDFP and NPA to study carefully the CARHRIHL and other agreements
    entered into by the NDFP with the GRP and appreciate how the NDFP has
    upheld revolutionary principles and made policy agreements, without leaving
    any ground for capitulation or submission to GRP authority by any
    revolutionary force or element. ###


    THE MACAPAGAL-ARROYO REGIME SPEWS OUT LIES LIKE GOEBBELS DID

    Vainly believing that by spewing out and repeating even the most outrageous
    lies it can deceive the people, the Macapagal-Arroyo regime has declared the
    New People's Army as the worst human rights violator and accused it of
    illegal logging and causing the death of many hundreds. The same tactic was
    used by Goebbels, Hitler's propaganda chief, who claimed that by
    continuously repeating lies, the lies would ultimately be accepted as truth.

    But the people cannot be deceived by the regime's lies. The experience of
    the people in the countrysides and in the cities proves that it is the
    regime's military and police that kill, maim and injure the people, destroy
    their properties, and violate their basic human and democratic rights in
    order to serve the interests of the foreign mining companies, the logging
    companies, the rest of the big comprador bourgeoisie, big landlords and
    bureaucrat capitalists.

    The brutal massacre at Hacienda Luisita on November 16, 2004 and the summary
    execution of the key witness of the massacre, Marcelino Beltran, on December
    8, 2004 are stark examples of such atrocities against the people. The
    Arroyo regime, including the President herself as Commander-in-Chief of the
    Armed Forces of the Philippines, Secretary of Labor Patricia Sto. Tomas, the
    Cojuangcos and Aquinos, the military and police officers who carried out the
    massacre, these are the worst human rights violators. The killers of the
    regime, such as General Jovito Palparan, are the big violators of human
    rights. No amount of spewing out lies that the NPA are the worst human
    rights violators can erase the truth of the bitter experience of the
    people.

    The records prove that the Macapagal-Arroyo regime, as did its predecessors,
    approved and allowed foreign and local logging firms to denude our forests
    as to cause the massive floods and landslides that have resulted in so many
    deaths. This is true not only in the areas of the latest catastrophe. It
    is true of so many other areas in our country. This regime and the cronies
    whose logging concessions it has approved are criminally liable for all the
    death and destruction they cause.

    On the other hand, it is also the experience of the people in the rural
    areas, wherever the New People's Army is active, that the NPA and other
    revolutionary forces protect the people against logging companies, foreign
    mining companies and other destroyers of the environment.

    On a related matter, President Macapagal-Arroyo has hailed the recent
    Supreme Court reversal of its earlier decision to declare unconstitutional
    the Mining Act of 1995. This means that Financial and Technical Assistance
    agreements (FTAAs) allowing foreign mining companies to plunder up to
    100,000 hectares of land are to be promoted, causing not only the
    displacement of numerous indigenous people but further destruction of the
    environment and even more disastrous floods and landslides. This regime is
    surrendering our country's economic sovereignty, promoting the unbridled
    plunder of our country and in effect agreeing to the death and destruction
    that results from these. It is indeed a deceitful and murderous regime. It
    must be militantly opposed and isolated.

    Luis G. Jalandoni
    Chairperson, NDFP Negotiating Panel

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    15) On Sunday December, 12, 2004, an Israeli sniper in Khan
    Younis refugee camp killed Rana Syiam, 7 years old, while
    she was sitting at home, eating supper with her family.
    The Israeli army gave no explanation for the attack.

    [This week in Palestine: a service of the International Middle East
    Media Center imemc.org, for the week of December 10 - 17, 2004]


    Rana is just one of 231 Palestinians, mostly children and women,
    killed in the Khan Younis refugee camp over the four years of the
    current intifada.

    Khan Younis camp, one of the most crowded places on earth, shares a
    border with the illegal Israeli settlement of Gush Katif -- the
    largest Israeli settlement in the Gaza Strip. Population density in
    Gaza averages 65,800 persons per square mile, compared with 1,700
    people per square mile in the illegal Israeli settlements that now
    control over 20% of Gaza.

    According to the Palestinian Red Crescent Society, 3,478 Palestinians
    have been killed since September 2000, and 28,248 have been injured.
    (During the same time period, 694 Israeli civilians have been killed)
    The Health and Development Information Policy Center (HDIP) reports
    that 82% of the Palestinians killed by the army were civilians, 18.5%
    of them under the age of 18.

    84% (699) of the Palestinians killed were shot in the head and neck,
    like Rana.

    Rana Syiam was one of six Palestinians killed this past week. Twenty
    four Palestinians were wounded, including a three year old child in
    Rafah.

    64 palestinians were arrested this week, 26 homes were demolished,
    major checkpoints were closed at least six times, and Palestinian
    towns and villages were invaded at least 38 times by the Israeli
    military.

    Some examples of this week's violence:

    Nine Palestinian schoolchildren aged 8-12 were wounded as an army tank
    shell landed close to their classroom at Tareq Ben Ziad School in Khan
    Yunis on Sunday morning.

    In Nablus on Sunday, armed settlers barred residents from picking
    their olives, hurled stones at the residents and their cars, and
    forced them out of their fields. The Israeli army did not intervene
    in the settler's unprovoked attacks on the Palestinian farmers.

    Ateyya Mustafa Yassin, 15, was hospitalized Wednesday after being
    severely beaten by Israeli soldiers in Nablus. Soldiers claim that
    Yassin was among a group of youth who were throwing stones at armored
    military vehicles.

    In the West Bank town of Jayyous, 117 olive trees were uprooted on
    Saturday December 11. Residents of the town managed to obtain, with
    the help of their lawyer, a plan by Israeli contractors to build a new
    Israeli settlement on their land -- in violation of the "road map to
    peace", in which Israel pledged 'disengagement' from the Palestinian
    territories. All Israeli settlements on occupied Palestinian land are
    against the Geneva Convention, which Israel agreed to in 1951.

    Sharif Omar of Jayyous village is one of those whose homes are
    scheduled to be demolished and land confiscated for the building of
    this new settlement:

    If the wall is completed as planned by Israel, Palestinians will be
    left with ten percent of their original land, divided into a number of
    isolated islands with complete Israeli control of entrance and exit.
    This week the Wall's construction continued throughout the West Bank.
    On Tuesday a non-violent protest against the Wall in Bil'in, northwest
    of Jerusalem met with a violent military reaction. Four people were
    wounded, and Seven peace activists were arrested, including 4
    Israelis, when they tried to intervene in the beating of a child by
    Israeli soldiers.

    in southern gaza on sunday, 4 israeli soldiers and 2 palestinian
    resistance fighters were killed in an attack on an israeli army base.

    Hamas and a group known as the Fatah Hawks claimed responsibility for
    Sunday's attack. The Fatah group said it was avenging the
    assassination" of Yasir Arafat, referring to rumours widespread among
    Palestinians that their veteran leader was poisoned.

    Fuad Kokali, a local secretary general of the fatah party, comments on
    the attack:
    <20>

    The Israeli army responded to Sunday's bombing by firing six missiles
    into various populated areas in Gaza and conducting daily incursions
    throughout the week with Apache helicopters, tanks and armored
    vehicles, killing at least four people.

    The attack came just two days after the Israeli army attempted to
    assassinate a Palestinian resistance leader by shooting a missile at
    his car.

    Abu Samhadana, who survived the attack, stated that, "Assassination
    attempts, even if they succeed, won't weaken the resistance, but
    will only strengthen it. We will continue fighting until we liberate
    all Palestinian land,".

    Meanwhile, on the Palestinian presidential campaign, jailed Fatah
    leader Marwan Barghouti, the leading candidate, has dropped out of the
    race.

    Five candidates for the municipal elections, scheduled for December
    23, have been arrested by Israeli forces and remain in jail.

    Palestinian Local governing minister Jamal Shubaki this week urged the
    international community to immediately intervene to end Israeli
    actions that hinder the ability of Palestinians to run free and
    democratic elections, including the release of these five candidates.

    And palestinian administrative detainees reported that they will
    boycott Israeli courts starting from December 19, until the Israeli
    authorities releases all detainees whose detention period has ended.
    Palestinians are routinely held without charges in administrative
    detention -- the boycotting prisoners demand that they either be
    charged, or released. At least 760 palestinians are currently held in
    administrative detention, according to the israeli organization
    b'tselem. they are among the over 5000 palestinians currently
    imprisoned in Israel.

    And finally, 24-year-old peace activist Brian Avery from Albuquerque,
    New Mexico, petitioned the Israeli High Court of Justice for a police
    investigation of his shooting. Avery was shot in the face last year
    by a tank mounted machine gun in Jenin while volunteering with the
    International Solidarity Movement. The petition challenges the
    Israeli army's account of events, which contradict the accounts of
    numerous eyewitnesses, and states "the duty to investigate is part
    of the rule of law."

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    16) COMMUNITY SPEAK OUT FOR IMMIGRANT RIGHTS
    Sat, Dec. 18th, 1:00 pm
    24th & Mission St. (24th St. BART), San Francisco
    Call to Action for Immigrant Rights:

    The immigrant community has become one of the main targets inside
    the country as part of the well-known “war at home,” which is no
    different from the war against Iraq. After the result of the elections,
    immigrant communities face critical moments and should be ready
    for the next four years. The racism, discrimination, hostility,
    harassment, police brutality, the raids, among others, keep on growing.

    Today, more than ever, all immigrant communities are ONE COMMUNITY,
    that includes Latinos, Asians, Arabs, Philippines, and others, because
    we all are part of the same struggle and face the same problems. Let’s
    be out on the street once more to talk about issues that concern us
    and only we can solve.

    Changes, historically, have not been gained because of the mercy or
    sympathy of any politician, whether he or she was a Democrat or a
    Republican, but because of the hard struggle people fought to gain
    their rights.

    Only a people’s movement is capable of stopping this brutal war
    against our communities.

    That’s why this Saturday December 18th we will be in the streets.
    We will utilize one of our basic rights, the right to speak, and gather
    in the streets to listen to each other and take action.

    EVERYONE WHO WANTS TO FIGHT FOR IMMIGRANT RIGHTS, JOIN
    US ON SATURDAY! For Unity, Peace and Justice!

    Sponsored by A.N.S.W.E.R. (Act Now to Stop War and End Racism)
    For more information or flyers to distribute please call: Silvia or
    Alicia at (415) 821-6545 or Jess at the Arab-American Anti
    Discrimination Committee at (415) 726-3951.

    Sat, Dec. 18th, 11 am
    POSTERING FOR JANUARY 20th PROTEST
    Meet at ANSWER office – 2489 Mission St,
    Rm. 24 (near 21st), San Francisco

    Before going to the Immigrant Rights Speak-Out, join other
    activists going out in teams around San Francisco to get the
    word out about the upcoming Counter-Inaugural protest on
    January 20. Or come by and pick up posters and leaflets for later.

    There will be no ANSWER Activist Meeting this Tuesday, Dec. 21st.
    Please join us throughout the week for postering, flyering and
    phonebanking to build the January 20 Counter-Inaugural Protest.
    Call 415-821-6545 for more details.

    MARK YOUR CALENDAR: On Tuesday, December 28, we will have
    a mass mailing for Jan. 20th a potluck dinner at the ANSWER office
    at 2489 Mission St, Rm 30 in San Franciso. The mailing will start at
    1pm; we will eat at 6pm and continue the mailing through the evening.

    To subscribe to the list, send a message to:


    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    17) NEWS & COMMENTARY: Soldier has himself shot to avoid
    returning to Iraq

    [Marquise Roberts of the Cedarbrook section of North Philadelphia didn't
    want
    to go back to Iraq. -- He'd already conquered Baghdad once, and thought
    that
    ought to be enough. -- So he had his cousin shoot him in the leg, and then
    drive him to Philadelphia's Albert Einstein Medical Center. -- But the two
    men's stories didn't jibe, and when the police found out he was due to
    report
    back to Fort Stewart, Georgia, the next day, they grew suspicious... --
    Jay
    Ruskin of UFPPC looks beyond the headlines and asks: what does Marquise
    Roberts's act really mean?


    SOLDIER HAS HIMSELF SHOT TO AVOID RETURNING TO IRAQ
    By Jay Ruskin

    United for Peace of Pierce County (WA)
    December 17, 2004

    http://www.ufppc.org/content/view/1931/

    Marquise Roberts thought that seven months in the Middle East were enough
    for
    him.

    The supply specialist's two-week leave was about to end, and he was supposed
    to be back the next day at Fort Stewart, Georgia, to rejoin the Army's 3rd
    Infantry Division. With the 3rd Roberts had fought his way to Baghdad in
    the
    2003 invasion of Iraq, and then returned to the U.S. in the summer of 2003.
    Now he was scheduled to be redeployed to Iraq once again.

    It seemed to Marquise Roberts that conquering Iraq once ought to suffice.
    So
    around 2:00 p.m. on Tuesday, a cloudy day with temperatures hovering in the
    low 30s, police say he had his wife's cousin shoot him in the leg with a
    .22-caliber pistol, then headed for the Albert Einstein Medical Center not
    far
    away.

    Unfortunately, the two men didn't get their stories straight. The four news
    reports below tell the sorry tale. Roberts has now been charged by police
    with filing a false report, and the cousin has been charged with aggravated
    assault, the Associated Press reported.[1]

    Local press gave more details. The *Philadelphia Daily News* identified the
    place where the incident was supposed to have occurred: Somerville Avenue
    near
    15th in Olney.[2] The *Philadelphia Inquirer*, which gave the most
    detailed
    account of the plan, said that Marquise Roberts lived on Williams Ave. in
    the
    Cedarbrook section of Philadelphia.[3]

    Williams Avenue is near the City of Brotherly Love's northern border --
    "heavily black North Philadelphia" near "the neighborhood where the various
    *Rockys* were filmed and the original Philadelphia cheesesteaks are sold,"
    and
    where about one quarter of the population lives in poverty (*Almanac of
    American Politics 2004*, pp. 1363-66).

    None of the news reports really raised the issue of why Marquise Roberts was
    in the army in the first place. But critics like Charles Rangel (D-NY 15th)
    see people like Roberts as victims of an "economic draft," whereby
    low-income
    people with few job prospects sign up for military service.

    Activist Sam Anderson puts it this way: "For Black, Latino, Native
    American,
    Asian and poor white youth, there is a powerful economic draft that forces
    our
    children into the military with promises of discounted higher education,
    benefits, job skills development and traveling the world. The shrinking
    civilian job market with sweatshop labor conditions helps create this
    economic
    draft." (http://www.sfbayview.com/092904/draftingeveryone092904.shtml)

    Roberts's act also comes at a time of growing restiveness and resistance
    within the ranks of the military.

    The *Los Angeles Times* summarized the other forms of resistance and made
    clear the fact that Robert's self-inflicted wound is the expression of a
    widespread sentiment:

    "More than 5,000 soldiers have been charged with desertion from bases in the
    U.S. and overseas since the invasion of Iraq in early 2003. . . . Two
    soldiers
    have received publicity for resisting their return to duty in Iraq while on
    home leave. . . . More than 800 former soldiers have failed to comply with
    orders to report for duty in Iraq or Afghanistan, the Army reported in
    October. Those ex-soldiers [were] called back to duty under the military's
    Individual Ready Reserve program."[4]

    As for Marquise Roberts, at least his plan was not a total failure, since he
    won't be returning to Iraq. The *L.A. Times* reported he's sitting in a
    Philadelphia jail, "held under $50,000 bail pending a court hearing."

    1.

    Nation/World

    SOLDIER CHARGED WITH HAVING HIMSELF SHOT
    By Randy Pennell

    Associated Press
    December 17, 2004

    http://seattlepi.nwsource.com/national/apus_story.asp?category=1110&slug=Sol
    dier%20Charged

    PHILADELPHIA -- A soldier who allegedly had a relative shoot him so he
    wouldn't have to return to Iraq could face military discipline.

    Army Spc. Marquise J. Roberts, of Hinesville, Ga., suffered a minor wound
    Tuesday to his left leg from a .22-caliber pistol, police said. He was
    treated at a hospital, then arrested after he and a relative allegedly
    admitted making up a story about the shooting.

    After giving differing accounts, "they just broke down and confessed that
    they
    concocted the whole story so he didn't have to go back to the war," police
    Lt.
    James Clark said Thursday.

    Police charged Roberts with filing a false report and charged a cousin,
    Roland
    Fuller, with aggravated assault and other charges.

    Roberts could face military discipline if the charges prove true, said Lt.
    Col. Cliff Kent, a spokesman for the Army's 3rd Infantry Division, but the
    civilian case probably would proceed first.

    Roberts, who was visiting family in Philadelphia, initially claimed he was
    shot during an attempted robbery, but Fuller had said the incident occurred
    at
    another location during an argument, according to Clark.

    Roberts, 23, was on a two-week leave from the 3rd Infantry Division, which
    led
    the assault on Baghdad in 2003. He had been scheduled to return this week
    to
    Fort Stewart, Ga., and to return to Iraq within the next few months. The
    division has been home since the summer of 2003.

    Police said Roberts, a supply specialist who had spent seven months in Iraq,
    was distraught about having to return to combat duty and wanted to stay with
    his family.

    2.

    City and Local News

    COPS: SOLDIER HAD PAL SHOOT HIM TO AVOID IRAQ
    By Gloria Campisi

    Philadelphia Daily News
    December 17, 2004

    http://www.philly.com/mld/dailynews/news/local/10437106.htm


    A soldier who police said was distraught at having to return to Iraq
    allegedly
    had another man shoot him in the leg so he wouldn't have to go back.

    Army Spc. Marquise J. Roberts, 23, stationed at Fort Stewart, Ga., was in
    Philadelphia on a two-week leave from the Army's 3rd Infantry Division,
    which
    led the assault on Baghdad in 2003, according to an Army spokesman.

    Lt. Col. Cliff Kent, a 3rd Infantry spokesman, said Roberts had been
    scheduled
    to return from leave this week. The 3rd Infantry is scheduled to return to
    Iraq within the next few months.

    Lt. James Clark of the Northwest Detective Division said Roberts, of
    Hinesville, Ga., admitted under questioning that "he did seven months there
    [Iraq] and he didn't want to go back."

    Clark said Roberts and Ronald Fuller, who police identified as Roberts'
    cousin, "concocted the whole story" that Roberts was shot in the left leg
    when
    two men tried to rob them Tuesday on Somerville Avenue near 15th in Olney.
    He
    was treated at Einstein Medical Center for a wound described as minor.

    A woman who answered the phone at a Cedarbrook address listed to Roberts
    said
    Fuller was not Roberts' cousin, but that the family didn't want to make any
    immediate statement. Fuller was identified as Roberts' cousin by marriage
    in
    a televised report.

    Clark said the deception was uncovered when the two men gave different
    accounts of the shooting.

    Roberts was charged with filing a false police report and obstruction of
    justice and Fuller with aggravated and simple assault.

    --campisg@phillynews.com

    3.

    Local & Regional

    FACING IRAQ, SOLDIER GOT HIMSELF SHOT, POLICE SAY
    By Thomas J. Gibbons Jr.

    ** Rather than be redeployed, Marquise Roberts plotted with relatives to be
    hurt in a bogus robbery, officials said. **

    Philadelphia Inquirer
    December 17, 2004

    http://www.philly.com/mld/inquirer/news/local/states/pennsylvania/10435471.h
    tm


    Marquise Roberts absolutely did not want to return to Iraq, where he
    previously served a seven-month Army tour, police said yesterday.

    So Roberts, they said, who lives on Williams Avenue in the Cedarbrook
    section
    of Philadelphia, concocted a plan to have a relative shoot him during a
    purported robbery.

    But detectives said they unraveled the plot after Roberts, 23, went to a
    city
    hospital for treatment of a bullet wound to one of his legs. Now, Roberts
    and
    his wife's cousin are charged with a series of offenses.

    In addition, Roberts missed his date Wednesday to return to Fort Stewart,
    Ga.,
    where he probably will be extradited to face further action.

    "They are extremely interested," Philadelphia Police Lt. James Clark said
    yesterday, referring to inquiries from military officials. "He didn't want
    to
    go back."

    Police said Roberts' plan to desert the Army came to their attention about 2
    p.m. Tuesday, when officers were notified that Roberts had arrived at Albert
    Einstein Medical Center with a gunshot wound. Roberts told police he was
    shot
    while walking in the 1500 block of Somerville Avenue in Logan.

    Roberts said he was walking with his wife's cousin, Roland Fuller, 28, when
    they passed two men arguing.

    Suddenly, Roberts said, shots rang out and he was shot in the back of the
    leg.

    Roberts went to the hospital for treatment and was released.

    However, detectives from the Special Investigations Unit of the Northwest
    Detective Division weren't through with Roberts.

    They drove him to the spot where Roberts said the shooting had occurred. No
    evidence of gunfire was found.

    Other investigators tracked down Fuller, whose account contradicted
    Roberts',
    police said. Fuller told investigators the shooting occurred in the 1500
    block of Duncannon Avenue, several blocks from Somerville Avenue.

    Investigators later tracked down Roberts' wife, Donna Roberts, who gave yet
    a
    third version of events. Clark said the conflicting versions piqued
    detectives' interest.

    The victim and his two family members were kept separated and questioned at
    length. During that time, Fuller tried to escape but was caught, police
    said.

    Later, a different story began to emerge.

    Detectives said they discovered that Roberts was in the Army, assigned to
    Fort
    Stewart, and due to return there the next day.

    They said they found that Roberts, his wife, and Fuller concocted a plan in
    which Fuller would shoot Roberts, and all three family members would report
    that that the shooting was committed by two men during a robbery.

    The motive was to prevent Roberts from being redeployed to Iraq, detectives
    said.

    Roberts later told police he had served seven months in the war zone and did
    not want to return.

    Police said they recovered the gun used to shoot Roberts, who also lists an
    address in Hinesville, Ga.

    Fuller was charged with aggravated assault, weapons offenses, and filing a
    false police report. Roberts was charged with recklessly endangering
    another
    person and filing a false police report.

    Detectives said they were not ruling out charges against Donna Roberts.

    --Contact staff writer Thomas J. Gibbons Jr. at 215-854-2642 or
    tgibbons@phillynews.com.

    4.

    The Nation

    SHOOTING ALLEGEDLY STAGED TO AVOID RETURNING TO IRAQ
    By David Zucchino

    ** Philadelphia police say a soldier whose unit has been ordered back to the
    war had his wife's cousin wound him in the leg as part of the scheme. **

    Los Angeles Times
    December 17, 2004

    PHILADELPHIA -- A U.S. Army combat veteran on leave from a unit headed back
    to
    Iraq arranged for a friend to shoot him in the leg in an attempt to avoid
    returning to the war zone, Philadelphia police said Thursday.

    Spc. Marquise Roberts, 23, told police he had been shot Tuesday afternoon as
    he walked past two men arguing on a North Philadelphia street. But police
    said their investigation found that Roberts actually was shot once in the
    leg
    by a friend as part of a scheme to avoid returning to Iraq.

    Roberts, who served seven months in Iraq during the U.S. invasion in 2003,
    was
    due to report back to Ft. Stewart, Ga., on Wednesday, police said. He is a
    supply specialist with the Army's 3rd Infantry Division (Mechanized),
    according to commanders at Ft. Stewart. They said Roberts, who has been in
    the Army since 2001, was on a two-week holiday leave to his home in
    Philadelphia.

    The division, which helped topple the Saddam Hussein regime in Baghdad in
    April 2003, has been ordered to begin heading back to Iraq next month.
    Roberts had returned from Iraq in midsummer 2003.

    Philadelphia Police Inspector William Colarulo said Roberts was shot by his
    wife's cousin, Roland Fuller, 28, in North Philadelphia on Tuesday
    afternoon.
    Hospital officials called police after Roberts sought medical treatment --
    standard policy for gunshot wounds, Colarulo said.

    Roberts told police he heard a gunshot as he walked past the men arguing in
    the street and realized he had been shot in the leg. But Fuller told
    detectives that Roberts had been shot during an attempted robbery, Colarulo
    said.

    Detectives who searched the scene where Roberts said he was shot found no
    bullet casings, blood or witnesses who recalled seeing or hearing gunshots.

    "The investigation determined that he didn't want to go back to Iraq and
    staged the shooting to avoid having to return," Colarulo said.

    Police Lt. James Clark, who directed the investigation, said Roberts "said
    he
    had done seven months there and he didn't want to go back. He wanted to
    stay
    with his family."

    Roberts was treated for the wound and handed over to police Wednesday.
    Roberts and Fuller were charged with conspiracy, recklessly endangering
    another person and filing a false police report. Fuller also was charged
    with
    aggravated assault and weapons offenses.

    Roberts was shot with a handgun, police said.

    Pentagon officials said they could recall no other instance in which a
    soldier
    on leave from Iraq or Afghanistan had been accused of deliberately harming
    himself or herself to avoid returning to duty.

    Of the 136,000 soldiers and Army civilians who took home leaves as of early
    November, they said, only one soldier had been classified as AWOL. An Army
    program entitles soldiers to two weeks at home midway through their
    deployment.

    More than 5,000 soldiers have been charged with desertion from bases in the
    U.S. and overseas since the invasion of Iraq in early 2003, according to
    Pentagon statistics.

    But the number of desertions in the fiscal year that ended in September was
    half the number for the fiscal year that ended the month of the Sept. 11,
    2001, terrorist attacks, before troops were sent to fight in Afghanistan and
    Iraq.

    The military defines desertion as more than 30 consecutive days absent
    without
    leave.

    Two soldiers have received publicity for resisting their return to duty in
    Iraq while on home leave.

    Staff Sgt. Camilo Mejia, 28, a National Guardsman from Florida, refused to
    return to Iraq after home leave in October 2003. He asked to be declared a
    conscientious objector.

    This month, Spc. David Qualls filed a lawsuit challenging the Army's
    authority
    to extend his service and threatened not to return to Iraq from home leave
    in
    Arkansas. A federal judge denied Qualls' request to remain in the U.S.
    until
    his case was heard, and his lawyer said he would return to Iraq.

    More than 800 former soldiers have failed to comply with orders to report
    for
    duty in Iraq or Afghanistan, the Army reported in October. Those
    ex-soldiers,
    called back to duty under the military's Individual Ready Reserve program,
    were not charged with desertion. Most had requested delays or exemptions
    for
    school, medical emergencies or family hardships.

    In Roberts' case, his return to duty is delayed indefinitely. He was being
    held under $50,000 bail pending a court hearing, police said.

    Army officials said Roberts also could face punishment under the military
    justice system. They said the Army normally waited until civilian courts
    had
    ruled before deciding whether to charge soldiers in military court.

    UNITED FOR PEACE & JUSTICE | 212-868-5545

    This email list is designed for posting news articles or event announcements
    of interest to UFPJ member groups. It is not a discussion list.

    To engage in online discussion of UFPJ matters, join our discussion list by
    sending a blank email to ufpj-disc-subscribe@yahoogroups.com
    Yahoo! Groups Links

    <*> To visit your group on the web, go to:
    http://groups.yahoo.com/group/ufpj-news/

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    18) Days of Protest Jan. 20 Inauguration Day and
    Jan.22, 32nd Anniversary of Roe vs. Wade:

    OK We all know at this point that January 20 is going
    to be a national day of protest against the
    re-crowning of the Emperor thief. Yes.
    ANSWER will be having a permitted march at 5pm that
    evening. It's a Thursday, unfortunately. The NLG
    will prepare for break-aways, as they tend to follow
    ANSWER or NION marches.

    Interestingly enough, the anniversary of Roe vs. Wade
    (turning 32 Jan. 22, 2004) occurs Sat. A group called
    Walk for Life West Coast will be having a permitted
    march through the embarcadero etc. that day. They are
    pro-life. There has been a call for action for
    counter protests that day. And so Jan. 21 has been
    called a day of teach-ins and awareness of issues
    related to abortion rights. Check out more on
    Indymedia: http://sfbay.indymedia.org/womyn/
    http://www.indybay.org/news/2004/12/1708701.php Time to take to the streets
    my friends.
    In resistance,
    carey

    "Art begins with resistance-at the point where resistance is overcome.
    No human masterpiece has ever been created without great labor."-Andre
    Gide

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    19) Guard Reports Serious Drop in Enlistment
    By ERIC SCHMITT
    WASHINGTON
    December 17, 2004
    http://www.nytimes.com/2004/12/17/politics/17reserves.html?oref=login

    WASHINGTON, Dec. 16 - In the latest signs of strains on the military
    from the war in Iraq, the Army National Guard announced on Thursday
    that it had fallen 30 percent below its recruiting goals in the last two
    months and would offer new incentives, including enlistment bonuses
    of up to $15,000.

    In addition, the head of the National Guard Bureau, Lt. Gen. H Steven
    Blum, said on Thursday that he needed $20 billion to replace arms and
    equipment destroyed in Iraq and Afghanistan or left there for other Army
    and Air Guard units to use, so that returning reservists will have enough
    equipment to deal with emergencies at home.

    The sharp decline in recruiting is significant because National Guard
    and Army Reserve soldiers now make up nearly 40 percent of the
    148,000 troops in Iraq, and are a vital source for filling the ranks,
    particularly those who perform essential support tasks, like truck drivers
    and military police.

    General Blum said the main reason for the Army National Guard's
    recruiting shortfall was a sharp reduction in the number of recruits
    joining the Guard and Reserve when they leave active duty. In
    peacetime the commitment means maintaining their ties to the
    military with a weekend of service a month and two weeks in the
    summer.

    Over the last 30 years, General Blum said, the Guard has counted
    on these soldiers with prior military service for about half of its
    recruits. Since the Sept. 11 attacks, however, many of these soldiers
    have been hesitant to join the Guard because of the increasing
    likelihood that America's citizen-soldiers will be activated and sent
    to Iraq or Afghanistan for up to 12 months. Indeed, many of the
    active-duty soldiers the Army would like to enlist in the Reserves
    have recently fought in Afghanistan or Iraq, and some have no
    inclination to do so again.

    In an effort to halt the slide, the Army National Guard this week
    approved recruiting incentives that triple the enlistment bonuses
    to $15,000 for soldiers with prior military experience who sign up
    for six years (tax-free if soldiers enlist overseas), Guard officials
    said. Bonuses for new enlistees will increased to $10,000 from
    $6,000.

    The Guard has already said it intends to increase the number of
    recruiters to 4,100 from 2,700 over the next three months, the
    first large increase since 1989.

    "We're in a more difficult recruiting environment, period," General
    Blum told reporters in disclosing the new figures and the new
    incentives. "There's no question that when you have a sustained
    ground combat operation going that the Guard's participating in,
    that makes recruiting more difficult."

    There are 42,000 Army National Guard soldiers serving in Iraq and
    Kuwait, and 8,200 serving in Afghanistan. Since Sept. 11, General
    Blum said, there have been about 100,000 Army National Guard
    troops activated for duty at home or abroad at any given time.

    General Blum's remarks come just a few days after the chief of the
    Army Reserve, Lt. Gen. James R. Helmly, told The Dallas Morning
    News that the Army Reserve recruiting was in a "precipitous decline"
    that if unchecked could inspire renewed debate over the draft. General
    Helmly told the newspaper that he personally opposed reviving the draft.

    For the first two months of the fiscal year 2005, which started
    Oct. 1, the Army Reserve has also stumbled, falling 315 recruits
    short of its goal of 3,170 soldiers, a drop of 10 percent.

    In November, the Guard recruited 2,902 enlistees, about 26 percent
    below its target of 3,925 recruits. In October and November combined,
    the Guard recruited 5,448 enlistees, nearly 30 percent below its goal
    of 7,600. At full strength, the Guard has 350,000 soldiers.

    In the 2004 fiscal year, which ended Sept. 30, the Guard missed its
    overall recruiting target of 56,000 soldiers by more than 5,000, the
    first time it had missed its yearly goal since 1994. The active-duty
    branches of the armed services all met their recruiting goals last year.

    As a result, General Blum said, the Guard has lowered its reliance on
    recruits with military experience to just 35 percent of its overall total
    and will seek a much larger pool of recruits with no military experience.

    "We are correcting, frankly, some of our recruiting themes and slogans
    to reflect a reality of today," he said. "We're not talking about one
    weekend a month and two weeks a year and college tuition. We're
    talking about service to the nation."

    General Blum expressed confidence that the nearly $300 million in
    recruiting bonuses in this year's budget and the increase in the number
    of recruiters would propel the Guard to meet its yearly goal but said
    that probably would not happen until August or so. "I think we'll
    recover," he said.

    Some military personnel specialists offered a much more pessimistic
    forecast and said the lower recruiting numbers were the harbingers
    of tougher times to come.

    "I don't think this is an aberration," said David R. Segal, a military
    sociologist who directs the Center for Research on Military
    Organization at the University of Maryland. "I think we're going
    to see significant shortfalls in recruitment, and I think we're to
    begin to see retention problems. We're also going to see increasing
    concerns at the state level about how the Guard will man itself and
    perform its state missions."

    The Guard's woes do not end with recruiting. General Blum said the
    Army National Guard needed $20 billion over the next three years
    to buy additional radios, trucks, aircraft, engineering equipment
    and other materiel that have been wrecked or left behind in Iraq
    or Afghanistan..

    "Otherwise, the Guard will be broken and not ready for the next
    time it's needed, either here at home or for war," General Blum said.

    A spokesman for the Florida National Guard, Lt. Col. Ron Tittle,
    said Guard units in the state, which mobilized some 5,000 troops
    to deal with the three hurricanes in August and September, were
    already experiencing some shortages.

    "It could hinder us to some degree," Colonel Tittle said. "But we
    adapt and make do. We'll accomplish the mission."

    Soldier Accused of Asking to Be Shot

    PHILADELPHIA, Dec. 16 (AP) - A soldier on leave has been accused
    of having his cousin shoot him so he would not have to return to
    Iraq, the police say.

    The soldier, Specialist Marquise J. Roberts, 23, of Hinesville, Ga.,
    suffered a minor wound to his left leg from a .22-caliber pistol on
    Tuesday, the police said. Specialist Roberts was treated at a hospital,
    then arrested after he and his cousin admitted having made up
    a story about the shooting, the authorities said.

    After giving differing accounts of the incident, "they just broke
    down and confessed that they concocted the whole story so he
    didn't have to go back to the war," Lt. James Clark of the Philadelphia
    police department said on Thursday.

    Specialist Roberts, who was visiting family members in Philadelphia,
    was charged with filing a false report. His cousin, Ronald Fuller, was
    charged with aggravated assault and other charges.


    Copyright 2004 The New York Times


    Wednesday, December 15, 2004
     

    BAUAW NEWSLETTER-WEDNESDAY, DEC. 15, 2004

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    STOP THE WAR ON IRAQ! BRING OUR TROOPS HOME NOW!
    ALL OUT JANUARY 20TH, 5:00 P.M., CIVIC CENTER, S.F.

    NEXT BAY AREA UNITED AGAINST WAR MEETING:

    SATURDAY, JANUARY 8, 11AM
    CENTRO DEL PUEBLO
    474 VALENCIA STREET
    (NEAR 16TH STREET IN SAN FRANCISCO)

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    Where you can still see the "must-see" film, WMD: Weapons of
    Mass Deception.

    This film is being downplayed by the mass media. It must have
    something to do with the searing criticism of that very media that
    is the content of the film. Go and see it.

    WMD will play in the following theatres in the
    Bay Area on FRIDAY, DECEMBER 17, 2004:

    San Francisco, CA
    Landmark Opera Plaza Cinema
    601 Van Ness Avenue
    San Francisco, CA 94102
    (415) 267-4893

    Berkeley, CA (currently playing)
    The Oaks Theater
    1875 Solano Ave.
    Berkeley, CA 94707
    (510) 526-1836

    Orinda, CA
    Orinda Theater
    2 Orinda Theater Square
    Orinda, CA 94563
    (925) 254-906

    Richard Castro
    Outreach & Special Distribution
    Cinema Libre Studio
    818.349.8822 Ph.
    818.349.9922 Fax
    www.cinemalibrestudio.com

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    1) Holiday Benefit Sale
    at the Middle East Children's Alliance
    Saturday, December 18th, 10 AM to 6 PM at
    901 Parker Street, Berkeley (corner of 7th and Parker)

    2) Respite
    ** Dahr Jamail's Iraq Dispatches **
    ** http://dahrjamailiraq.com **
    December 14, 2004

    3) Line the Inaugural Route on January 20
    Be there by 9:00 am!
    Update on CounterInaugural Demonstration permits

    4) Blast in Kandahar, Kidnap Victim Killed in Afghanistan
    By Mirwais Afghan
    KANDAHAR, Afghanistan (Reuters)
    Wed Dec 15, 2004 08:26 AM ET
    http://www.reuters.com/newsArticle.jhtml?type=topNews&storyID=7101445&src=eD
    ialog/GetContent§ion=news

    5) The Voice's James Ridgeway reveals who controls what
    Raw Deals
    by Matthew Fleischer-Black
    Village Voice, December 13th, 2004 5:10 PM
    It's All For Sale
    By James Ridgeway
    Duke, 250 pp., $18.95
    Buy this book

    6) UK to keep foreign nuclear waste
    Paul Brown, environment correspondent
    Wednesday December 15, 2004
    The Guardian
    http://www.guardian.co.uk/nuclear/article/0,2763,1373964,00.html

    7) Did British soldiers lose all control
    and decency at the notorious Camp Bucca?
    As the MoD investigates the death of a
    seventh Iraqi in British custody, attention is
    focused on one detention camp
    By Andrew Johnson and Robert Fisk - 15 February 2004
    http://news.independent.co.uk/uk/politics/story.jsp?story=491465 (Full
    Story)
    http://www.robert-fisk.com/articles357.htm

    8) Attacking Wal-Mart's Supply Chain
    BY Yoshie Furuhashi
    Wal-Mart 's dedication to "low, low wages" is a satirist's
    dream. The Onion zeroes in on it in "Wal-Mart Announces
    Massive Rollback on Employee Wages" (December 8, 2004):

    9) Faced with US Threats, Cuba Flexes Military Muscle
    Pensa Latina, Havana
    http://www.plenglish.com

    10) New Year Glum As Prices Soar
    By Irina Titova
    STAFF WRITER
    The St. Petersburg Times
    #1029, Tuesday, December 14, 2004
    TOP STORY

    11) States and Cities Must Hunt Terror Plots,
    Mass. Governor Says
    By PAM BELLUCK
    BOSTON
    December 15, 2004
    http://www.nytimes.com/2004/12/15/national/15secure.html?ex=1104131929&ei=1&
    en=9376916c110d0bab

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    1) Holiday Benefit Sale
    at the Middle East Children's Alliance
    Saturday, December 18th, 10 AM to 6 PM at
    901 Parker Street, Berkeley (corner of 7th and Parker)

    There is something for every budget! There will be traditional
    embroidered work from Dheisheh, Olive Oil Soap from Nablus,
    Olive Oil from Jayyous, and ceramics from Jerusalem. There will
    also be beautiful hand-woven carpets, kilims and textiles from
    Turkey. These items are not easily available ... this is a very
    special opportunity.

    This is an opportunity to purchase a beautiful gift and make
    a humanitarian contribution at the same time. This sale
    benefits for the work of the Middle East Children's Alliance.

    Take a look at MECA's New Website!!
    www.mecaforpeace.org

    It is still a work in progress but we are working every day to
    bring you more and more information about the Middle East,
    in particular Occupied Palestine and Iraq.

    Today, you can contact us directly, join our emaol or
    snailmail list, donate, shop and find out more about us.

    Take a look at our: Palestine/Israel Delegations * Community
    Activism/Events * Resource List * Home page article and
    photos

    Coming Soon! Information about MECA projects and partners
    * Information about humanitarian aid programs * Background
    information on the issues * Take action! section * Photos
    documenting our work and and delegations

    Sign up Now!
    Join MECA's Palestine/Israel Delegation February 14-27

    Meet with Palestinian and Israeli activists, academics,
    politicians, civil society leaders and healthcare workers.
    Our trips to Ramallah, Haifa, Hebron, Nablus and Gaza,
    among others areas, help North Americans get familiar with
    the social and geo-political landscape as well as learn more
    about the history of the current situation.

    Cost: $1600 for shared accomodation, three light meals and
    transport (not including airfare)

    For more information or to read reportbacks from past
    delegates go to
    http://www.mecaforpeace.org/ Delegations.html or call 510-548-0542

    email: meca@mecaforpeace.org
    phone: 510-548-0542
    web: http://www.mecaforpeace.org

    This email was sent to bonnieweinstein@yahoo.com,
    by meca@mecaforpeace.org
    Middle East Children's Alliance | 901 Parker Street | Berkeley | CA | 94710

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    2) Respite
    ** Dahr Jamail's Iraq Dispatches **
    ** http://dahrjamailiraq.com **
    December 14, 2004

    December 11-13, 2004

    11 Dec.
    "My list is now 32," says Salam as he arrives at the hotel, "Now 32 of
    my friends have been killed."

    He still has tears in his eyes, even though he's being stoic. Another of
    his friends has been shot and killed.

    "You know I feel like shit every time I add someone to my list.
    Sometimes it feels like it is every day," he says.

    Welcome to Iraq. Where the news gets better with each passing day.

    Heavy fighting is continuing in Fallujah. While the military claims to
    be in control of the situation, they are bombing areas of the city again
    with warplanes.

    Sources in and around the city continue to state that the mujahideen are
    in control of large sections of the city as they've somehow managed to
    get more weapons in the city.

    As far as Baghdad-fierce fighting in Adhamiya once again and Iraqi
    National Guard roam the streets with their black facemasks.

    The gas crisis grinds on, and now the cell service barely works as of late.

    It feels as though nothing is working right here. No gas, not much
    electricity, don't drink the water, prices of everything going up.
    People dying everyday.

    "This is the freedom," as Iraqis say, and the perfect title to the new
    book by my colleague Christian Parenti, "The Freedom," which I highly
    recommend.

    This is my birthday...which was celebrated by sharing a large meal with a
    Sheikh and some of my Iraqi friends.

    Capped off with the aforementioned news from Salam, more bombs going
    off, and the usual gunfire in the streets. Hence, my dark mood.

    The next day, the 12th, was grey and raining off and on in Baghdad.
    Salam and I said our prayers for safety and braved the airport road.

    Sitting in a long line of vehicles we were quiet. Holding our breath.

    Imagine sitting in a long line of cars knowing that any one of them
    could be a car bomb, waiting with you to inch closer to the checkpoint.

    I only saw one US soldier there-the horrible duties of searching cars
    and manning the checkpoint is being handled almost entirely by "Global"
    security contractors, most of them Nepalese. The rest are ING. Imagine
    that as your job.

    My bag was never searched, and the car wasn't searched thoroughly in the
    least.

    "Watch your ass and get the hell out of here habibi," I told Salam as we
    shook hands.

    Goodbyes in Iraq are always sincere...because the possibility of never
    seeing one another alive again is very real. Our eyes tell it all to one
    another.

    In the airport the electricity cuts. I just laugh, and finally I board
    the plane and we do the usual spiral take-off.

    Above the clouds we fly west towards the setting sun, and I being to
    really relax for the first time in 6 weeks. Relaxation accompanied with
    the usual sadness and guilt which stems from being able to leave, when
    most Iraqis are now trapped inside their own country.

    13 Dec.

    7 Marines have been killed in Al-Anbar province-read Fallujah. Does the
    military think it helps them to not announce that there has been ongoing
    heavy fighting in Fallujah for the last few days? How does this help the
    families of the soldiers there? What is this like for the loved ones
    back home who are living in an information blackout? When they know that
    the only hard news they will truly get from the military is when they
    are informed that their loved one is dead?

    Families of the soldiers watch the news for the horrible car bombs,
    hoping against hope someone they know wasn't there. Imagine living like
    that each day.

    Heavy fighting continues, as do the car bombs, as a relatively 'quiet'
    few days were followed by more blood. Thus has been the pattern
    throughout the occupation. Except the periods of 'calm' are shorter, and
    the bloodshed more widespread than ever.

    Expect this to continue until the 'elections' as well as afterwards.
    It's called escalation.

    I'm in Jordan for a break, and will return to Iraq in January well
    before the end of that month.

    I want to thank everyone for the amazing support and readership. Without
    your help, this work would not be possible. I'll be out of email contact
    for about a week, then back to work posting stories and blogs I'd
    written in Iraq, but didn't have time to post.

    More writing, photos and commentary at http://dahrjamailiraq.com

    You can visit http://dahrjamailiraq.com/email_list/ to
    subscribe or unsubscribe to the email list.

    Or, you can unsubscribe by sending an email to
    iraq_dispatches-request@dahrjamailiraq.com and write unsubscribe in
    the subject or the body of the email.

    (c)2004 Dahr Jamail.
    All images and text are protected by United States and
    international copyright law. If you would like to reprint Dahr's
    Dispatches on the web, you need to include this copyright
    notice and a prominent link to the DahrJamailIraq.com website.
    Any other use of images and text including, but not limited to,
    reproduction, use on another website, copying and printing
    requires the permission of Dahr Jamail. Of course, feel free to
    forward Dahr's dispatches via email.

    Iraq_Dispatches mailing list
    http://lists.dahrjamailiraq.com/mailman/listinfo/iraq_dispatches

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    3) Line the Inaugural Route on January 20
    Be there by 9:00 am!
    Update on CounterInaugural Demonstration permits

    Four years ago as George W. Bush rode in his limousine along the
    Inaugural parade route, he was met by a sea of vocal protestors
    and anti-Bush signs. Vividly captured in a dramatic scene from
    the movie Fahrenheit 9/11, the anti-Bush demonstrators lining
    the inaugural route on Pennsylvania Avenue became the dominant
    feature of the inauguration, his first day in office.

    On January 20, 2005, 21 months after the criminal invasion and
    occupation of Iraq and 39 months after the adoption of the USA
    Patriot Act, the Bush administration is planning to privatize
    Pennsylvania Avenue so that Corporate America and the ultra-
    right can line the route of march. To succeed they must push
    antiwar demonstrators and all those defending civil rights and
    civil liberties off to the margins and try to scare people into silence.

    7,000 Endorsers: "We'll Line the Parade Route"

    The January 20 call for a CounterInaugural antiwar demonstration
    was issued by the A.N.S.W.E.R. Coalition in June of 2004 and has
    now received the support of more than 7,000 endorsers. People
    are planning to come from all over the country to line the
    inaugural route. People are coming by bus, car and train because
    they are determined to line the inaugural route and let the world
    see that the people of the United States are taking a stand against
    the criminal war in Iraq and in defense of people's rights at home.
    The Bush White House, which has been greeted by massive
    condemnation and protests in every country he visits, is now
    worried about avoiding a huge political embarrassment in
    Washington, DC. They are fighting for legitimacy and working
    to divert or thwart the demonstrations.

    Working through the Bush-Cheney Presidential Inaugural
    Committee (PIC) and the U.S. government, the White House is
    doing everything in its power to prevent a repeat of the 2001
    CounterInaugural demonstration when tens of thousands of
    anti-Bush demonstrators lined Pennsylvania Ave. between
    3rd St. and 15th St. and became the major world news story.

    Don't Be Diverted

    Bush and his billionaire supporters want to enjoy a sanitized
    coronation and remove all evidence to the world of just how
    much the people of the United States stand against this
    administration and their criminal conduct. They want the
    protestors who come to Washington to go anywhere but the
    parade route. Just like during the RNC in New York, the Bush
    administration wants protest to be relegated to other parts
    of the city.

    The Bush administration and the government are trying to
    prevent people from effectively accessing the inaugural route.
    Some groups have announced plans that also divert protestors
    from lining the front of the inaugural route. Agreeing to permits
    from the government for demonstrations at far off places
    in Washington DC effectively removes anyone who attends
    these actions from being able to line the inaugural route.
    The Bush administration and the government know full well,
    from the experience of the January 20, 2001, CounterInaugural
    demonstration, that the only way anti-Bush protesters were able
    to secure a spot at the front of the inaugural route, and often
    even get in at all, was by arriving before 9 o'clock in the morning.
    In order to divert anti-Bush demonstrators four years ago, the
    government, using "national security" as a pretext (remember
    this was before September 11), established check points for
    the first time in the history of inaugural parades. Some groups
    have advocated that people who do go the parade route should
    conform to the administration's efforts to limit dissent by
    volunteering to be silent and carrying no signs. Those who
    were in DC four years ago well remember that the government
    and the Bush/Cheney PIC tried then to take our signs or scare
    people from bringing them, but we wouldn't let them - the
    route was packed with visible and undeniable opposition
    messages to the incoming administration. They tried to
    silence our voices, but we wouldn't let them - Pennsylvania
    Avenue echoed with the sound of thousands of people
    chanting against Bush.

    Free Speech and the Permit Battle

    It was only because of the determined effort of anti-Bush
    demonstrators, along with the legal efforts to secure
    protestors' rights initiated by the Partnership for Civil
    Justice and the National Lawyers Guild, that anti-Bush
    demonstrators overcame these obstacles and became
    a dominating political force at the inauguration.

    On Monday, protest organizers from A.N.S.W.E.R. and
    their lawyers met with the National Park Service, which
    has been delaying meeting to discuss the permit requests.
    Despite the fact that A.N.S.W.E.R. applied nearly a year ago
    for areas along the inaugural route of Pennsylvania Avenue,
    law enforcement has stated that it will not yet tell the
    protest organizers whether and where they will grant
    inaugural route permits. Instead, they are asserting that
    they are waiting for the Bush-Cheney Presidential Inaugural
    Committee to decide how much space along the route it
    wants to consume and privatize. Those who reflect an
    antiwar view or a view in opposition to the Bush
    administration's domestic policies, according to the
    government, will come last, if at all. Law enforcement
    authorities refused to confirm that there would be
    equal access for those who are not paying Bush and
    Cheney for the privilege of standing along Pennsylvania
    Avenue and they also would not tell the A.N.S.W.E.R.
    Coalition what areas would be available to construct
    antiwar bleachers similar to those it permits the
    Bush/Cheney PIC to construct for each inauguration.

    Corporate America Does Not Own Pennsylvania Avenue

    In fact, the National Park Service has for this inauguration,
    just as it did for the last inauguration, itself taken out
    a permit in advance to sublet to the PIC and thereby
    deprive any opposition group equal access to the inaugural
    parade. The PIC is a private corporate-funded organization
    that is expected to raise $40 million from solicitations to
    the president's biggest campaign contributors - that is,
    from the biggest banks, corporations, oil and energy
    companies, and military contractors. The A.N.S.W.E.R.
    Coalition asserts that the National Park Service has no
    right to privatize Pennsylvania Avenue on behalf of the
    Republican Party, the Bush administration, Corporate
    America and the Christian Right.

    The PIC sent letters to potential donors in early December
    asking them to purchase a $250,000 "Underwriter Package"
    that will give them the tickets to exclusive inaugural balls
    and tickets to possess spots along the inaugural parade
    route on January 20. A $100,000 "Sponsor Package" offers
    most of the same benefits but omits a special lunch with
    President Bush.

    Here is the civil rights, civil liberties issue at hand: Pennsylvania
    Avenue is described as "America's Main Street" on the White
    House website, on the website of the National Park Service
    and in a U.S. Senate Resolution. On January 20 every four
    years, the president-elect of the United States travels by
    limousine down "America's Main Street" before and after
    taking the Oath of Office on the steps of the Capitol. Bush
    wants to allow his supporters and his corporate constituents
    to take ownership over Pennsylvania Avenue to conduct
    a stage-managed sanitized spectacle bestowing legitimacy
    on his lawless enterprise. To accomplish this he must find
    a way to banish dissent from the scene of the planned spectacle.

    Be there by 9:00 am!

    We will not let this stand. The A.N.S.W.E.R. Coalition calls on
    all those who want to hold a visible demonstration to come
    to the site of the inauguration, where the whole world will
    indeed be watching. Be there by 9:00 a.m. Make a pledge to
    be at the site of the inauguration. Don't let Corporate America,
    the Bush administration and the U.S. government make you
    invisible. We are launching a political struggle, and a legal
    effort, to secure the rights of the people to be visible on
    Pennsylvania Avenue with signs and slogans denouncing the
    Bush administration for its criminal war on Iraq and its anti-
    people policies at home. At the same time as we are continuing
    to secure permits along the parade route we want to make it clear
    to everyone you do not need a permit to come to Pennsylvania
    Avenue and to make your views known. Pennsylvania Avenue
    does not belong to Corporate America and the ultra-right.
    Everyone organizing buses, car caravans or individual
    transportation should be at Pennsylvania Ave. by
    9:00 am on January 20.

    We will demand:
    1) US Out of Iraq Now, End the Occupation - Bring the
    Troops Home Now
    2) End Colonial Domination from Palestine to Haiti, and
    Everywhere
    3) Health Care, Education, Housing, and a Job at a Living
    Wage Must be a Right!

    Help Organize Transportation

    The A.N.S.W.E.R. Coalition will send out an email update
    in the next few days regarding logistics, bus drop off and
    other transportation information. If you are organizing
    transportation from your city, fill out the Transportation
    Form to list your information on the A.N.S.W.E.R. website
    and help spread the word.

    Pledge now to support the January 20 demonstration.
    To endorse, click here.

    Funds are urgently needed to make January 20 the visible
    and vocal display of opposition that Bush is trying
    desperately to thwart. You can make an urgently needed
    contribution for the January 20 mobilization through
    a secure server by clicking here, where you can also find
    information on how to contribute by check.

    * * * * *

    Media coverage of free speech fight at CounterInaugural

    Excerpt from the New York Times:

    First Inauguration Since 9/11 Spurs Tightest Security
    By Michael Janofsky
    December 13, 2004

    Brian Becker, national coordinator for the Answer Coalition,
    an antiwar and antiracism group, said he expected thousands
    of protesters to line the parade route "in a legal, spirited,
    peaceful demonstration," carrying signs calling for the
    withdrawal of United States troops from Iraq and for
    Mr. Bush's impeachment.

    Excerpt from Fox News:

    Protesters Don't Feel the Love in D.C.
    By Kelley Beaucar Vlahos
    November 21, 2004

    While the Department of Homeland Security recently
    designated the Jan. 20 inauguration a National Special
    Security Event, thus putting into place multi-agency security
    for the presidential swearing-in ceremony, parade and inaugural
    balls, protest organizers like Brian Becker of ANSWER
    (Act Now To Stop War And Racism) say the move is less
    a response to post-Sept. 11, 2001, terrorist threats, and
    more a way to discourage demonstrators.

    "It's not the first time that the Bush administration has used
    national security and the war on terrorism as a pretext to
    determine who can exercise free speech and whose free
    speech rights should be put on the back burner," Becker
    told FOXNews.com.

    "The idea that the Army must be mobilized and the most
    extreme national security precautions announced three
    months ahead of time - that's not designed to intimidate
    'terrorists', it's designed to intimidate protesters."

    A.N.S.W.E.R. Coalition
    Act Now to Stop War & End Racism
    http://www.ANSWERcoalition.org
    info@internationalanswer.org
    National Office in Washington DC: 202-544-3389
    New York City: 212-533-0417
    Los Angeles: 323-464-1636
    San Francisco: 415-821-6545
    For media inquiries, call 202-544-3389.

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    4) Blast in Kandahar, Kidnap Victim Killed in Afghanistan
    By Mirwais Afghan
    KANDAHAR, Afghanistan (Reuters)
    Wed Dec 15, 2004 08:26 AM ET
    http://www.reuters.com/newsArticle.jhtml?type=topNews&storyID=7101445&src=eD
    ialog/GetContent§ion=news

    KANDAHAR, Afghanistan (Reuters) - A blast in the Afghan city of
    Kandahar wounded at least four government soldiers on Wednesday,
    a day after security forces said they caught Taliban leader Mullah
    Mohammad Omar's security chief.

    Elsewhere, the body of a kidnapped Turkish construction engineer
    was found in eastern Afghanistan, an Interior Ministry official said.
    He had been abducted by a militant gang on Tuesday on the road
    between the city of Jalalabad and Kunar province.

    Up to five people were wounded in the southwest in clashes
    between a district commander's militia and government forces,
    the governor of Helmand province, Shair Mohammad Akhundzada,
    told Reuters.

    Eight people were detained after the clash between troops
    supposedly on the same side.

    Police were not sure whether the blast in Kandahar was
    caused by a bomb or a rocket striking an ammunition store at a
    pro-government militia base near the city center.

    "This was carried out by an enemy of Afghanistan and it
    might have been a time bomb," police chief in the southern
    city, Khan Mohammad Khan, told Reuters.

    His deputy later said the blast may have been caused by a
    rocket. Reporters were stopped from approaching the scene.

    Security forces said on Tuesday they had captured Toor
    Mullah Naqibullah Khan, who they identified as Taliban leader
    Omar's household security chief and a dangerous killer, on the
    outskirts of Kandahar.

    He was among 27 suspected militants arrested in Afghanistan
    since Saturday. About half of them were detained in Kandahar,
    the Taliban's former power base.

    Seven militants were killed by U.S. artillery fire on
    Monday night in the southern province of Khost, said U.S.
    military spokesman Major Mark McCann.

    COUNTER CLAIMS

    Kandahar authorities said Naqibullah Khan was still heading
    Omar's security, leading to speculation he might have
    information about Omar's whereabouts.

    But a U.S. official in Washington, who said he could not
    confirm Naqibullah Khan's capture, said he was a former Taliban
    security official and not a "significant figure" now.

    Several reporters got phone calls from people claiming to
    speak for the Taliban denying knowledge of Naqibullah Khan,
    and from men purporting to be him, denying he had
    been captured.

    Kandahar's police chief Khan dismissed those claims.

    Official sources said they had a videotape of Naqibullah
    Khan asking for mercy which could be used to reinforce a call
    from President Hamid Karzai for Taliban fighters to lay down
    arms.

    Karzai was sworn in as Afghanistan's first democratically
    elected president last week and wants to wipe the slate clean
    with all but the most hardened Taliban loyalists.

    The kidnapping and killing of the Turkish engineer,
    identified by the Interior Ministry as Mohammad Ayub, in the
    east did not appear to be linked directly to the Taliban.

    A small militant group operating in forested mountains
    close to the border with Pakistan was suspected of being behind
    the abduction and murder.

    The man was killed on Wednesday morning as rescuers closed
    in on the kidnappers' hideout, the Interior Ministry said. His
    Afghan driver and interpreter were released.

    Karzai issued a statement condemning the killing.

    Police said the militant group suspected of kidnapping the
    man had about 20 members and was led by a commander who had
    links in the past with the Hezb-i-Islami group of renegade
    former Prime Minister Gulbuddin Hekmatyar, who is now a Taliban
    ally.

    Ayub is the second Turk to be killed in a kidnapping in
    Afghanistan the past year. Two others were released. All of the
    victims were working on road projects. (Additional reporting by
    Yousuf Azimy)

    (c) Reuters 2004

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    5) The Voice's James Ridgeway reveals who controls what
    Raw Deals
    by Matthew Fleischer-Black
    Village Voice, December 13th, 2004 5:10 PM
    It's All For Sale
    By James Ridgeway
    Duke, 250 pp., $18.95
    Buy this book

    The aluminum pan you cooked your egg in this morning began as a bauxite
    deposit in a mountain in Jamaica. The cinnamon on your toast was once the
    bark of a tree in Sri Lanka—not a cinnamon tree, either. The cut flowers on
    your table? From Colombia.

    Start questioning where everyday things come from, James Ridgeway tells us
    in It's All for Sale, and often you will get a surprisingly simple answer.
    Behind the scenes of it all, he says, a small group of private companies
    governs trade of the world's materials. Five companies control the flow of
    petroleum. Four corporations reign over the grain trade. Three each
    dominate timber, uranium, and tea. Two lead the way on fresh water and
    coffee, while one each runs diamonds and cigarettes.

    Ridgeway, the veteran Washington correspondent for the Voice, traces the
    journey made by many of the natural materials we depend on. The book is
    organized by resource. For each item, he sums up how its market developed,
    where in the world it comes from, and who controls the business now.

    Across the chapters, Ridgeway's preoccupied with compiling all the tactics
    that mega-corporations use to keep their invisible role supplying us. They
    take over an entire supply chain. They underreport reserves of exhaustible
    resources and overstate demand, inducing the public to fixate on shortages.
    (The natural-gas industry once failed to report to regulators 8.8 trillion
    cubic feet of fuel.) Less cleverly, they pay off military strongmen, hire
    mercenary armies, and exploit labor.

    People have long used violence and operated in bad faith to lock up vital
    goods, and Ridgeway has looked at the specifics industry by industry
    before. This book expands and updates his Who Owns the Earth? (1980), which
    was based on a natural-resources newsletter he edited, The Elements. A
    quarter-century later, not that much has changed among the core
    industrial-revolution items. Natural gas has taken on a larger role and
    coal use has doubled. He has added discussions of water ("the commodity
    that we most take for granted"), flowers, slavery, cadavers, body parts,
    oceans, sky, and genetics.

    The emergence of these new types of merchandise from formerly free entities
    does not inspire Ridgeway to any grand explanation beyond companies'
    competitive desire for profit. Still, that explains a lot: Some of the most
    sprawling of the conglomerates are trying to make money from the new
    products. Bechtel Corporation and Vivendi Universal, for instance, are now
    selling fresh water to governments.

    By laying out our possessions' material origins, the book should earn a
    place in homes next to other popular reference works like The Book of
    Lists. Ridgeway offers a canon of information that anyone might want to
    know and teach their kids. Plus, his book is skimmable, good to pick up for
    short sittings. (You could keep it in the bathroom.) Memorable factoids
    abound: Pepper accounts for one-quarter of the world spice trade. Sales of
    jewelry claim almost one-quarter of all dollars spent in the U.S.A. on
    retail goods. One-third of fish eaten in the industrialized world come from
    aquatic farms. And most cinnamon in the U.S. comes from cassia, a related
    plant.

    Broad popularity is a long shot, though. For one thing, It's All for Sale
    educates better than it entertains. Unlike the 1980 version, and many
    bestselling popular-reference books, it lacks illustrations or graphics.
    More frustrating is its inefficient provision of essential information. In
    many chapters, readers must dig to learn how the particular material
    figures into our average U.S. lives, whether we truly need it and whether
    alternatives exist, and even who controls its supply. As inevitably happens
    in a survey book, Ridgeway omits subjects that deserve entry. He fails, for
    instance, to look at coltan, a mineral used in mobile phones and laptop
    computers. It often is illegally mined and smuggled. Also, the book could
    use an index, or at least a chart, to keep track of the corporate giants it
    features.

    Like The Dictionary of Cultural Literacy, Ridgeway's book condenses
    knowledge of specific information essential to our culture—and which few
    discuss. A book that performs such a fundamental service deserves to be
    updated more often than every 25 years. Next time, its presentation should
    be even more elementary.

    www.marxmail.org
    Marxism mailing list
    Marxism@lists.econ.utah.edu
    http://lists.econ.utah.edu/mailman/listinfo/marxism

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    6) UK to keep foreign nuclear waste
    Paul Brown, environment correspondent
    Wednesday December 15, 2004
    The Guardian
    http://www.guardian.co.uk/nuclear/article/0,2763,1373964,00.html

    Anybody see the priceless episode of "The Simpsons" in which Homer is
    elected director of sanitation for Springfield, promising a lavish expansion
    of waste collection services? He is utterly profligate in his expenditures
    and exhausts his annual budget within a month. To generate the extra funds,
    he agrees to let nearby towns bury their trash in an abandoned mineshaft in
    Springfield. All goes swimmingly until we see Homer playing golf with Mayor
    Quimby, who is singing Homer's praises when suddenly garbage starts to burst
    through the surface of the putting green. Soon garbage is seen shooting out
    of the ground like a geyser, eventually burying the entire town in refuse.
    This forces Mayor Quimby to resort to "Plan B," Springfield's contingency
    plan for (un)natural disasters: picking up the entire town and moving it
    five miles away. The show amounts to a parable for the consequences of
    administrative short-sightedness and capitalism's tendency to resort to
    unsustainable practices in the service of short-term gain. Well, despite the
    UK's affinity for "The Simpsons," it seems New Labour wasn't watching the
    night they showed this episode. And unfortunately for Britons, "Plan B"
    doesn't look like an option for a country sitting on an island! This would
    all be quite funny if we weren't talking about NUCLEAR WASTE here. --CP

    UK to keep foreign nuclear waste
    Paul Brown, environment correspondent
    Wednesday December 15, 2004
    The Guardian
    http://www.guardian.co.uk/nuclear/article/0,2763,1373964,00.html

    The government has decided to bury Japanese, German, Italian,
    Spanish, Swiss and Swedish nuclear waste in Britain as a money-
    making venture to help pay for the UK's own unresolved nuclear
    waste problems.

    The decision, announced in a written Commons statement, has
    been taken by the trade secretary Patricia Hewitt despite the fact
    that Britain as yet has no depository for the waste. It overturns
    a 30-year-old policy that the UK would not become a dumping
    ground for other countries' nuclear waste.

    Previously both Conservative and Labour governments have said
    waste arising as a result of lucrative nuclear fuel reprocessing
    contracts at Sellafield in Cumbria should be returned to the
    country of origin.

    Successive governments had intended to return all highly
    dangerous waste contaminated with plutonium to its country
    of origin - a total of 225 nuclear shipments. This week's
    decision means keeping and disposing of the bulk of that
    toxic waste in Britain.

    Mrs Hewitt said: "The benefits are both environmental and
    economic."

    She said the additional income - up to £680m - would be
    "used for nuclear clean-up which will result in savings for
    the UK taxpayer over the longer term".

    Environmental groups warn that it will leave Britain with
    thousands of tonnes of waste for which there is currently
    no form of disposal.

    Jean McSorley, nuclear campaigner for Greenpeace, said:
    "The government is trying to encourage Japanese utilities,
    and others, to sign more reprocessing contracts at Sellafield
    knowing that they will not have to have their nuclear waste
    returned."

    The government has set up a committee to find a way of
    disposing of high- and intermediate-level nuclear waste
    safely. It considered 20 options, including burying the waste
    in the Antarctic and firing it at the sun. No preferred method
    has been established, but it is likely to be either storage
    above ground or disposal below ground in deep rock caverns.

    British Nuclear Fuels, which currently stores the foreign waste
    at Sellafield, said it was delighted by the decision. A spokesman
    said it would mean up to 3,000 cubic metres of radioactive
    waste would now not need to be shipped back to its place
    of origin, saving tens of thousands of tonnes of greenhouse
    gases in ship fuel.

    As a result of this week's decision, the foreign waste that
    will remain in Britain will be exchanged for much smaller
    quantities of waste of a higher radioactivity produced from
    British reactors - up to 38 shipments. The government says
    this trade amounts to an equal quantity of radioactivity.

    Critics though raise the prospect of the British waste being
    hijacked by terrorists. Llew Smith, Labour MP for Blaenau
    Gwent, last night asked a written question of Ms Hewitt about
    her assessment of any increased terrorist threat.
    "Intermediate level waste is bulky and difficult to handle
    but shipments of high level waste in smaller cannisters
    might be an attractive terrorist target," he said.

    The policy would mean very long-lived, high-activity
    radioactive waste from Sellafield being shipped to Japan.
    To European continental customers it will be carried on
    ferries and trains to Germany, Switzerland, Spain,
    Sweden and Italy.

    The government says using armed police and transports
    mounted with guns to escort the high level waste
    minimizes the risk.

    Currently overseas nuclear waste is stored at Sellafield
    either in the form of glass blocks, untreated liquid
    waste, or in drums of solid waste. It is mixed up
    together with UK waste but British Nuclear Fuels
    keeps a log of how much radioactivity had been
    allocated to each country.

    Gordon MacKerron, head of the government's
    committee on radioactive waste management,
    said: "Of course the volumes of nuclear waste
    we will have to deal with in Britain will be
    substantially greater... but overall because of
    the large existing volume of UK waste it will
    not make a big difference in percentage terms.

    "In practical terms it does not make a lot of
    difference to our overall nuclear waste problem."

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    7) Did British soldiers lose all control
    and decency at the notorious Camp Bucca?
    As the MoD investigates the death of a
    seventh Iraqi in British custody, attention is
    focused on one detention camp
    By Andrew Johnson and Robert Fisk - 15 February 2004
    http://news.independent.co.uk/uk/politics/story.jsp?story=491465 (Full
    Story)
    http://www.robert-fisk.com/articles357.htm

    Photographs brought home from Iraq by a British soldier
    caused a scandal last year when he took them to be developed.
    One showed a prisoner of war, gagged and bound in
    netting, dangling from a forklift truck driven by a soldier.
    Others depicted squaddies performing sex acts close to
    Iraqi PoWs.

    It may be understandable, though not excusable, that in the
    heat of battle troops do not always accord prisoners the
    dignity to which they are entitled. But the Army is now
    facing accusations of mistreatment of civilian detainees,
    several of whom have died in custody, long after the war
    was officially declared at an end.

    Charges may soon be brought in the case of Baha Mousa,
    26, who died after he and seven colleagues working at
    a Basra hotel were arrested by British soldiers of the Queen's
    Lancashire Regiment in September. The eight men had their
    hands tied and were all hooded during prolonged assaults
    in which the prisoners have described being "kick-boxed"
    by uniformed soldiers.

    Mousa repeatedly complained to his British attackers that
    he was having difficulty breathing. When Baha's father,
    Daoud, and brother, Alaa, went to see Kifah Taha, one of
    those arrested, in hospital, they did not know Baha had been
    killed. "Kifah looked like half a human, he was so badly beaten,"
    Alaa said. "When we asked him about Baha, he said he didn't
    know. Then he said: 'I hope God will not show any human
    what I witnessed.'"

    Mr Taha said the soldiers had given their detainees the names
    of footballers. Ironically, the practice of giving false names to
    prisoners under assault or torture is common in Arab prisons.
    Iraqi inmates were often given fake names by their interrogators
    during torture sessions, and male prisoners have often been
    given female names by Egyptian prison wardens before
    being assaulted.

    Mousa's father, an Iraqi police colonel who was present at
    the arrest, saw two British soldiers looting cash from a hotel
    safe. He brought this to the attention of the troops'
    commanding officer, who disciplined the soldiers on the
    spot and took their weapons. As a result, the Iraqi policeman
    believes, his son may have been singled out for revenge.

    An Army spokesman confirmed last week that a soldier had been
    found on the date in question with a large sum of Iraqi money.
    He had been disciplined by his commanding officer and the other
    troops reminded of their duty in Iraq.

    British military investigations have been carried out or are
    continuing into 37 deaths of Iraqi civilians since the end of
    the war. Nineteen of those were judged to be "insurgents",
    and the rules of engagement followed. Of the others, the
    Ministry of Defence says three were the result of road
    accidents and nine, one of whom was a 14-year-old boy,
    were shot during demonstrations.

    Six were deaths in custody - a seventh case, which happened
    just before the war was declared over, is also being examined -
    but there are concerns over how long the investigations are taking.

    The names of the seven who died in custody have been released
    by the MoD, but in most cases no details of age, sex, occupation
    or cause of death were included. The first was Ather Karen al-
    Mowafakia, who died on 29 April. Radhi Natna was judged to
    have died from natural causes on 8 May after a heart attack.
    But his family say he had no history of heart trouble, and
    questions remain over his treatment.

    Abd Al Jubba Mousa, 53, a headmaster, was seen being beaten
    with rifle butts as he was led away. He died on 17 May. Nothing i
    s known about the deaths of Ahmad Jabber Kareem on 8 May,
    Said Shabram on 24 May, or Hassan Abbad Said on 4 August.

    Twenty-two MPs have called for an independent inquiry into
    Mousa's death. The Labour MP Harry Cohen said this should
    be extended to all deaths in custody, a call echoed by Amnesty
    International, which says the Army should not investigate itself.

    The director of Amnesty International UK, Kate Allen, said:
    "Justice must be done and be seen to be done. Amnesty
    International has been calling on the coalition forces to
    investigate all cases of civilian deaths by their troops, and
    we believe that it is imperative that all investigations into
    allegations of human rights violations by members of the
    armed forces against civilians should be civilian-led
    and supervised."

    "We've killed just one more terrorist than innocent civilians,"
    said the Plaid Cymru MP Adam Price, who has asked a series
    of questions in Parliament on the issue. "It seems a little out
    of kilter. For every terrorist we kill, we kill an innocent civilian."

    Until Christmas, all British detainees were taken to the Camp
    Bucca prison near the southern port city of Umm Qasr, about
    70 miles from Basra. The camp is run by the Americans, but
    the British have a "secure and discrete" unit within the camp.
    Three American reservists were discharged from the army
    last month after being found guilty of abusing Iraqi prisoners
    last May, kicking and beating them in the groin, head and
    abdomen.

    In their defence, they claimed there was poor morale among
    the troops and poor leadership.

    One of the soldiers wrote in an email to a family member:
    "We've had a couple of riots here in the ... holding area. We
    were attacked and assaulted with rocks and stones. Two
    prisoners had to be shot during the riot. This took place
    on Palm Sunday. Four days later, during another uprising,
    two more prisoners were shot, with one being killed
    because he attempted to kill an MP [military policeman]
    with a steel tent stake."

    Former prisoners speak of daily riots and poor conditions.
    Rahad Naif, 31, released from Camp Bucca in September,
    said: "The demonstrations happened almost every day at
    Bucca. Sometimes we'd fight the Americans with tent poles.
    The Americans would come at us behind riot shields, firing
    plastic bullets and electric pistols. We can't fight against that,
    we knew they'd win."

    He said that the prisoners were demonstrating against what
    they considered to be their poor treatment in the camp.
    They would have to share a desert floor with scorpions
    and snakes. They had only one blanket at night, when it
    was below freezing, while daytime temperatures could
    reach 48C.

    http://www.robert-fisk.com

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    8) Attacking Wal-Mart's Supply Chain
    BY Yoshie Furuhashi
    Wal-Mart 's dedication to "low, low wages" is a satirist's
    dream. The Onion zeroes in on it in "Wal-Mart Announces
    Massive Rollback on Employee Wages" (December 8, 2004):

    The Onion can take on "the $259 billion retail behemoth" (Liza
    Featherstone, "Will Labor Take the Wal-Mart Challenge?" The
    Nation,June 28, 2004 ) satirically, but can American trade unions
    organize it, whose managers are directed by Bentonville to make
    "a full-time commitment" to "staying union-free" ("Labor Relations
    and You at the Wal-Mart Distribution Center #6022," September
    1991 , p. 7)?

    Wal-Mart has been reined in by the labor movement abroad:
    "in Germany, . . . many Wal-Mart workers are unionized and
    the company abides by a sectorwide agreement with a large
    retail union, and has been the target of pickets and warning
    strikes . . . . In Brazil Wal-Mart has had to reach agreement
    with unions on some workers' rights issues, while in Japan
    all of the company's workers are unionized, and Wal-Mart
    abides by an agreement reached with the stores' previous
    owner"

    (Featherstone, June 28, 2004). To the surprise of many,
    even Chinese workers (whose "right to strike was removed
    from China's constitution in 1982" [John Pomfret, "Labor
    Unrest in China Reflects Increasing Disenchantment,"
    The Guardian Weekly, May 4, 2000, p.37]) recently saw
    Wal-Mart reluctantly agree to allow the All China Federation
    of Trade Unions to unionize Wal-Mart workers. The Chinese
    Communist Party and its unions, fearful of the political
    fallouts of naked capitalism ("[S]ome action by Beijing is
    crucial. Workers are increasingly taking to the streets.
    The number of protests reached 300,000 in 2003
    estimates [Robin] Munro [research director at China
    Labor Bulletin]. This year more than 500 workers in
    Dongguan damaged facilities and injured a manager
    at a big Taiwanese shoemaker" [Dexter Roberts, "China:
    A Workers' State Helping The Workers?" BusinessWeek,
    December 13, 2004]), are at least willing to make
    a show of standing up for workers' rights.

    Will organized labor in the United States? So far, the
    United Food and Commercial Workers has spent little:
    "the UFCW devotes only 2 percent of its national budget
    to the Wal-Mart campaign" (Featherstone, June 28, 2004);
    and the UFCW has won nothing: "In the United States, only
    one group of Wal-Mart employees has successfully
    organized. In February 2000 ten meatcutters in Jacksonville,
    Texas, voted 7 to 3 to unionize their tiny bargaining unit.
    Two weeks later, Wal-Mart abruptly eliminated their jobs
    by switching to prepackaged meat and assigning the butchers
    to other departments, effectively abolishing the only
    union shop on its North American premises"
    (Featherstone, June 28, 2004).

    Andy Stern, president of the Service Employees International
    Union, wants to change that. Stern recently gave the AFL-
    CIO an ultimatum: adopt the changes he proposes, or the
    SEIU will pull out of the federation. Among the changes he
    demanded in his ten-point program, "he called for the AFL-
    CIO to return half of all dues to unions to fund aggressive
    organizing drives. And he said the federation should set
    aside about $25 million -- out of its $118-million annual
    budget -- for an effort to organize Wal-Mart Stores Inc. "
    (Nancy Cleeland, "The Service Employees International
    President Threatens to Leave the Umbrella Federation,"
    Los Angeles Times, November 11, 2004). Whatever you
    think of the rest of Stern's program, you would have to
    agree that spending more on organizing is the way to go.

    The question is how the money will be spent, however.
    Peter Olney argued that union organizing should focus on
    "the most strategic sectors of the economy that are crucial
    to labor's overall power and place in society," one of which
    is the "logistics (transport and storage)" sector ("The
    Arithmetic of Decline and Some Proposals for Renewal,"
    New Labor Forum, Spring/Summer 2002). Why logistics?
    First of all, it is impossible for capital to offshore the jobs
    of transport and warehouse workers. Furthermore, corporations'
    obsession with "just-in-time" inventory control makes them
    vulnerable to supply disruptions.

    Efficient supply chain management is the key to the profitability
    of Wal-Mart, which pioneered "just-in-time" inventory in the
    retail industry: "The 'Wal-Mart model' is the leading retail
    strategy (perhaps the leading business strategy in any sector)
    to emerge since the 1970s. This model features a super-
    efficient production process in which each operation --
    buying products from manufacturers, distributing them to
    the retail stores, and selling them to customers -- is linked
    to the next in a continuous 'just-in-time' chain" (Annete
    Bernhardt, "The Wal-Mart Trap," Dollars & Sense 231,
    September-October 2000). Wal-Mart's zeal to "hold the
    lowest feasible [inventory] level while avoiding the risks
    of 'stock outs'" (Bahar Barami, "Productivity Gains from Pull
    Logistics: Tradeoffs of Internal and External Costs," Paper
    presented at the Transportation Research Board Conference
    on Transportation and Economic Development, September
    23-25, 2001), its competitive advantage, is also the weak
    link in its anti-union empire.

    According to the Teamsters, Wal-Mart had 78 distribution
    centers that employed approximately 25,000 workers by
    the end of 2001 ("Wal-Mart: Driving Down Standards in
    the Food Industry," July 11, 2000) -- about 3% of the total
    Wal-Mart employees in the United States at that time. By
    now, it has more than 100 distribution centers, but the ratio
    of Wal-Mart distribution center workers to Wal-Mart store and
    office clerks is likely to have remained roughly the same (and
    it will decline further soon, upon the introduction of radio-
    frequency identification). It makes sense to concentrate on
    organizing distribution center workers, who represent a small
    proportion of the total Wal-Mart workforce and yet control
    the strategic points of the Wal-Mart supply chain, as several
    labor writers suggested (for instance, Marc Brazeau, "What
    Would a Successful Recognition Campaign for Wal-Mart
    Workers Look Like?" The Joe Hill Dispatch, April 30, 2004; and
    David Moberg, "The Wal-Mart Effect: The Hows and Whys of
    Beating the Bentonville Behemoth," In These Times, June 10,
    2004 ). What if the unions spent $25 million salting the
    distribution centers? "Training and hiring new professional
    organizers, Olney argues, is not as important as encouraging
    potential organizers to take jobs themselves, in target
    workplaces. This 'salting' -- taking a job with the intent to
    organize -- was one factor in the massive drives of the
    1930s," says Jane Slaughter ("Organizing for Numbers --
    Or for Power?" Labor Notes, October 2002).

    Distribution centers are good targets from the point of view
    of using public subsidies already lavished upon them for an
    argument for working-class community control. Philip
    Mattera and Anna Purinton found that "90 percent of the
    company's distribution centers have been subsidized" and
    that Wal-Mart has received an average of about $6.9 million
    per subsidized distribution center, far more than $2.8 million
    that it captured per its subsidized store ("Shopping for
    Subsidies: How Wal-Mart Uses Taxpayer Money to Finance
    Its Never-Ending Growth," May 2004). A Wal-Mart distribution
    center generally employs "660 to 800 employees" (Mary
    Hopkin, "Grandview Official Wants Grant Put on Hold," Tri-
    City Herald, December 20, 2002). That's $8,600-10,000
    per job in direct subsidies alone, not counting the costs of
    "food stamps, Medicaid, the earned income tax credit and
    other social safety-net programs that Wal-Mart retail workers
    (and their families) may be eligible for because of the low
    wages and limited health insurance coverage they receive":
    "A state survey [in Georgia] found that 10,261 of the 166,000
    participants in the PeachCare program, which provides health
    care coverage for youngsters in low-income uninsured families,
    were children of Wal-Mart employees. This was more than
    10 times the number for any other employer" (Mattera and
    Purinton, May 2004).

    The main obstacle is locations, locations, locations. Take
    a look at the map of Wal-Mart distribution centers: [map
    not shown...bw]
    Source: Teamsters, "Wal-Mart Organizing Update," Warehouse
    Newsletter, (August 2000)

    Many of them are in the South, especially outside metropolitan
    areas, where unions have had little success organizing. Wal-
    Mart's aggressive expansion, however, has brought it into the
    traditional strongholds of organized labor in the East, the West,
    and the Midwest, laying the ground for a coordinated national
    campaign.

    Then, there are choke points at ports. Chris Kutalik's
    article on the "[w] wildcat strikes, rallies, and highway
    blockades by port truck drivers [that] rocked West and
    East Coast ports in late April and early May" demonstrates
    their potential power to impact the bottom lines of many
    bosses, "from ship owners to port authorities to retailers
    like Wal-Mart":

    Wildcat strikes, rallies, and highway blockades by port truck
    drivers rocked West and East Coast ports in late April and
    early May. Angered by rising diesel fuel prices and other
    factors that keep them at or under the poverty line, hundreds
    of mostly African-American and Latino owner-operators
    (sometimes called troqueros) parked their trucks and
    blocked terminals . . ..

    The troqueros' unique position in the transportation system
    enabled them to shut down freight traffic and force powerful
    interests, from ship owners to port authorities to retailers like
    Wal-Mart, to listen to their demands.

    Troqueros move freight between ports and inter-modal
    terminals, the sites where truck cargoes are loaded onto
    rail cars or unloaded from them. All freight that enters the
    country must pass through a troquero's hands before being
    loaded onto other trucks or onto trains for its journey to
    warehouses, stores, and factories around the country.

    In West Coast ports truck drivers are paid $50-$200 per cargo
    container hauled (often a truckload), depending on length of
    the trip. After expenses for fuel, insurance, registration, and
    maintenance, earnings average $8-$9 an hour, according to
    Teamsters Port Division estimates. With diesel prices hitting
    record highs -- $2.39 per gallon in California on April 30 --
    drivers' income has been eroded even further, pushing drivers
    to desperation.(Chris Kutalik, "Dockside Wildcats Halt Freight
    Traffic: Gas Prices Fuel Port Drivers' Revolt," Labor Notes
    ,June 2004 )

    The issues that drove the port truckers to their direct actions --
    "a 30 percent rise in freight rates paid by trucking companies,"
    "fuel surcharge increases of 5 percent, plus 5 percent for each
    $.25 a gallon when diesel fuel tops $1.95 a gallon," "[r]ecognition
    of the drivers as workers" rather than "independent contractors"
    were their demands (Kutalik, June 2004 ) -- remain unresolved,
    providing opportunities for joint actions between them and Wal-
    Mart distribution workers, attacking Wal-Mart's supply chain
    simultaneously.

    #posted by Yoshie : 8:20 PM : :1 blogger comments :comments(0)
    http://montages.blogspot.com/2004/12/attacking-wal-marts-supply-chain.html
    Tuesday, December 14, 2004

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    9) Faced with US Threats, Cuba Flexes Military Muscle
    Pensa Latina, Havana
    http://www.plenglish.com

    Havana, Dec 14 (PL) Having successfully passed its first day of military
    maneuvers, Cuba will carry on Tuesday its Strategic Bastion 2004 War
    Games, conceived as a deterrent to eventual military attacks on the
    island from the United States.

    On Monday, Army Commander Raul Castro, also Minister of the
    Revolutionary Armed Forces (FAR), gave the go ahead to the exercise,
    which advocates the military doctrine of the War of the Entire
    Population, meaning that every Cuban will have the means, a place and a
    way to fight the enemy.

    The first of the exercise's three stages took place under a sham
    attack by US forces, as the prelude to large scale invasion.

    The Cuban FAR chief explained that tens of thousands soldiers and
    million citizens will participate in the exercises for seven days,
    warning Cuba will become a huge hornet nest if any enemy dares to attack
    it.

    After decreeing general mobilization and warning regular armies and
    reservists, units of the FAR and Interior Ministry checked that every
    order issued by the higher echelons was fulfilled, thus showing the high
    capacity of the local population to fight a war.

    In line with preparations, the exercise includes guaranteeing the
    protection of lives and adequate supplies such as water, food, medicines
    and other goods.

    Raul Castro, who holds the possition of Cuba's first vice president,
    recalled Cuban president Fidel Castro's words that defense must become
    a top priority, as history has eloquently demonstrated that those who
    forget this principle did not survive their mistake.

    ile/iff/asg
    *
    Search the NYTr Archives at:
    http://olm.blythe-systems.com/pipermail/nytr/

    NY Transfer News Collective * A Service of Blythe Systems

    Since 1985 - Information for the Rest of Us
    339 Lafayette St., New York, NY 10012
    http://www.blythe.org
    e-mail: nyt@blythe.org

    Carlos Rovira - "Carlito"

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    10) New Year Glum As Prices Soar
    By Irina Titova
    STAFF WRITER
    The St. Petersburg Times
    #1029, Tuesday, December 14, 2004
    TOP STORY

    {As part of Russia's agreement to enter the World Trade Organization,
    expected to take place in 2007, the Putin regime agreed to European
    Union demands to allow energy prices in Russia to rise to "market
    levels". Natural gas in Russia had been selling at 20% of what E.U.
    customers had to pay. The following article shows the consequences for
    the workers of Russia's this further integration into the world
    imperialist system...Ernest Tate}

    With New Year just a couple of weeks away, many Russian are looking to
    the future not with joyful anticipation of holidays or optimism, but
    with dread of financial instability and rising prices.

    "I don't feel excited about the New Year holidays because, as usual, on
    Jan. 1 prices will shoot up," said Tatyana Rybkina, 42, a teacher.

    St. Petersburg residents already have an impending taste of the doom
    approaching them; long lines have formed at metro stations ever since it
    was announced that the cost of one ride on public transportation
    services in St. Petersburg price will rise from 8 rubles (28 cents) to
    10 rubles (36 cents) on Jan. 1.

    As they did in Soviet times, people not only tried to buy as many tokens
    as they could to save money, but they also hoarded them because they
    feared that there might not be any left because others are also hoarding
    them.

    The metro first limited sales to 10 tokens at a time, but this has now
    been reduced to two tokens, meaning people have to line up every second
    ride. On Tuesday, a new type a plastic card will be issued in place of
    tokens.

    "It's very hard for me as a pensioner to have prices going up for
    transportation when from next year we pensioners will no longer be able
    to ride for free," said Tamara Sokolova, 60, who boosts her pension by
    working as a librarian. "My income is 3,000 rubles ($107), and now I'll
    have to pay about 500 rubles a month on public transportation all together."

    She doesn't "experience any joy expecting New Year, because nowadays New
    Year automatically means prices go up," she added.

    "It's a modern gift for this holiday from our government - they increase
    the prices of everything - food, fuel, services, etc," she said.

    In Soviet times prices would go down before the New Year holidays, she
    added.

    Food prices have been skyrocketing in recent months, she said.

    In early fall, Sokolova could buy 10 eggs for 23 rubles, while the same
    number costs 32 rubles.

    The price of meat in markets has doubled since spring; a kilo of beef or
    pork cost 100 rubles in May, today it's 200 rubles and more, Sokolova said.

    Consumer price inflation is 11.9 percent this year, RIA Novosti reported.

    According to the Federal Statistics Service, egg prices rose 12.9
    percent in November and 24.3 percent for the year to date.

    The service said milk prices rose 6.6 percent and meat prices 1.7
    percent in November. Experts say the rising food and transportation
    prices are related to rising fuel prices.

    Valery Nesterov, an oil and gas analyst at Moscow's office of brokerage
    Troika Dialog, said the prices for oil in Russia doubled between October
    2003 and October 2004.

    Thus, if at the end of 2003 a liter of A-92 gasoline in St. Petersburg
    cost 8 or 9 rubles, this month it costs almost 16 rubles. The rise has
    been so great that it stimulated President Vladimir Putin last week to
    ask Vagit Alekperov, head of leading oil company LUKoil, to lower prices
    for oil products on the domestic market.

    Putin expressed his hope that if LUKoil did so, other big oil companies
    would follow suit, which would improve the situation that "one cannot
    describe as normal."

    On Friday, State Duma deputies also expressed their deep concern about
    fuel prices, saying they were holding back economic development.

    Alekperov said LUKoil will lower its domestic wholesale but that it is
    no less important that oil retailers do the same. Troika Dialog's
    Nesterov said that although Putin's approach to Alekperov was unusual,
    it was still a positive moment.

    "Such action creates an image that the government is working and cares
    about the economic situation in the country," Nesterov said in a
    telephone interview. "However, it's better not to rule by giving such
    kind of directions, but to do so by a providing well-balanced economy
    and preventing the influence of monopolies."

    Dmitry Belousov, an expert with the Center for Microeconomic Analysis
    and Short-Term Factors, named several other factors that he linked to
    rising prices.

    Rising grain prices led to higher meat prices because of the fodder feed
    to livestock. The stabilization of ruble in relation to the dollar led
    imported goods getting more expensive, there had been fears about banks,
    and the dollar had depreciated. At the same time prices for communal
    services had gone up.

    The effects of these had hit some sectors of the population harder than
    others, he said.

    "Today prices for the poor grow quicker than for the wealthy," Belousov
    said. "The prices for household equipment, which are products that
    mainly interest the well-off are stable. Prices for products such as
    bread and communal services, which are of bigger demand among the poor,
    are rising."

    Sokolova said that her librarian's wage, which is paid by the state, is
    supposed to be raised in line with rising costs, but the raises never
    catch up with runaway prices.

    "I feel that I'm catastrophically short of money," she said. "Today I
    have to think hard about buying meat. Usually, we buy it only by for a
    festive dinner."

    Ordinary Russians not only have to count their kopeks when it comes to
    buying food, they say they barely have enough money to buy clothes.

    "I can't afford to buy good clothes," Sokolova said. "That's why I can't
    buy good quality winter shoes for 2,500 rubles and I buy lower quality
    ones for 1,000 rubles. Such shoes wear out very quickly, I mend them,
    and wear them again."

    Nadezhda Chekhovich, 50, a historian who works at one of the city's
    scientific institutes, said her monthly salary is 1,700 rubles.

    "I buy only secondhand clothes," Chekhovich said.

    The prices for books and concerts, products that are important to her,
    have doubled in recent times, she said.

    However, not all are down about life, even if it is becoming more expensive.

    Pensioner Alexander Vasserman, 60, said he is not depressed about the
    economic situation despite his low income.

    "I'm sure there are always at least two ways out of a difficult
    situation," he said. "Sometimes there are even more ways out. It means
    we'll find a way out that will enable us to live no worse."

    "For instance, instead of complaining about the metro getting more
    expensive, I will ride a bicycle because it's healthy and free," he said.
    -- 30 --

    Marxism mailing list
    Marxism@lists.econ.utah.edu
    http://lists.econ.utah.edu/mailman/listinfo/marxism

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    11) States and Cities Must Hunt Terror Plots,
    Mass. Governor Says
    By PAM BELLUCK
    BOSTON
    December 15, 2004
    http://www.nytimes.com/2004/12/15/national/15secure.html?ex=1104131929&ei=1&
    en=9376916c110d0bab


    {The article below from NYTimes.com
    has been sent to you by fogel@marshall.edu.
    Here's the full article--let me know if
    it comes through. Thanks,
    Jerise fogel@marshall.edu}

    BOSTON, Dec. 14 - To protect America against terrorists,
    state and local agencies, as well as private businesses,
    need to gather intelligence themselves and not just rely on
    intelligence gathered by the federal government, Gov. Mitt
    Romney of Massachusetts, the leader of a national working
    group on safeguarding the nation, told homeland security
    officials on Tuesday.

    "The eyes and ears which gather intelligence need to be as
    developed in our country as they were in foreign countries
    during the cold war," Mr. Romney told the group. "Meter
    readers, E.M.S. drivers, law enforcement, private sector
    personnel need to be on the lookout for information which
    may be as useful."

    In a presentation by telephone to Tom Ridge, the secretary
    of homeland security, and members of the Homeland Security
    Advisory Council, who were meeting in San Diego, Mr. Romney
    said that local law enforcement agencies should stop
    believing that they could protect all possible targets of
    terrorism.

    "We could increase our law enforcement personnel tenfold,
    but we can't protect every target," Mr. Romney said. "There
    are just too many schools, churches, stadiums, bridges,
    tunnels, roads, subways. We have to be able to find the bad
    guys before they carry out their acts, and that can only be
    done through intelligence. The financial resources of our
    nation and our states should be increasingly devoted to
    this effort."

    The proposal by Mr. Romney's working group represents a new
    and more assertive role for many local law enforcement
    agencies and other public and private entities in fighting
    terrorism, some experts on domestic security said.

    Some cities and states, including Massachusetts, Colorado
    and Los Angeles, have set up or are planning "fusion
    centers," which collect information from local sources and
    seek to analyze it and draw conclusions. New York City goes
    beyond that, sending detectives to places like Israel and
    Singapore, as well as to other states to investigate
    businesses that sell explosives.

    But under Mr. Romney's proposal, every state would be urged
    to marshal local agencies and businesses, with the goal of
    collecting details and observations that might, when
    stitched together, point to a potential terrorist attack.

    "If you have a transit system that circles a major city and
    you get reports of people photographing trains at various
    locations, well, the report from one police station may be
    meaningless, but several of them may be a pattern," said
    John D. Cohen, senior homeland security policy adviser to
    Massachusetts.

    The proposal "makes a great deal of sense to me," said Dave
    McIntyre, who teaches about domestic security at Texas A&M
    University. "I don't see how you're going to protect every
    high school football stadium, every school bus, every
    theater. I do think that we might find that a better
    investment of resources is to look at intelligence and
    investigative development."

    Mr. Romney, who dealt with post-9/11 security issues as
    president of the organizing committee for the 2002 Winter
    Olympics in Salt Lake City, said in an interview on Monday
    that his involvement with the domestic security working
    group was an outgrowth of the concern he felt as governor
    about the way the federal government was transmitting
    information and the lack of direction that the federal
    government was giving the states.

    "I was initially quite frustrated that the homeland
    security money came without any sense of what states should
    do," Mr. Romney said, saying that when he raised those
    concerns, he was asked to assemble and lead a working group
    on the subject.

    Mr. Romney, who is often mentioned as a Republican with
    potential or ambition to occupy a national office, insisted
    in the interview that he had no desire to be the next
    director of homeland security, or to take any other
    position in the Bush administration. He said that after the
    November elections, he told Andrew H. Card Jr., the White
    House chief of staff, "in case my name gets bandied about
    for any position, I'm filling my entire term" as governor,
    which expires in two years.

    Dr. McIntyre said a potential pitfall of the working
    group's proposal was the issue of making sure that local
    agencies and businesses did not violate civil liberties.
    "How do we properly ensure that we're investigating some
    Americans without investigating all Americans?" he asked.

    Mr. Cohen, the security adviser, said: "When we're talking
    about engaging frontline personnel, we're not asking them
    to go out and spy on people. In the course of them doing
    their jobs day to day, they collect information. And we're
    talking about teaching people to be more sensitive when
    information that is collected in the course of their
    day-to-day business may actually have a nexus with
    terrorism."

    At Tuesday's meeting in San Diego, with Mr. Romney
    presenting his report from Boston, Mr. Ridge asked about
    the cost of the working group's plan. Mr. Romney, whose
    group included state and local officials and business
    executives from around the country, said some of the money
    for training local officials and setting up fusion centers
    could come from federal homeland security grants to states.


    But, he added: "Whether I'm going to get funding from the
    federal government or not, this is a priority and I'm going
    to go after this. I went to the Legislature this year to
    get funding for our fusion center."

    Mr. Romney said the intelligence that states received from
    the federal government was "oftentimes confusing" and
    sometimes contradictory. His report recommended that
    information be disseminated through a single federal
    agency.

    Mr. Romney's report also said that too much information
    from the federal agencies was classified as secret or top
    secret, barring state officials from giving details to most
    local officials, who do not have adequate security
    clearance.

    "You're put in a position of not passing it on or passing
    it on to someone without the right clearance and violating
    the law," Mr. Cohen said.





    Tuesday, December 14, 2004
     

    BAUAW NEWSLETTER-TUESDAY, DEC. 14, 2004

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    STOP THE WAR ON IRAQ! BRING OUR TROOPS HOME NOW!
    ALL OUT JANUARY 20TH, 5:00 P.M., CIVIC CENTER, S.F.

    NEXT BAY AREA UNITED AGAINST WAR MEETING:

    SATURDAY, JANUARY 8, 11AM
    CENTRO DEL PUEBLO
    474 VALENCIA STREET
    (NEAR 16TH STREET IN SAN FRANCISCO)

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    INFORMATION REGARDING TELEMARKETING AND YOUR CELL PHONE:
    Starting Jan 1, 2005, all cell phone numbers will be made public to
    telemarketing firms! This means as of Jan 1, your cell phone may
    start ringing off the hook with telemarketers, but unlike your home
    phone, most of you pay for your incoming calls. These telemarketers
    will eat up your free minutes and end up costing you money in the
    long run.
    According to the National Do Not Call List, you have until Dec. 15th
    2004 to get on the national "Do not call list" for cell phones (to
    keep from having your cell number released to the telemarketing
    companies). That's only 3 days from now!
    To get on the Do Not Call list, call 1-888-382-1222 from the cell
    phone that you wish to have put on the "do not call list" and follow
    the simple instructions. It's easy and takes less than a minute.
    Or you can register online at http://www.donotcall.gov

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    Where you can still see the "must-see" film, WMD: Weapons of
    Mass Deception.

    This film is being downplayed by the mass media. It must have
    something to do with the searing criticism of that very media that
    is the content of the film. Go and see it.

    WMD will play in the following theatres in the
    Bay Area on FRIDAY, DECEMBER 17, 2004:

    San Francisco, CA
    Landmark Opera Plaza Cinema
    601 Van Ness Avenue
    San Francisco, CA 94102
    (415) 267-4893

    Berkeley, CA (currently playing)
    The Oaks Theater
    1875 Solano Ave.
    Berkeley, CA 94707
    (510) 526-1836

    Orinda, CA
    Orinda Theater
    2 Orinda Theater Square
    Orinda, CA 94563
    (925) 254-906

    Richard Castro
    Outreach & Special Distribution
    Cinema Libre Studio
    818.349.8822 Ph.
    818.349.9922 Fax
    www.cinemalibrestudio.com

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    1) A Giant Falls
    GARY WEBB - PULITZER PRIZE WINNER, AUTHOR OF DARK ALLIANCE
    CIA-DRUG SERIES DEAD OF REPORTED SUICIDE
    Press Accounts Fail to Mention His Vindication by CIA Inspector
    General Reports and Congressional Investigations
    By Michael C. Ruppert
    c) Copyright 2004, From The Wilderness Publications,
    www.fromthewilderness.com . All Rights Reserved.
    May be reprinted, distributed or posted on an Internet web site
    for non-profit purposes only.
    December 13, 2004 1400 PDT (FTW)
    http://www.fromthewilderness.com/free/ww3/121304_gary_webb.shtml
    [Please distribute widely]

    2) Trashed by the CIA's Claque
    Gary Webb: a Great Reporter
    By ALEXANDER COCKBURN
    and JEFFREY ST. CLAIR
    December 13, 2004
    http://www.counterpunch.org/cockburn12132004.html

    3) Silencing the Messenger
    Censoring NarcoNews
    March 21, 2001
    By Gary Webb
    CounterPunch

    4) Suicide by Multiple Gunshot wounds to the head?
    Multiple self-inflicted gunshot wounds to the head?
    Is that possible?
    http://www.indybay.org/news/2004/12/1709633.php

    5) THE AMERICAN POLITICS OF MORALITY
    [Col. Writ. 11/20/04] Copyright 2004 Mumia Abu-Jamal

    6) WHAT KIND OF 'DEMOCRACY' IS THIS?
    [Col. Writ. 11/18/04] Copyright 2004 Mumia Abu-Jamal

    7) ENDING THE WAR AND PROTECTING OUR TROOPS AND VETERANS
    (adopted by the San Francisco Labor Council delegates'
    meeting on December 13, 2004)
    From: OWC CAMPAIGN NEWS - distributed by the Open World
    Conference in Defense of Trade Union Independence &
    Democratic Rights, c/o S.F. Labor
    Council, 1188 Franklin St., #203, San Francisco, CA 94109.
    To SUB/ UNSUBSCRIBE, contact the OWC at .
    Phone: (415) 641-8616 Fax: (415) 440-9297.
    Visit our website at www.owcinfo.org - Notify if any change in
    email address.
    (Please excuse duplicate postings, and please feel
    free to re-post.)

    8) Israeli Troops Raid Gaza, Told to Target Militants
    By Nidal al-Mughrabi
    GAZA (Reuters)
    Tue Dec 14, 2004 07:41 AM ET
    http://www.reuters.com/newsArticle.jhtml?type=topNews&storyID=7088089&src=eD
    ialog/GetContent§ion=news

    9) BUSH CALLS FOR "NEW WORLD ORDER / PRE-EMPTIVE STRIKES"
    http://www.freepressinternational.com/bushnwo_12112004_87493029871647684.htm
    l

    10) US adopts National ID: Homeland Security Now In charge
    of Regulations for all US States Drivers Licenses and
    Birth Certificates
    Sent: Monday, December 13, 2004 11:59 PM
    Subject: Fwd: Congress Passes Law Mandating National ID Cards
    Jonathan Wheeler | December 10 2004
    http://www.infowars.com/articles/ps/intelligence_bill_natl_id.htm

    11) US Airways Workers Authorize Job Actions
    By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
    WASHINGTON (AP)
    Filed at 9:35 p.m. ET
    December 13, 2004
    http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/business/AP-US-Airways-Flight-Attendants.htm
    l?oref=login&pagewanted=print&position=

    12) If you go to http://www.narconews.com/petras1.html
    "Dirty Money" Foundation of U.S. Growth and Empire
    Size and Scope of Dirty Money Laundering by Big U.S. Banks
    From La Jornada, May 19, 2001
    By James Petras

    13) GI whistle-blower treated like madman
    Whitewashing torture?
    A veteran sergeant who told his commanding officers that
    he witnessed his colleagues torturing Iraqi detainees was
    strapped to a gurney and flown out of Iraq -
    even though there was nothing wrong with him.
    By David DeBatto

    14) NLM Introduces New Environmental Site
    In a message dated 12/14/04 10:18:21 AM,
    holtlabor@igc.org writes:

    15) Rights Group Reports Deaths of Men
    Held by U.S. in Afghanistan
    DETAINEES
    By CARLOTTA GALL
    KABUL, Afghanistan
    December 14, 2004
    http://www.nytimes.com/2004/12/14/international/asia/14abuse.html

    16) ITALIAN.QUEER.DANGEROUS
    a one-man show featuring Tommi Avicolli Mecca
    directed by Francesca Prada

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    1) A Giant Falls
    GARY WEBB - PULITZER PRIZE WINNER, AUTHOR OF DARK ALLIANCE
    CIA-DRUG SERIES DEAD OF REPORTED SUICIDE
    Press Accounts Fail to Mention His Vindication by CIA Inspector
    General Reports and Congressional Investigations
    By Michael C. Ruppert
    c) Copyright 2004, From The Wilderness Publications,
    www.fromthewilderness.com . All Rights Reserved.
    May be reprinted, distributed or posted on an Internet web site
    for non-profit purposes only.
    December 13, 2004 1400 PDT (FTW)
    http://www.fromthewilderness.com/free/ww3/121304_gary_webb.shtml
    [Please distribute widely]

    December 13, 2004 1400 PDT (FTW) -Gary Webb, 49, the Pulitzer
    Prize winning reporter from the San Jose Mercury News made America
    hold its breath in 1996 when he showed us proof of direct CIA
    involvement in drug trafficking. For a few months many of us
    had hope.

    He reportedly died from a self-inflicted gunshot wound to the
    head two days ago. His body was discovered at 8:20 AM Saturday
    as movers reportedly found a note on the door of his residence
    asking them not to enter but to call for paramedics.

    Webb's August 1996 series Dark Alliance for the San Jose Mercury
    News pulled deep covers away from US covert operations and
    American denial about connections between the CIA and drugs.
    Gary left a bigger historical footprint than anyone who has ever
    touched the subject including among others, Peter Dale Scott,
    Alfred McCoy, Jonathan Kwitny and me.

    His footprint was made possible in large part for two reasons.
    First, his reporting was meticulous and produced hard records
    that could not be effectively denied. Second, prominent African-
    American leaders like Jesse Jackson and representatives Maxine
    Waters and Juanita Millender-McDonald of Los Angeles and
    Compton respectively took up the torch lit by Gary and ran with
    it just before the 1996 presidential election which saw Bill Clinton
    win his second term just eight weeks after the stories broke.
    I was there at that time and it is not an understatement to say
    that much of this country was "up in arms".

    Waters at one point vowed to make the CIA-drug connections,
    fully documented by Webb, her "life's work" if necessary.

    In death the major press is beating him almost as ruthlessly as
    they did in real life. No part of the major press has acknowledged
    that Webb's work was subsequently vindicated by congressional
    investigations and two CIA Inspector General's reports released in
    1997 and 1998. FTW did report on Webb's vindication and his
    legacy has - at least at the level of authentic journalism -
    not been lost.

    Please see:

    http://www.fromthewilderness.com/free/pandora/RendGW.html , and
    http://www.fromthewilderness.com/free/ciadrugs/volii.html

    For more FTW coverage of Gary Webb's life please use the search
    engine at www.fromthewilderness.com .

    The LA Times obituary, in all of its meanness and inaccuracy is here .

    Of the six obituaries I have seen on him, the one from the L.A. Times
    was the most brutally Soviet in its attempt to crush out his memory
    as thoroughly as his work. Of course the Times would have to do that.
    It was in Los Angeles where Webb dug up and documented the direct
    connection between the CIA and cocaine smuggling/trafficking as
    crack cocaine ravaged this city in the 1980s and the Contra war
    decimated Central America.

    The Times already had known of this for decades. Starting in 1979
    I dealt extensively with the Times trying to report the same connections
    with regard to heroin smuggling by the CIA. Cocaine did not become
    a national epidemic until around 1980. By 1996 I had 17 bitter years
    of funneling hard evidence to the Times and watching as staff writer
    David Rosenzweig -- among others including Ron Soble and David
    Johnston (now of the New York Times ) - kept taking the information,
    promising to do something, and then spiking the stories in exchange
    for promotions.

    When Gary autographed his 1998 best-seller Dark Alliance to me he
    wrote: "To Mike. You were there before I was."

    Richard Heinberg, author of The Party's Over and Powerdown
    observed after reading the Times' obituary, "The LA Times obit
    is disgusting. 'What's our attitude toward investigative journalism?
    Well, of course we try to discourage it wherever we can, but
    sometimes it happens anyway. Then we get especially nasty--
    we have to, naturally, to protect our reputation.'"

    I always knew it was a fight to the death. I don't think he ever fully
    understood that. Retired DEA agent Cele Castillo who had reported
    on direct CIA drug involvement from Honduras and El Salvador in
    the 1980s and I both told him in 1996 what he was up against and
    what it might cost him.

    GRATITUDE

    There would be no FTW , or Crossing the Rubicon without Gary
    Webb. Catherine Austin Fitts and I would never have met had it
    not been for Gary Webb. Dick Gregory would not have made me
    his white son on the radio had it not been for Gary Webb. I would
    never have confronted John Deutch at Locke High had it not been
    for Gary Webb.

    I myself might have committed suicide in 1996 - broke, divorced
    and having given up all hope of making people listen -- had it
    not been for Gary Webb. For some years now it has been the
    farthest thing from my mind.

    I rediscovered my purpose and maybe Gary lost his. This is
    a tragedy of Shakespearean proportions.

    KNOWN DETAILS

    I called the Coroner shortly after the first flash came in here
    from Bay Area journalist and producer Kellia Ramares. His time
    of death was listed at 8:20 AM. Since it was Saturday, the homicide
    detectives would have been off and had to be paged. I estimate
    two hours (minimum) for them to get to the crime scene (unless
    a uniformed supervisor handled it). Add three hours minimum f
    or crime scene, photos etc; that means he went to the Coroner's
    most likely around 1 PM. It could have been much later depending
    on response times on a Saturday before Christmas.

    When I called the Sacramento Coroner's Office at 8:20 PM on
    Saturday I spoke with an unidentified female who stated that he
    had just been there since late that afternoon. I identified myself as
    a friend, ex-cop and journalist and she confirmed a single shot to
    the head. I wasn't sure it was our Gary Webb so I got his date of
    birth, hair and eye color. They matched. Gary was a good looking
    man with a moustache and I asked if that fit. She hesitated for
    quite a while before answering, "I can't tell."

    This led me to suspect that the weapon used was a shotgun.

    I then confirmed his death with the San Jose Mercury News
    and the L.A. Times . We will see if later facts don't mesh with
    what has been reported thus far.

    I called the Times again at about 9:15 because I wanted to make
    sure someone said some good things about Gary. I dropped
    some names and got to the writer or the editor on the story who
    wouldn't ID himself. He said he'd have someone call me back to
    get my statement. No one ever called back and then the Times
    published their maliciously spiteful obituary just after midnight
    Sunday. It was clear to me that they wanted/needed to put
    a spin on his death.

    Gary Webb deserved better than this and those of us who
    knew him and benefited from his work will see that he gets it.

    I am going to the funeral and I will be asking questions in
    Sacramento. Given the disproportionate number of "suicides"
    of authors and journalists who have covered such stories, and
    the mainstream's horrendously dishonest coverage of such
    events, it is right to see if there are grounds to be cautiously
    suspicious of these accounts. But it is also right to avoid hysteria
    and unsupported conclusions until there are solid reasons to
    suspect foul play.

    Gary would have wanted us all to do this by the numbers,
    patiently and thoroughly. That was his style. That was why
    he was so good.

    When funeral arrangements are announced FTW will publish
    them and we encourage all of our subscribers to send flowers,
    write letters and show their thanks to this man who changed
    all of our lives forever.

    It wouldn't hurt if you wanted to let the L.A. Times know what
    you think of their obituary.

    Sleep well, Gary. Wherever men and women of honor gather
    together from now on, your name will be spoken with reverence,
    respect and gratitude.

    Mike Ruppert
    www.fromthewilderness.com

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    2) Trashed by the CIA's Claque
    Gary Webb: a Great Reporter
    By ALEXANDER COCKBURN
    and JEFFREY ST. CLAIR
    December 13, 2004
    http://www.counterpunch.org/cockburn12132004.html

    News came over the weekend that Gary Webb had died Friday from
    a gunshot wound to the head in his home in Sacramento, California.
    It appears to have been self inflicted. The news saddens us, and
    rekindles our anger at the fouls libels he endured at the hands
    of his colleagues.

    Webb was a great reporter whose best-known work exposed the
    CIA'S complicity in the import of cocaine into the United States in
    the 1980s, during the US onslaught on the Sandinista government
    of Nicaragua. His devastating series Dark Alliance, published in the
    San Jose Mercury News in 1996, provoked a series of wild attacks
    in the New York Times, Los Angeles Times and Washington Post,
    purporting to demolish Webb and exonerate the Agency.

    The attacks were without merit, but the San Jose Mercury News
    buckled under the pressure and undercut its own reporter with
    a groveling and entirely unmerited retraction by its publisher.
    It was a very dark day in the history of American journalism. We
    described the entire saga in detail in our book Whiteout: the CIA,
    Drugs and the Press which sets the story in the larger context of
    the Agency's complicity in drug smuggling since its founding.

    Webb left the Mercury News, and expanded his series into his
    excellent book Dark Alliance. He also did other fine journalism,
    notably  in Esquire  the definitive expose of what came to be
    known as "driving while black", about the system program of
    racial profiling by cops across the country. For now, here is
    Webb's own, briskly robust account, which he sent us and which
    we ran on this site in March, 2001, of the storm over his series,
    along with his generous appeal to help a crusading journalistic
    enterprise, Narco News. (see next article #3 below)

    Later this week we will run a longer reprise on Webb and his
    famous series.

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    3) Silencing the Messenger
    Censoring NarcoNews
    March 21, 2001
    By Gary Webb
    CounterPunch

    Not long after I wrote a series for the San Jose Mercury News about
    a drug ring that had flooded South Central Los Angeles with cheap
    cocaine at the beginning of the crack explosion there, a strange
    thing happened to me. I was silenced.

    This, believe it or not, came as something of a surprise to me.
    For 17 years I had been writing newspaper stories about grafters,
    crooked bankers, corrupt politicians and killers -- and winning
    armloads of journalism awards for it. Some of my stories had
    convened grand juries and sent important people to well-deserved
    jail cells. Others ended up on 20/20, and later became a best-
    selling book (not written by me, unfortunately.) I started doing
    television news shows, speaking to college journalism classes
    and professional seminars. I had major papers bidding against
    each other to hire me.

    So when I happened across information implicating an arm of
    the Central Intelligence Agency in the cocaine trade, I had no
    qualms about jumping onto it with both feet. What did I have
    to worry about? I was a newspaperman for a big city, take-no-
    prisoners newspaper. I had the First Amendment, a law firm,
    and a multi-million dollar corporation watching my back.

    Besides, this story was a fucking outrage. Right-wing Latin
    American drug dealers were helping finance a CIA-run covert
    war in Nicaragua by selling tons of cocaine to the Crips and
    Bloods in LA, who were turning it into crack and spreading
    it through black neighborhoods nationwide. And all the
    available evidence pointed to the sickening conclusion that
    elements of the US government had known of it and had
    either tacitly encouraged it or, at a minimum, done
    absolutely nothing to stop it.

    And that's when this strange thing happened. The national
    news media, instead of using its brute strength to force the
    truth from our government, decided that its time would be
    better spent investigating me and my reporting. They kicked
    me around pretty good, I have to admit. (At one point, I was
    even accused of making movie deals with a crack dealer I'd
    written about. The DEA raided my film agent's office looking
    for any scrap of paper to back up this lie and appeared
    disappointed when they came up emptyhanded.)

    To this day, no one has ever been able to show me a single
    error of fact in anything I've written about this drug ring, which
    includes a 600-page book about the whole tragic mess. Indeed,
    most of what has come out since shows that my newspaper
    stories grossly underestimated the extent of our government's
    knowledge, an error to which I readily confess. But, in the end,
    the facts didn't really matter. What mattered was making the
    damned thing go away, shutting people up, and making anyone
    who demanded the truth appear to be a wacky conspiracy theorist.
    And it worked.

    As a result, the CIA was allowed to investigate itself, release
    a heavily censored report admitting that it had worked with
    cocaine traffickers, and simultaneously declare itself innocent
    of any wrongdoing. And that's where our firebrand national news
    media has let the matter lie to this day.

    Now it's NarcoNews' turn for the silence treatment. And, if
    I had to guess, I'd venture to say that it's probably more important
    to the folks selling us the Drug War to shut up Al Giordano than
    it is to silence mainstream reporters who, in my father's eloquent
    words, wouldn't say shit if they had a mouth full of it.

    No one can lean on NarcoNews's editors, or their bosses, or its
    board of directors to reign Al in or, failing that, reassign him to
    the night copy desk. The only person they can lean on is Al, who
    doesn't take to being leaned on. And they can't shut down the
    Internet either. So two choices remain.

    They can grit their teeth and suffer Al's reporting, day after
    aggravating day, as he exposes the ugly underside of this endless
    war on drugs - and actually makes things happen, like real
    journalists are supposed to do. Or they can try to make it
    impossible for him to do his job by harassing him with specious
    lawsuits, bedevil him with lawyers and depositions and
    interrogatories and subpoenas, and reduce him to penury.
    Why? To silence him. To make him go away. To keep him
    from looking under rocks that reporters aren't supposed
    to look under.

    Make no mistake. This court fight isn't about any particular
    story NarcoNews has done. It's about ALL of them, and all
    of the ones yet to come. And it's a battle over the continued
    independence of Internet journalism as well. The silencing
    of Al Giordano and NarcoNews isn't a theoretical possibility
    that might happen a couple years from now. It's already
    happening. Al and his volunteer lawyers are hip-deep in
    it right now. And they need our help.

    Narco News and Al Giordano face an April 9th deadline to
    respond to the Banamex censorship lawsuit or they will be
    declared in default - guilty without a single fact being
    heard in a case where the facts prove them right.

    A civil lawsuit is different than a criminal case: complex
    legal issues require trained lawyers to dig through the law
    books on procedural issues so far from the basic truths
    about photographs of cocaine trafficking on the coast of
    Mexico. The bank's lawyers at Akin Gump are paid astronomic
    fees to raise every small point of process and delay the day
    when the facts come to light in New York City court.

    If this case goes to trial, that's when Narco News will triumph.
    And all of us will win with it as the real facts of the corruption
    of the international drug war come to light in the media center
    of New York.

    The hard part comes right now, in navigating the maze of
    irrelevant process issues, as any reporter who has covered
    the courts has seen. Narco News will either be able to have
    skilled attorneys get them through this complicated phase or -
    I can see it coming - Al will have to take a long trip to the law
    library himself, abandon reporting for the coming weeks or
    months in order to wage his own defense. Then you and I will
    not be able to read new reports on Narco News at this key moment
    when Plan Colombia explodes regionally and more Latin American
    voices are raised against the drug war, like the Mexican police chief
    yesterday, who, if not for Narco News, would never be heard by
    those of us who speak and read in English.

    That is what is at stake: Whether a skilled reporter has to retire for
    months to become a pro se lawyer, or whether he can continue
    reporting the facts to us.

    I was silenced but am not silenced any more. When, the other
    day, the film rights to my book Dark Alliance about US complicity
    in the cocaine trade were purchased for a television movie, I wrote
    Al to pledge part of those proceeds to his defense. In the years to
    come, there is no question that Narco News will be proven right
    and will be helping the next generation of reporters fight efforts
    to censor them.

    But wouldn't it be wonderful if this time the censors failed
    entirely to take Al and Narco News out of circulation, for
    a year, for months, even for a week? Wouldn't that be the best
    deterrent against bankers and lobbyists from waging these
    frivolous lawsuits against Free Speech on the Internet? I understand
    that Narco News needs only about $13,000 more to be able to have
    the most difficult stage of the lawsuit process - that which it faces
    immediately - handled with professional legal assistance, thus
    allowing Al to continue expending his energy and time in reporting
    to us the facts. One person of means could solve this problem with
    a check. Two dozen people giving $500 could do it. 130 people
    giving a hundred dollars... you can do the math: If half of Narco
    News' readers give one dollar each, Narco News will keep
    publishing.

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    4) Suicide by Multiple Gunshot wounds to the head?
    Multiple self-inflicted gunshot wounds to the head?
    Is that possible?
    http://www.indybay.org/news/2004/12/1709633.php

    Use http://web.archive.org to find sites that have disappeared from the
    web, ie:
    http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://nakedgov.com income tax is
    voluntary
    http://web.archive.org/web/*/dcia.com DE-CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY

    No one is above the law. It was human folly for the UNITED STATES to
    empower an agency of government to specifically break its own laws. The
    CIA and the Constitution there after became mortal enemies --- until
    the day one will overpower the other in a final victory. Will we be a
    nation under law or a nation under law breakers?

    The CIA undermines and assassinates popular leaders abroad -- and at
    home --- and fixes elections abroad --- and at home. This organization
    that routinely gets away with murder finds little challenge dominating
    the world's narcotics trade. By reliable estimates the U.S. CIA and DOD
    usher in half of the narcotics that come into this country. The very
    same persons responsible for massive drug trafficking advocate
    "toughening" the drug laws that alone make this trade so obscenely
    profitable. In the last 5 years the CIA has had 5 directors --- none
    knowing what to do. The CIA is a staggering giant waiting to fall. The
    legislation to kill the CIA is waiting for acclaimation. Brian Downing
    Quig 12-11-96


    Suicide by Multiple Gunshot wounds to the head?
    Multiple self inflicted gunshot wounds to the head?
    Is that possible?
    Obituary: Gary Webb, prize-winning investigative reporter --Gary Webb,
    a prize-winning investigative journalist whose star-crossed career was
    capped with a controversial newspaper series linking the CIA to the
    crack cocaine epidemic in Los Angeles, died Friday of self-inflicted
    gunshot wounds, officials said. Mr. Webb, 49, was found dead in his
    Carmichael home Friday morning of gunshot wounds to the head, the
    Sacramento County Coroner's Office said Saturday.
    [Hey, I hit the cerebrum. Let me try again.]
    http://www.legitgov.org/index.html#breaking_news%a0

    Assassination of US Investigative Journalist Gary Webb?
    http://globalresearch.ca/articles/XYM412A.html
    Potential Witness Syndrome, one symptom of which is
    "suicide by multiple gun shot wounds to the head".
    This is apparently exactly what Gary Webb died of (watch
    as the stories are refined to change 'wounds' to 'a gunshot wound').

    R.I.P. Gary Webb -- Unembedded Reporter
    http://www.commondreams.org/views04/1213-31.htm

    Support the CIA; Buy Crack Today!
    Cocaine Import Agency; that's "CIA" for you and me.

    Other journalists who followed in Gary Webb's footsteps,
    Exposing CIA importation of Cocaine, Opium, Heroin, etc:
    http://narconews.com
    http://copvcia.com Michael Ruppert
    http://counterpunch.org Alexander Cockburn
    http://dcia.com
    http://drugwar.com
    http://cispes.org

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    5) THE AMERICAN POLITICS OF MORALITY
    [Col. Writ. 11/20/04] Copyright 2004 Mumia Abu-Jamal

    It is utterly amazing to hear mouthpieces for the corporate
    media sound off about 'morality issues' now driving the
    American political machine.

    One wonders: what does morality mean? Does it have
    anything to do with life and death; with war and peace;
    with slaughter and genocide? Or does it only have to do
    with sex?

    What would a member of the first peoples, the so-called
    Indians, say about American morality? A man we now
    recall by the given name of Powhatan, who was called by
    his people, Wahunsonacock (1547-1618), who was principal
    chief of a confederacy of 32 tribes, and who ruled over an
    area of hundreds of miles, was threatened by Capt. John
    Smith with destruction.

    Chief Powhatan's reply gives us some insight into early
    American morality:

    ... Why should you take by force that from us which you
    can have by love? Why should you destroy us, who have
    provided you with food? What can you get by war?
    We can hide our provisions, and fly into the woods
    and then you must consequently famish by wronging
    your friends. What is the cause of your jealousy?
    [From *Great Speeches by Native Americans*,
    Bob Blaisdell, ed. (Mineola, NY: Dover, 2000). p. 4].

    Smith owed his very life to Powhatan's daughter,
    Pocahontas, who had saved him from execution a year
    before he threatened her father. Nor was Wahunsonacock's
    rap about the white colonists' near starving mere words.
    Smith himself wrote, in *The General History of Virginia*,
    "So great was our famine that a savage we slew and
    buried, the poorer sort took him up again and ate him;
    And one amongst the rest did kill his wife, powder her
    and had eaten part of her" [4th Book, p. 294].

    How many Americans know that among their
    'founding fathers' were cannibals?

    Some 200 years later, Americans would force a
    'loyal' Indian tribe, the Cherokees, off of their ancestral
    lands, in what has become known as "The Trail of Tears."
    A leader of the Cherokees, a war chief known as Junuluska,
    had fought with Andrew Jackson in the Battle of the Horse
    Shoe against the Creek. Junuluska brought 500 of his
    young braves to assist Jackson, and saved Jackson's life
    when a Creek warrior had him at his mercy. Junuluska's
    tomahawk literally saved the man who would later
    become president.

    When white colonists in Georgia attacked Cherokee
    lands, and the U.S. government sought to remove them,
    Junuluska traveled to Washington, D.C. to plead for his
    tribe. Jackson received him coldly, telling him, "There is
    nothing I can do for you."

    Within a short time, over 7000 Army troops and volunteers
    struck Indian country, and men, women, and suckling babes
    were forced, at bayonet point, into stockades, where they would
    be imprisoned until the long walk, from Georgia to Oklahoma.
    Thousands would die, of hunger, sickness, fear, and broken
    hearts on this "Trail of Tears." Junuluska, seeing the way
    his people, who were called 'the civilized Indians' because
    of their Christian faith, their European style of building,
    and their literacy, were treated by Americans, said, "Oh
    my God, if I had known at the Battle of the Horse Shoe
    what I know now, American history would have been
    differently written" [See Zinn, Howard and Anthony Arnove,
    *Voices of A People's History of the United States* (NY:
    Seven Stories, 2004), pp. 144-5].

    What do you think they would say about American
    political morality? What about the long train of coups, and
    counter-coups waged by the US CIA all over the world?
    There are more dictators, autocrats, tyrants than I have
    time to name, who owe their reigns to Washington. They
    have ravaged their countries, devastated their workers,
    sold away their souls, for their American masters.

    What kind of political morality unleashes psychopaths
    upon the peoples of the world, in the name of democracy?
    What kind of political morality seeks to keep the vast
    majority of the world's people in subjection, in peonage
    to the Empire?

    There is no such thing as political morality; it's an
    oxymoron, like compassionate conservative, or military
    intelligence.

    Copyright 2004 Mumia Abu-Jamal

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    6) WHAT KIND OF 'DEMOCRACY' IS THIS?
    [Col. Writ. 11/18/04] Copyright 2004 Mumia Abu-Jamal

    "Authority is never with hate."
    -- Euripides (480-406 B.C.E.), Greek Poet

    We live under the reign of almost universal political
    contempt. It doesn't matter which party, politicians are
    in the employ of others, and that isn't remotely those who
    voted for them, but rather those who could afford to
    finance them.

    Oh, they don't come out and say it (often); but look at
    how politicians treat those who claim to be their constituents.

    The only common denominator is betrayal. Former
    president, Bill Clinton perfected this to a high art. Virtually
    everybody who voted for him got betrayed, sooner or later.
    And the real deal is, it isn't personal; that's the way the system
    was designed, and has developed.

    To many of the men who we are accustomed to call 'the
    founding fathers', the word 'democracy' was a bad word. They
    hated, dreaded, and feared the very idea of a democracy.
    New York's delegate to the Constitutional Convention of 1789,
    Alexander Hamilton admired monarchy, and sought ways to
    check "the amazing violence and turbulence of the democratic
    spirit" [see Jerry Fresia's *Toward an American Revolution:
    Exposing the Constitution & Other Illusions* (Boston: South
    End Press, 1988), p. 16]. Historian Brian Price put it neatly
    at a lecture at Evergreen College in Olympia, Washington,
    when he asked:

    Is it possible for a class which exterminates the native
    peoples of the Americas, replaces them by raping
    Africa for humans it then denigrates and dehumanizes
    as slaves, while cheapening and degrading its own
    working class -- is it possible for such a class to
    create democracy, equality, and to advance the cause
    of human freedom? (Fresia, p. 5)

    It took centuries of struggles by Africans, workers, women, and
    others to begin to erect some semblance of democracy, but,
    as in a pendulum, things swing from one end to another;
    nothing stands still. When folks stop fighting, other interests
    fight on.

    In the present political structure, wealthy anti-democratic
    elements continue to wage war through the purchase (or rental)
    of politicians, who then use their positions to advance the
    economic interests of their benefactors. That's how quietly,
    almost invisibly, through both Democrats and Republicans,
    the silent march of globalism has come to almost dominate
    all areas of our lives. The WTO, the IMF, and other
    international pacts, eat out the hearts of local communities,
    by supporting the efforts of international trade, while carving
    out spaces where little vestiges of democracy once reigned.

    And war, because it is used by States to mobilize people
    in ways they wouldn't accept otherwise, is but an instrument
    in this global trade war. I mean, seriously: does anybody
    *really* believe that the Iraq war is 'to bring democracy?'

    The great socialist leader, Emma Goldman, at her anti-war
    trial (for opposing World War I), said:

    "Verily poor as we are in democracy, how can we
    give of it to the world?" [Howard Zinn & Anthony
    Arnove, *Voices of a People's History of the United
    States*. (NY: Seven Stories Press, 2004), p. 23].

    And even if we accept the present political structure, how
    can we reconcile this system of 'winner take all' with any
    idea of democracy? Even in the parliaments of Europe, in
    England, or France, or Germany, minority parties receive
    representation in proportion to their voting strength. Here, 51%
    of the votes means 100% of the power. The 49%? Nothing.

    We don't really believe in democracy in America, nor have
    we ever done so. America stands for domination. Period.

    It is domination that is being exported to the Middle East,
    just as it was exported 100 years ago to Indian Country; to
    Oklahoma, and to Mexican territories. 'Democracy' was a
    bad word then; it's a bad word now, used only as a mask
    for something else.

    How else, in the name of democracy, could we be so
    dominated, so controlled, so acquiescent? How else could
    we be so powerless, in the face of ever-growing repression?

    Copyright 2004 Mumia Abu-Jamal

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    7) ENDING THE WAR AND PROTECTING OUR TROOPS AND VETERANS
    (adopted by the San Francisco Labor Council delegates'
    meeting on December 13, 2004)
    From: OWC CAMPAIGN NEWS - distributed by the Open World
    Conference in Defense of Trade Union Independence &
    Democratic Rights, c/o S.F. Labor
    Council, 1188 Franklin St., #203, San Francisco, CA 94109.
    To SUB/ UNSUBSCRIBE, contact the OWC at .
    Phone: (415) 641-8616 Fax: (415) 440-9297.
    Visit our website at www.owcinfo.org - Notify if any change in
    email address.
    (Please excuse duplicate postings, and please feel
    free to re-post.)

    Dear Sisters and Brothers:

    The resolution below was adopted unanimously by the San Francisco
    Labor Council (AFL-CIO) regular delegates' meeting on December
    13, 2004. The resolution was submitted by Alan Benjamin,
    Ed Rosario and Howard Wallace, all members of the SFLC
    Executive Board.

    The vote on this resolution was preceded by a report by Alan
    Benjamin on the December 4 National Leadership Assembly
    of US Labor Against the War. A full report on this leadership
    gathering is being prepared by the USLAW national organizers
    and should be available within the next few days. It will be
    posted on the USLAW website, which is
    http://www.uslaboragainstwar.org.

    Unionists and antiwar activists in the S.F. Bay Area are invited
    to a USLAW Leadership Assembly Report-Back on Wednesday,
    December 15 at 7 p.m. at the hall of SEIU Local 250 in
    Oakland: 560 - 20th Street (between San Pablo and Telegraph).
    Delegates from the Bay Area unions that participated in this
    Leadership Assembly will report on the decisions of this
    important gathering.

    Hope to see you there!

    Ed Rosario and Alan Benjamin,
    OWC Co-coordinators

    PS: This is the last OWC posting that will be signed by Ed
    Rosario while still in the Bay Area. After more than 20 years
    on the "Left Coast," Brother Rosario is returning to Brooklyn,
    N.Y., where he will continue his activities in the labor and
    social justice movements. At the SFLC delegates' meeting
    on Dec. 13, SFLC Secretary-Treasurer-Emeritus Walter
    Johnson presented Brother Rosario with a plaque to honor
    his distinguished service to the Council during these
    20-plus years.

    Brother Rosario will continue to serve as co-coordinator
    of the Open World Conference Continuations Committee
    from New York. He will be sorely missed, however, by all
    of us in the Bay Area who have grown accustomed to his
    loud roar at the labor marches and picketlines and his
    constant presence and leadership in all the struggles
    waged by working people and our communities in the
    Bay Area. Hasta pronto, compañero Rosario. -- Alan B.

    ENDING THE WAR AND PROTECTING OUR TROOPS
    AND VETERANS

    (adopted by the San Francisco Labor Council delegates'
    meeting on December 13, 2004)

    WHEREAS, the Bush administration carried out an invasion
    of Iraq using the pretense that Iraq possessed weapons of
    mass destruction, and therefore posed an immediate threat
    to the security of the United States. But no evidence has
    been found that Iraq possessed these weapons or the
    capability to deploy them, and

    WHEREAS, the administration has embraced a new and
    dangerous path of preemptive war without an imminent
    threat to the United States that has made us less, not
    more secure, that has stoked rather than reduced the
    threat of terrorism and that has put Iraqis on a path to
    civil war and brought them no closer to a democratic
    society, and

    WHEREAS, the war and military occupation of Iraq have cost
    the lives of over 1200 U.S. troops, the wounding and disabling
    of thousands more, the deaths of an estimated 100,000 Iraqi
    civilians, casualties among soldiers of other nations, and the
    devastation of the entire country, and

    WHEREAS, we recognize the courage of U.S. military personnel,
    many of whom are members or family of members of our unions.
    They have faced extraordinary danger and have made huge
    sacrifices in this war; they now want to come home; and bringing
    them home is the best means of protecting them, and

    WHEREAS, the Bush administration has used the Iraq war and
    national security hysteria as a pretext to create a climate of fear
    at home, to restrict civil liberties and to attack the rights of
    workers and unions, and

    WHEREAS, the war and occupation have cost over two hundred
    billion dollars, leading directly to cuts in social and human services,
    education and even benefits for the very veterans of this and other
    conflicts, while war spending has lined the pockets of immensely
    wealthy anti-labor corporations, and

    WHEREAS, the Bush administration has announced the wholesale
    privatization of Iraqi factories and workplaces, and kept in force
    a ban on unions in the public sector, to benefit corporate investors
    at the expense of Iraqi people, and

    WHEREAS, the Bush administration has divided us here at home
    while inspiring fear and distrust among other nations of the world
    community, and has sacrificed the unity and friendship our country
    enjoyed in the days and months after September 11, and

    WHEREAS, five national unions (SEIU, AFSCME, CWA, APWU, GCIU),
    and numerous state labor federations, central labor councils, local
    unions and other labor bodies representing millions of union members
    have passed resolutions calling for our troops to be brought home, and

    WHEREAS, AFL-CIO President John Sweeney has asked the labor
    movement at every level to discuss important issues, challenges
    and problems we confront in preparation for the AFL-CIO Executive
    Council meeting in March and the national convention in July, and
    given that the issues of war and peace and destruction of the
    social safety net are paramount among them,

    THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED that the San Francisco Labor Council
    calls on President Bush to bring our troops home from Iraq now and
    reject the philosophy of pre-emptive war without a clear imminent
    threat to the United States, and

    BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the San Francisco Labor Council calls
    on President Bush to provide adequate veterans' benefits and otherwise
    meet the needs of returning veterans, and our people in general,
    to jobs, education and healthcare, and

    BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the San Francisco Labor Council calls
    on the National AFL-CIO to demand an an immediate end to the U.S.
    occupation of Iraq, the return of U.S. troops to their homes and
    families, and the reordering of national priorities toward peace
    and meeting human needs, and

    BE IT FINALLY RESOLVED that the San Francisco Labor Council submits
    this resolution to the California Federation of Labor for its concurrence
    and immediate action, and also calls on the California Federation of
    Labor to distribute this resolution to all its affiliates for their
    concurrence and immediate action.

    (submitted to the San Francisco Labor Council by Alan Benjamin,
    Ed Rosario and Howard Wallace)

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    8) Israeli Troops Raid Gaza, Told to Target Militants
    By Nidal al-Mughrabi
    GAZA (Reuters)
    Tue Dec 14, 2004 07:41 AM ET
    http://www.reuters.com/newsArticle.jhtml?type=topNews&storyID=7088089&src=eD
    ialog/GetContent§ion=news

    GAZA (Reuters) - Israeli troops demolished several Palestinian homes
    and raided an Islamist stronghold in Gaza City on Tuesday as the
    army intensified operations in the wake of a deadly militant attack.

    Growing violence in the occupied Gaza Strip has dampened hopes
    of a peace breakthrough after Yasser Arafat's death on Nov. 11. Israel
    ordered more efforts to target militants after an attack that killed five
    Israeli troops on Sunday.

    Touring the ruins of the army post blown up on the Gaza-Egypt
    border, Israeli Defense Minister Shaul Mofaz said Israel would keep
    fighting until the Palestinian Authority began to act against the
    armed groups.

    "We will continue this fight against terror until someone else fights
    the terror," he told reporters.

    Troops blew up seven homes in the southern Gaza refugee camp
    of Khan Younis after telling residents to leave, Palestinian witnesses
    said. The army said it destroyed buildings used as cover for firing
    rockets and mortars at Jewish settlements.

    Israeli tanks later rolled up to Gaza City's Shijaia neighborhood,
    a stronghold of Islamic militant groups sworn to destroying the
    Jewish state. Gunfire erupted between soldiers and militants who
    rushed to the scene.

    There were no immediate reports of casualties in the clash. An
    Israeli soldier was hurt when a rocket fired by militants hit
    a collective farm near the Gaza Strip, the army said.

    PRESSURE ON PALESTINIAN LEADERS

    Violence in Gaza has soared ahead of a planned Israeli pullout
    next year from the territory captured in the 1967 Middle East
    war, but the latest bloodshed has also sent a strong message
    of militant muscle to new Palestinian leaders.

    A vote is scheduled on Jan. 9 for a successor to Arafat as
    Palestinian president.

    The only candidate with a realistic chance, Mahmoud Abbas,
    is a veteran official favored by Israel and the United States
    who is expected to try to revive peace talks that stalled in
    2000 before the Palestinian uprising erupted.

    Resolving one dispute before the elections, Israel and the
    Palestinians agreed that Palestinian residents of East
    Jerusalem would cast votes at post offices in the holy city as
    they did during the last Palestinian election in 1996.

    Israel has promised to help ensure that the vote goes
    smoothly, but Sharon said on Monday that there would be no
    talks with Palestinian leaders unless they managed to rein in
    militants in a way that Arafat failed to.

    Criticizing the latest Israeli raids, Palestinian cabinet
    minister Saeb Erekat said: "Bullets will breed bullets and
    hatred will generate more hatred. I urge the Israeli government
    to resume a meaningful peace process."

    Regardless of any negotiations, Sharon plans to abandon the
    Gaza Strip and four of 120 settlements in the West Bank next
    year under an initiative to "disengage" from the conflict.

    Palestinians fear Sharon's real aim is to strengthen
    Israel's hold on the West Bank in exchange for giving up
    impoverished Gaza, though Western countries support the plan as
    a possible step to peace.

    (c) Reuters 2004

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    9) BUSH CALLS FOR "NEW WORLD ORDER / PRE-EMPTIVE STRIKES"
    http://www.freepressinternational.com/bushnwo_12112004_87493029871647684.htm
    l

    What I want to know is how come this was NOT COVERED in any
    Television News
    Media reports.

    Did you see a T.V. news report on this statement Bush made?

    If not, why was it not covered? I think I know why. If had been more widely
    covered, then all of the American public would be on to the real agenda of
    the Bush administration.

    In my opinion, Bush's agenda is to create a police-state-based New World
    Order, as he has said himself, "through pre-emptive action against enemies
    of democracy." The passing of the Patriot Act II was only the beginning of
    this agenda.

    So how many more wars, like the one in Iraq, are planned for our nations
    future? How many "dissidents" among the American public will be considered
    "enemies of democracy" for opposing Bush's plans? How many of our own
    citizens will be taken away in "pre-emptive action against enemies of
    democracy?"

    That, is what I'm pondering now.

    Free Press International 12.11.2004

    http://www.freepressinternational.com/bushnwo_12112004_87493029871647684.htm
    l

    On December 2, 2004 while President Bush was in Canada, he challenged
    international leaders to create a 'new world order' through pre-emptive
    strikes against what he calls, 'enemies of democracy'.

    The Washington Post (WP) wrote, "President Bush yesterday challenged
    international leaders to create a new world order, declaring pre-September
    11 multilateralism outmoded and asserting that freedom from terrorism will
    come only through pre-emptive action against enemies of democracy".

    The title of the WP story is, "Bush Calls For New World Order; Strikes
    Against Enemies of Democracy".

    Did you hear the television networks report on Bush's call for a new world
    order with pre-emptive strikes? ===================================== Bush
    Calls for Global Cooperation

    WASHINGTON TIMES | December 2, 2004 By Joseph Curl

    http://www.infowars.com/articles/us/bush_calls_for_nwo.htm

    HALIFAX, Nova Scotia - President Bush yesterday challenged international
    leaders to create a new world order, declaring pre-September 11
    multilateralism outmoded and asserting that freedom from terrorism will
    come only through pre-emptive action against enemies of democracy. In his
    first major foreign-policy speech since his re-election, the president set
    out an expansive second-term agenda with three distinct goals: reforming
    multilateral institutions, prosecuting the war on terrorism and spreading
    democracy in the Middle East.

    But even as Mr. Bush urged a new effort by free nations to join forces, he
    criticized the multilateral process that splintered as his administration
    moved toward war in the absence of action by the United Nations against
    former Iraqi dictator Saddam Hussein. "The success of multilateralism is
    measured not merely by following a process, but by achieving results," Mr.
    Bush said. "The objective of the U.N. and other institutions must be
    collective security, not endless debate." The president, who was seated near
    Canadian Prime Minister Paul Martin, did not bring up the United States'
    disagreement with Canada over the U.S.-led Iraq war or chastise other
    nations that opposed the pre-emptive strike on Saddam, such as France,
    Germany or Russia. But one day after declaring in Ottawa that Americans on
    Election Day had endorsed the Bush administration's foreign policy and its
    doctrine - which calls for pre-emptive action against states that harbor or
    aid terrorists - the president had a clear message for the rest of the
    world. "Defense alone is not a sufficient strategy," he said. "There is
    only one way to deal with enemies who plot in secret and set out to murder
    the innocent and the unsuspecting: We must take the fight to them." The
    president declared that multilateralism has, of late, resulted in little
    action. Although he vowed to make an effort to build coalitions with
    foreign powers, he said those efforts must be geared toward results. "My
    country is determined to work as far as possible within the framework of
    international organizations, and we're hoping that other nations will work
    with us to make those institutions more relevant and more effective in
    meeting the unique threats of our time," he said. While applauding Canada's
    expansive military role in the world, with its peacekeeping troops in
    Afghanistan, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Haiti, Sudan, Cyprus and the Middle East,
    Mr. Bush recalled Canada's pre-emptive entry into World War II, noting,
    "Some Canadians argued that Canada had not been attacked and had no
    interest in fighting a distant war." The Canadian prime minister echoed Mr.
    Bush's view of the post-September 11 world, saying the terrorist attacks on
    America "have redefined many realities in the world and on our own
    continent." "We're in a war against terrorism, and we are in it together,
    Americans and Canadians. ... Together we have come to realize that the world
    is indeed smaller since 9/11. It's more complex, perilous, more
    challenging," Mr. Martin said. Both leaders called for renewed efforts in
    prosecuting the war on terrorism. "In the new era the threat is different,
    but our duties are the same. Our enemies have declared their intentions -
    and so have we. Peaceful nations must keep the peace by going after the
    terrorists," Mr. Bush said. He also called on all free nations to become
    more involved in spreading democracy in the Middle East. "By taking the
    side of reformers and democrats in the Middle East, we will gain allies in
    the war on terror and isolate the ideology of murder and help to defeat the
    despair and hopelessness that feeds terror. The world will become a much
    safer place as democracy advances," Mr. Bush said. But again, he urged all
    parties to avoid the endless debate over the decades-old issue, dismissing
    past efforts to accept small compromises over borders and settlement sites.
    "This approach has been tried before without success," he said. "The
    Palestinian people deserve a peaceful government that truly serves their
    interests, and the Israeli people need a true partner in peace." The
    president caused a bit of a stir when he mentioned the U.S. missile-defense
    program, which many Canadians oppose. The first U.S. missile bases in the
    shield have been set up in Alaska and California - and with Canada in
    between, the question of whether Canada will help out could become a
    sensitive point. Mr. Martin told reporters after Mr. Bush had left that
    whatever his government decides, it "will be in Canada's interests. We are a
    sovereign nation, and we will make our own decisions on our airspace," he
    said, but added, "We are opposed to the weaponization of space." During his
    speech, Mr. Bush was conciliatory toward Canada and its prime minister, who
    replaced Jean Chretien, a vehement opponent to the war in Iraq. He said that
    because the United States and Canada are neighbors that are engaged in
    "more multilateral institutions than perhaps any two nations on Earth" and
    conduct $1 billion in trade each day, "when frustrations are vented, we must
    not take it personally." Mr. Bush visited Halifax because on September 11,
    2001, about 33,000 passengers on airplanes bound for U.S. airports were
    diverted to Canadian provinces, including Nova Scotia. "You opened your
    homes and your churches to strangers, you brought food, you set up clinics,
    you arranged for calls to their loved ones, and you asked for nothing in
    return," the president said. "Thank you for your kindness to America in an
    hour of need." Mr. Martin replied, "Well, Mr. President, that's what
    neighbors do."

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    10) US adopts National ID: Homeland Security Now In charge
    of Regulations for all US States Drivers Licenses and
    Birth Certificates
    Sent: Monday, December 13, 2004 11:59 PM
    Subject: Fwd: Congress Passes Law Mandating National ID Cards
    Jonathan Wheeler | December 10 2004
    http://www.infowars.com/articles/ps/intelligence_bill_natl_id.htm

    In a chilling act more reminiscent of the now defunct
    Soviet Union or the Nazi regime of Adolph Hitler, the
    United States Congress passed legislation yesterday
    that requires the States to surrender their regulatory
    rights over driver's licenses and birth certificates
    to The Department of Homeland Security.

    The massive US Intelligence Reform Bill weighed in at
    over 3,000 pages and though unread by individual
    Members of either the House or Senate nevertheless
    passed all of the legislative hurdles needed in order
    to become law.

    President Bush lobbied hard for these provisions, only
    objecting when Senator Sensenbrenner attempted to
    require these same provisions for illegal aliens but
    which the President opposed. This provision was
    dropped from the final bill.

    Beginning in 2005, the Department of Homeland Security
    will issue new uniformity regulations to the States
    requiring that all Drivers Licenses and Birth
    Certificates meet minimal Federal Standards with
    regard to US citizen information, including biometric
    security provisions.

    Added to currently existing Federal Laws and Supreme
    Court rulings American citizens when born will be
    issued a Social Security Number that will be included
    on their Birth Certificates, along with DNA biometric
    markers. All birth certificates will also be
    registered in a Federal Government database maintained
    by the Department of Homeland Security. No child will
    be allowed enrollment to schools or be entitled to
    either State of Federal Government benefits programs
    without first presenting a certified Homeland Security
    registered Birth Certificate.

    Drivers Licenses will also contain DNA biometric
    markers and include the holders Social Security Number
    and be required for receiving and applying for all
    State and Federal benefits programs. Previous Supreme
    Court rulings have also upheld State and Federal Law
    Enforcement authorities right to request
    Identification from any American citizen, for any
    reason and at any time as not being violations of
    their, the citizens, constitutionally protected
    rights.

    Major Banks and credit card companies have applauded
    the adoption of a National ID system as being
    important to counter fraud and increasing instances of
    identity theft. National ID cards with biometric
    markers will eliminate them from having to issue
    Credit and Debit cards, which for the first time in US
    history have surpassed the usage of checks and cash.
    Utilizing The Department of Homeland Securities
    centralized federal database, Banks and credit card
    companies will only require the presentation of a
    citizens Driver's License to make purchases as all of
    the persons financial information, including credit
    and cash balances, will already be known in 'real
    time'. (The combining of Homeland Security and Banking
    databases on citizen's balances and purchases, along
    with their past and present purchasing information,
    has been allowed under previous Federal Laws including
    the Patriot Act.)

    Also included in this bill is a law to require The
    Department of Homeland Security to establish a
    separate ID system for citizens to use prior to
    boarding airplanes, and which is eerily reminiscent of
    the Soviet and Nazi regimes dreaded Internal Passport.

    Never before in our history have the words of Benjamin
    Franklin been so correct when he stated: "people
    willing to trade their freedom for temporary security
    deserve neither and will lose both".

    Today, December 9, 2004 will be one of those moments
    in time that future historians will look back on and
    pin point as being the day that the United States of
    American, and as it was founded by its forefathers,
    ceased to exist.

    "Find out just what any people will
    quietly submit to and you have found
    out the exact measure of injustice
    and wrong which will be imposed upon
    them. These wrongs will continue
    till they are resisted with either words or
    blows, or both. The limits of tyrants
    are prescribed by the endurance of
    those whom they oppress."
    Frederick Douglas

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    11) US Airways Workers Authorize Job Actions
    By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
    WASHINGTON (AP)
    Filed at 9:35 p.m. ET
    December 13, 2004
    http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/business/AP-US-Airways-Flight-Attendants.htm
    l?oref=login&pagewanted=print&position=

    WASHINGTON (AP) -- Flight attendants at US Airways have
    overwhelmingly authorized their union to engage in strike-related
    activities should a federal bankruptcy court permit management
    to cancel its collective bargaining agreement with its employees.

    Pat Friend, international president of the Association of Flight
    Attendants-CWA, said Monday that flight attendants would engage
    in intermittent strikes on flights, with the union choosing the
    dates and locations.

    US Airways last month asked a bankruptcy judge in Alexandria,
    Va., to cancel the collective bargaining agreement for flight
    attendants and several other unions. The airline wants to impose
    a 15 percent pay cut on the flight attendants, with no pay raise
    until 2008, and eliminate their pension plan.

    US Airways, bankrupt for the second time in two years, is seeking
    to transform itself into a low-cost carrier in the mold of America
    West or JetBlue . The airline says it needs to drastically cut worker
    pay, change work rules, terminate its remaining pension plans and
    eliminate most medical benefits for retirees to become competitive
    with such airlines.

    Christina Ulosevich, manager of employee communications for
    US Airways, said the airline is continuing to negotiate with flight
    attendants and wants an agreement both sides can accept
    without a court ruling.

    She also said the company's position is that a strike by the flight
    attendants is illegal under the current contract.

    About 5,200 AFA flight attendants work for US Airways.

    Copyright 2004 The Associated Press

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    12) If you go to http://www.narconews.com/petras1.html
    "Dirty Money" Foundation of U.S. Growth and Empire
    Size and Scope of Dirty Money Laundering by Big U.S. Banks
    From La Jornada, May 19, 2001
    By James Petras

    The first two paragraphs state:

    "There is a consensus among U.S. Congressional Investigators,
    former bankers and international banking experts that U.S. and
    European banks launder between $500 billion and $1 trillion of
    dirty money annually, half of which is laundered by U.S. banks alone.

    "As Senator Levin summarizes the record: 'Estimates are that
    $500 billion to $1 trillion of international criminal proceeds are
    moved internationally and deposited into bank accounts annually.
    It is estimated half of that money comes to the United States.'"

    These were the estimates in the year 2000. Imagine what they are
    like now, since Afghanistan is now the world's largest producer
    of Heroin.

    The CIA involvement with drugs is big business and is practically
    the only force capable to bring drugs of the magnitude that exists
    in the United States today.

    When one understands the impligation of these facts, one can
    realize why the attacks upon Gary Webb's integrity were so vicious
    and cruel. And why it appears that his gun shot wounds to have
    been self inflicted. (Or did the CIA make it look thatway?)

    The major media bears some of the blame for failing to tell
    the true story of Coxain and the CIA.

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    13) GI whistle-blower treated like madman
    Whitewashing torture?
    A veteran sergeant who told his commanding officers that
    he witnessed his colleagues torturing Iraqi detainees was
    strapped to a gurney and flown out of Iraq -
    even though there was nothing wrong with him.
    By David DeBatto

    Dec. 8, 2004 | On June 15, 2002, Sgt. Frank "Greg" Ford, a
    counterintelligence agent in the California National Guard's 223rd Military
    Intelligence (M.I.) Battalion stationed in Samarra, Iraq, told his
    commanding officer, Capt. Victor Artiga, that he had witnessed five
    incidents of torture and abuse of Iraqi detainees at his base, and
    requested a formal investigation. Thirty-six hours later, Ford, a
    49-year-old with over 30 years of military service in the Coast Guard, Army
    and Navy, was ordered by U.S. Army medical personnel to lie down on a
    gurney, was then strapped down, loaded onto a military plane and medevac'd
    to a military medical center outside the country.

    Although no "medevac" order appears to have been written, in violation of
    Army policy, Ford was clearly shipped out because of a diagnosis that he
    was suffering from combat stress. After Ford raised the torture
    allegations, Artiga immediately said Ford was "delusional" and ordered a
    psychiatric examination, according to Ford. But that examination, carried
    out by an Army psychiatrist, diagnosed him as "completely normal."

    A witness, Sgt. 1st Class Michael Marciello, claims that Artiga became
    enraged when he read the initial medical report finding nothing wrong with
    Ford and intimidated the psychiatrist into changing it. According to
    Marciello, Artiga angrily told the psychiatrist that it was a "C.I.
    [counterintelligence] or M.I. matter" and insisted that she had to change
    her report and get Ford out of Iraq.

    Documents show that all subsequent examinations of Ford by Army
    mental-health professionals, over many months, confirmed his initial
    diagnosis as normal.

    An officer at the California Office of the Adjutant General in Sacramento,
    Calif., Sgt. Maj. Patrick Hammond, has known Ford for over 15 years during
    their service in the California National Guard. Hammond said, "I have never
    had any reason to question his honesty and I don't do so now." This
    reporter served in the military with Ford in Iraq for seven months and can
    also attest that he is sane and level-headed.

    Ford, who has since left the military, claims that his superiors shipped
    him out of the country to prevent him from exposing the abusive behavior.
    "They were determined to protect their own asses no matter who they had to
    take down," he says.

    Col. C. Tsai, a military doctor who examined Ford in Germany and found
    nothing wrong with him, told a film crew for Spiegel Television that he was
    "not surprised" at Ford's diagnosis. Tsai told Spiegel that he had treated
    "three or four" other U.S. soldiers from Iraq that were also sent to
    Landstuhl for psychological evaluations or "combat stress counseling" after
    they reported incidents of detainee abuse or other wrongdoing by American
    soldiers.

    Artiga and other higher-ups in the 223rd M.I. Battalion deny Ford's
    charges. But in the aftermath of the Abu Ghraib scandal, federal agencies
    including the Department of Defense, the Army's Criminal Investigation
    Command (CID), and the FBI are finally looking into them. The Department of
    the Army's Office of the Inspector General has launched an investigation,
    according to Ford and his attorney, Kevin Healy, who have been contacted by
    investigators. If Ford's allegations are proven, the Army would be faced
    with evidence that its prisoner abuse problem is even more widespread than
    previously acknowledged -- and that some of its own officers not only
    turned a blind eye to abuses but actively participated in covering them up.

    The 223rd M.I. Battalion was one of the first divisions to enter Iraq after
    the U.S. "Shock and Awe" aerial bombardment ended, in mid-April 2003. (I
    also served in that unit in-country from April through October 2003. I met
    Ford in February 2003, at Fort Bragg, N.C., and continued to stay in
    contact with him until he was shipped out of the country. I have also since
    left the military.) The battalion's mission was to collect
    counterintelligence. Its agents, highly trained soldiers responsible for
    force protection and for investigating national security crimes committed
    against the Army, were divided into small units called Tactical Human
    Intelligence Teams, or THTs. Every day, these teams went out from their
    forward operating bases in Iraq and interacted with the local people in an
    effort to gather critical intelligence on such matters as the location of
    conventional and unconventional weapons and the whereabouts of the
    fugitives depicted on the Pentagon's 55-most-wanted playing cards. It was
    arguably one of the most sensitive and important jobs in the entire Iraqi
    theater of operations. As the team sergeant of his THT, Ford was second in
    command of his four-person team and responsible for training, discipline,
    logistics and supervision of day-to-day operations. He was also the team's
    designated combat life saver, or medic.

    Ford spent his first weeks in Iraq at Balad Air Base, also known as Camp
    Anaconda, about 50 kilometers north of Baghdad along the Tigris. In early
    May, he was assigned to a THT that was headed for Samarra, another 20
    kilometers to the northeast. An ancient trading center that dates to the
    Mesopotamian era, Samarra was known as a hotbed of Sunni Arab loyalists,
    ex-Baath Party officials, and Islamist extremists. The two-story police
    station the Army occupied was located in the center of town, closely
    surrounded by taller buildings, giving anyone who cared to fire on the
    Americans an excellent field in which to do so. And fire they did. Almost
    every night, Ford and his teammates would be forced to dive from their
    bunks for cover as mortar rounds rocked the compound. The concussions shook
    the foundation and broke whatever glass windows remained. Fortunately, the
    Iraqi mortar crews proved wildly inaccurate, and no Americans were killed,
    but several were wounded and the attacks never let up. There was immense
    pressure on the THT to find out who was behind the attacks and to supply
    the information to the "gunslingers" of the 4th Infantry Division. It was
    in that environment that Ford says he saw the incidents that led to the end
    of his long military career.

    full: http://www.salon.com/news/feature/2004/12/08/coverup/index.html

    Message: 21
    Date: Wed, 08 Dec 2004 08:52:27 -0500
    From: Louis Proyect Subject: [Marxism] GI whistle-blower treated like madman
    To: marxism@lists.econ.utah.edu
    Message-ID: <6.2.0.14.0.20041208085044.01f48080@pop.panix.com
    Content-Type: text/plain; charset="us-ascii"; format=flowed
    Salon.com
    Louis Proyect
    Marxism list: www.marxmail.org

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    14) NLM Introduces New Environmental Site
    In a message dated 12/14/04 10:18:21 AM,
    holtlabor@igc.org writes:

    The National Library of Medicine (NLM) announced an interactive Web site
    that showson mapsthe amount and location of certain toxic chemicals
    released into the environment in the U.S. The site, called TOXMAP
    (http://toxmap.nlm.nih.gov), is free and requires no registration.

    TOXMAP focuses on the geographic distribution of chemical releases, their
    relative amounts, and their trends over time. This release data comes from
    industrial facilities around the U.S., as reported annually to the
    Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). TOXMAP also links to NLM_s extensive
    collection of toxicology and environmental health references, as well as to
    a rich resource of data on hazardous chemical substances in its TOXNET
    databases (http://toxnet.nlm.nih.gov). There are also fact sheets and
    summaries about the various chemicals, written by the Agency for Toxic
    Substances and Disease Registry.

    NLM has created a number of consumer-oriented Web sites in the last several
    years. TOXMAP joins Web resources for consumer health information
    (MedlinePlus.gov), research studies (ClinicalTrials.gov), and older
    Americans (NIHSeniorHealth.gov).

    Source: National Library of Medicine

    ---
    Shannon Sheppard, MLIS
    Director
    Holt Labor Library
    50 Fell St.
    San Francisco, CA 94102
    phone: (415) 241-1370
    email: holtlabor@holtlaborlibrary.org
    web: http://www.holtlaborlibrary.org

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    15) Rights Group Reports Deaths of Men
    Held by U.S. in Afghanistan
    DETAINEES
    By CARLOTTA GALL
    KABUL, Afghanistan
    December 14, 2004
    http://www.nytimes.com/2004/12/14/international/asia/14abuse.html

    KABUL, Afghanistan, Dec.13 - Human Rights Watch said Monday
    that new cases of deaths of men in American custody in Afghanistan
    had come to light. It accused the Defense Department of operating
    outside the law there and failing to investigate abuses, including killings.

    In an open letter to Secretary of Defense Donald H. Rumsfeld, Human
    Rights Watch, which is based in New York, described the deaths of
    three detainees, including a member of the newly established Afghan
    Army. Six men are now known to have died in American custody here,
    and only two people have been charged in the deaths, the organization
    said.

    The detention system operated by American forces in Afghanistan
    continues to operate outside the rule of law, the letter said. The
    United States continues to hold Afghan detainees in legal limbo
    and in many cases incommunicado, in violation of American
    obligations under the international laws of armed conflict and
    applicable Afghan law, it said. Accusations of abuse and arbitrary
    detention continue to surface at American bases around Afghanistan,
    it added.

    Failure to investigate and prosecute abuses created a culture of
    impunity among some interrogators, and allowed abuse to spread,
    in particular to the Abu Ghraib prison in Iraq, the organization said
    in a statement issued with the letter.

    "It's time for the United States to come clean about crimes
    committed by U.S. forces in Afghanistan," said Brad Adams,
    Asia division director for Human Rights Watch.

    The three deaths include one that occurred in 2002 but was
    disclosed only last week after internal Department of Defense
    documents were released to the American Civil Liberties Union in
    response to a Freedom of Information Act request. According to
    the documents, an Afghan man was killed in or before September
    2002 by four American soldiers - a captain and three sergeants -
    after they detained him on suspicion of following their movements
    in Afghanistan. The case was investigated in 2002, but no one was
    prosecuted, Human Rights Watch said.

    The other two cases emerged in news media reports, Human Rights
    Watch said. It said Jamal Naseer, of the American-backed official
    Afghan Army, was killed in March 2003 after he and seven other
    soldiers were mistakenly arrested by American forces and taken
    to a base in Gardez. They were badly beaten, Human Rights Watch
    said, citing reports by the United Nations office in Gardez, the
    office of the attorney general of the Afghan Army, and the
    nongovernmental Crimes of War project.

    The Army Criminal Investigative Command opened an inquiry
    into the case in May 2004 but has not charged anyone, Human
    Rights Watch said. The latest case, Human Rights Watch said, is
    of Sher Mohammad Khan, who was arrested on Sept. 24, 2004,
    in a raid on his family's home near Khost in eastern Afghanistan
    and died the next day at an American base. His brother was fatally
    shot by American forces in the raid, the group said. Relatives
    reported bruises on Sher Mohammad Khan's body when they
    retrieved it, Human Rights Watch said, calling for an investigation
    of the death.

    Human Rights Watch had already documented the deaths of three
    other detainees. Two Afghan men died in detention at the United
    States air base at Bagram in December 2002, and American
    pathologists ruled at the time that their deaths were homicides.
    A third man, Abdul Wali, died in June 2003 in a forward operating
    base in Kunar Province. Only two people have been charged in the
    deaths, and the inquiries have stalled, the rights group said.

    A Pentagon spokesman in Washington, Lt. Col. Joe Yoswa, declined
    to comment on the letter to Mr. Rumsfeld, but said that as a matter
    of practice, "we go out and investigate the deaths of all detainees."

    Chris Grey, of the Army Criminal Investigation Command, said
    investigators had looked into the deaths of eight detainees in
    American military custody, Reuters reported.

    Other reports of deaths of detainees in Afghanistan were not
    mentioned by Human Rights Watch. In a case documented by
    the Afghan Independent Human Rights Commission, an Afghan
    named Abdul Wahed died in the American special forces bases
    at Gereshk in November 2003. He was tortured by the Afghan
    commander guarding the base and then given to American forces
    when close to death, the United States military has acknowledged.
    No charges have been brought, and the Afghan commander
    continues to work with the special forces at the base, Human
    Rights Watch said.

    Copyright 2004 The New York Times

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    16) ITALIAN.QUEER.DANGEROUS
    a one-man show featuring Tommi Avicolli Mecca
    directed by Francesca Prada

    Just a quick note to let you know that my one-man show,
    "Italian.Queer.Dangerous" will open at the Sims Center on
    January 14 and continue through the 29th, Friday and Saturday
    nights only. Info below. Please reserve tickets ASAP since space
    is limited. No one will be turned away for lack of funds.

    Thanks and hope to see you all soon...Please feel free to share
    this e-mail with your lists...in other words, send it around, please!
    tommi

    ITALIAN.QUEER.DANGEROUS
    a one-man show featuring Tommi Avicolli Mecca
    directed by Francesca Prada

    JANUARY 14-29 (Friday and Saturday nights only:
    14, 15; 21, 22; 28, 29)
    JON SIMS CENTER, 1519 Mission/between Van Ness and 11th
    8pm, $5-10 sliding scale (no one turned away)
    seating is limited, for reservations: 415-554-0402

    Through monologue and spoken word, well-known San Francisco
    queer activist and writer Tommi Avicolli Mecca tells his story of
    growing up gay in South Philly's Little Italy. At age 19, fired up
    with new pride in being gay, he came out to the world--and his
    traditional Roman Catholic southern Italian famiglia--on a TV talk
    show. The rest is history, and the subject of this performance.



    Monday, December 13, 2004
     

    BAUAW NEWSLETTER-MONDAY, DEC. 13, 2004


    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    STOP THE WAR ON IRAQ! BRING OUR TROOPS HOME NOW!
    ALL OUT JANUARY 20TH, 5:00 P.M., CIVIC CENTER, S.F.

    NEXT BAY AREA UNITED AGAINST WAR MEETING:

    SATURDAY, JANUARY 8, 11AM
    CENTRO DEL PUEBLO
    474 VALENCIA STREET
    (NEAR 16TH STREET IN SAN FRANCISCO)

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    First they ignore you. Then they laugh at you.
    Then they fight you. Then you win.
    Mahatma Gandhi

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    THIS ISSUE IS EXTRA LONG DUE TO THE SUMMARY OF THE PATRIOT
    ACT II (#10) AND AN ESSAY BY BY ARUNDHATI ROY, "People vs. Empire
    Only global resistance from below can counter repressive states."
    (#13)

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*


    1) DEAD AND BURIED
    ** Dahr Jamail's Iraq Dispatches **
    ** http://dahrjamailiraq.com **
    The Sunday Herald
    12 December 2004
    http://www.sundayherald.com/46543

    2) U.S. Military Obstructing Medical Care
    Inter Press Service
    Dahr Jamail
    BAGHDAD
    ** Dahr Jamail's Iraq Dispatches **
    ** http://dahrjamailiraq.com **
    December 13, 2004

    3) Pentagon Weighs Use of Deception in a Broad Arena
    By THOM SHANKER and ERIC SCHMITT
    WASHINGTON
    December 13, 2004
    http://www.nytimes.com/2004/12/13/politics/13info.html?oref=login

    4) First Inauguration Since 9/11 Spurs Tightest Security
    By MICHAEL JANOFSKY
    WASHINGTON
    December 13, 2004
    http://www.nytimes.com/2004/12/13/politics/13security.html

    5) Suicide Car Bombing Kills 13 in Baghdad
    By KATARINA KRATOVAC
    Associated Press Writer
    BAGHDAD, Iraq (AP)
    Dec 13, 11:42 AM EST
    http://hosted.ap.org/dynamic/stories/I/IRAQ?SITE=MSCLE&SECTION=HOME

    6) Bush Regime Put On Notice - 'Cuba Is No Iraq!'
    Several Million Cubans In Defense Exercise
    Issue Invasion Warning To Washington.
    From: Mart
    VSCampaign@yahoogroups.com
    http://www.turkishpress.com/world/news.asp?id=041212194641.rbeqjbr4.xml

    7) Illness linked to area ZIP codes
    SUNY Albany professor's study maps health risks and pollutants.
    Corydon Ireland
    Staff writer
    http://www.democratandchronicle.com/apps/pbcs.dll/article?AID=/20041209/NEWS
    01/412090334/1002/NEWS

    8) EMERGENCY! SPREAD THE WORD: STOP LENNAR'S BULLDOZERS!
    NO DEVELOPMENT OF THE HUNTERS POINT SHIPYARD UNTIL IT'S CLEAN!
    ATTEND TUESDAY'S BOARD OF SUPERVISORS MEETING! BRING A CROWD!

    9) Army Doctors Scrambling, Report Says
    The military medical system has been overwhelmed by the
    scope and severity of injuries among troops,
    a health expert writes.
    By Esther Schrader
    Times Staff Writer
    WASHINGTON
    THE CONFLICT IN IRAQ
    December 9, 2004
    http://www.latimes.com/news/nationworld/world/la-fg-casualties9dec09,1,72875
    22.story

    10) Subject: Fw: Secret Patriot Act II to give Hitler's
    Powers to Bush
    This Act will mean that our founding fathers will get
    their wish --a constitution without the Bill of Rights!
    Date: Thu, 9 Dec 2004 09:26:08 -0600 (Central Standard Time)
    From: "Bob Nichols" View Contact
    Details
    To: "Bob Nichols"

    11) Unicef laments state of world's children
    www.theglobeandmail.com/servlet/story/RTGAM.20041209.wunicef1209/BNStory/Int
    ernational/
    "It said Millennium Development Goals, which aim to improve
    the world through human development by 2015 and were
    agreed to by the UN's 191 member states in 2000, could be
    achieved at an annual cost of $40-billion to $70 billion. In
    comparison, world spending on military in 2003 was $956-billion."

    12) U.S. Soldiers' Grilling Fields
    By Tim Harper
    The Toronto Star
    More talk heard of desertion, disgruntlement.
    `Backdoor draft' adding to worries for some troops.
    Sunday 12 December 2004
    http://www.truthout.org/docs_04/121304X.shtml

    13) People vs. Empire
    Only global resistance from below can counter
    repressive states
    By Arundhati Roy
    December 7, 2004
    http://www.inthesetimes.com/site/main/print/1740/

    14) Subject: HE COMMITTED SUICIDE? YEAH. RIGHT.
    gary hicks wrote:
    Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2004 08:08:40 -0800 (PST)
    From: gary hicks
    To: newmajority announce
    THIS STORY HAS BEEN FORMATTED FOR EASY PRINTING


    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    1) DEAD AND BURIED
    ** Dahr Jamail's Iraq Dispatches **
    ** http://dahrjamailiraq.com **
    The Sunday Herald
    12 December 2004
    http://www.sundayherald.com/46543

    *EYEWITNESS: Iraq's civilian body count may go officially undocumented
    but the widows and the orphans know the true extent of the toll
    By Dahr Jamail in Sadr City, Baghdad*

    The Sadr City area of Baghdad is a sprawling slum of nearly three
    million people. Predominantly Shia and the most poverty stricken area of
    the capital, most residents here celebrated the fall of Saddam Hussein
    and his Sunni dominated Ba'athist regime.

    For it was the Shia people of Sadr, perhaps more than any other group in
    Baghdad, that suffered the most under his brutal regime.

    In a small, one-room house in Sadr City lives Sua'ad, a widow with eight
    young children. "I can do nothing but look at my children and cry," she
    says, weeping throughout our conversation. "What are children to do
    without their father? No matter what I do, things will never be the same
    again."

    Three months ago Sua'ad's 30-year-old husband, Abdullah Rahman, was
    killed after being caught in crossfire between US forces and the Mahdi
    Army of Shia cleric Muqtada al-Sadr.

    In Sadr City - renamed from Saddam City - the economy is in ruins.
    Electricity supplies are erratic and the water is so dirty that there
    are constant outbreaks of cholera, Hepatitis-E and diarrhoea.

    Like many neighborhoods across Iraq, Sadr has seen more than its fair
    share of suffering. This the sort of place where civilian casualty
    figures, while difficult to monitor, are undoubtedly high.

    Last month The Lancet, the leading British medical journal, published a
    report that estimated there had been some 98,000 civilian casualties in
    Iraq as a result of the US-led invasion and occupation.

    The report which came in the wake of another assessment carried out by
    the non-governmental group Iraq Body Count (IBC) has resulted in calls
    to Tony Blair from a number of former diplomats, military men and
    academics to hold an inquiry into civilian deaths in Iraq. They say the
    UK like the US has a duty enshrined in international law to record the
    deaths - a claim Foreign Secretary Jack Straw has refuted.

    "This is an estimate relying on media reports, and which we do not
    regard as reliable. It includes civilian deaths at the hands of
    terrorists as well as of the coalition forces," insisted Straw in a
    written statement to the Commons in November.

    Whatever the real truth of the figures, they do little to convey the
    grief and economic impact on families like that of Sua'ad Rahman who
    lose a father, husband or child.

    "His last day he worked his job selling used clothing," Sua'ad said
    quietly. Abdullah had come home for his break to eat with his family. He
    played with his seven-year-old son, then went outside to see what was
    happening when fighting broke out.

    He returned shortly thereafter to tell Sua'ad he needed to go to close
    his small shop. Fighter jets thundered overhead dropping bombs, and
    small arms fire was audible across the streets.

    "His shop is all we have," explained Sua'ad, "I asked him not to go, but
    he said he would be right back."

    But her husband never came back. Sua'ad's oldest child, Ahmed, is 14.
    Their small house is nearly empty. Aside from infrequent hand-outs from
    neighbours, they have no income.

    "He was our father, and we are needing him so much," she explains
    holding her arms out while a small child sits in her lap, "He was
    everything in my life."

    She pauses to catch her breath, but never stops weeping.

    "We are living alone now. I have four children with asthma. Sometimes
    they can't breathe and I can do nothing for them. All I do is stand with
    them and cry. He was helping me by taking them to the hospital and
    bringing the medicines, but now I am knocking on the doors of the
    neighbours."

    She looks outside as tears run down her cheeks.

    "God will revenge the Americans for me. Now I have eight orphans, and I
    am the ninth. As they make us orphans, God is going to kick them out of
    our country. My husband did nothing."

    Sua'ad lives in the northern section of Sadr City, an area which saw the
    fiercest clashes last summer. While the US military does not keep a
    count of Iraqi casualties, the office of Muqtada al-Sadr estimates that
    800 people were killed in the fighting in this area last summer before a
    ceasefire was reached.

    The area was frequently bombed by US warplanes and helicopters. People
    are still wounded from unexploded cluster bombs found in small alleys
    between the cramped houses.

    Across the street from Sua'ad, where crowded markets selling used
    clothing and shoes on old wooden stalls clutter the sidewalks, is the
    home of the Haider family.

    Fifty-year-old mother, Um Haider lives with 21 other family members and
    relatives in an old, three-room house which does not have a toilet.
    Pools of raw sewage stand near the outer walls of the ramshackle building.

    Her husband was killed in the Iran war, and her 20-year-old son, Ahmed,
    was killed during recent fighting in their area. His widow is pregnant
    and expecting a baby in the next month.

    "He was so polite and religious, but he was not a fighter," said Um
    Haider, crying as she spoke of her dead son.

    The day Ahmed was killed a tank had been destroyed by the Mahdi Army.
    She went outside with him to see what happened, and he was struck in the
    head by shrapnel from a rocket fired at fighters from a US helicopter.

    "His blood was all over me while he prayed for God to save us," she said.

    While her oldest son, Ali, and his two uncles work as labourers to
    support the family, Um Haider goes to her son's grave each day.

    Abu Khadim, sitting nearby sipping tea, spoke of his nephew's death.
    "The Americans were taking everyone from the hospital in Sadr City if
    they were wounded, because they thought they were all Mahdi Army," he said.

    "So we took him out of Sadr City. But the next day, he died anyway."

    Ali, Ahmed's 22-year-old brother, expressed the rage held by so many
    Iraqis who have lost loved ones to coalition forces. "When I grow older
    I will buy a Kalashnikov and I'm going to use it to shoot the
    Americans," he said.

    In another small home in the area, Salam Mussa lives with the six
    daughters, two sons and wife left behind by his brother Naim who was killed.

    Thirty-two year-old Naim was at the nearby market when fighting broke
    out between the Mahdi Army and occupation forces. He was shot by US troops.

    "I make $110 per month, but it is not enough," said Salam while telling
    of how the family gets by. "When the kids hear tanks outside they say
    these are the people who killed their father."

    Naim's mother Kussir wept as her husband recalled their dead son.

    "This is the third of my kids to be killed. The Americans are savages.
    They do nothing but bring injustice."

    Rheem, Naim's widow, cannot stop crying either. "My children keep
    looking at the pictures and remembering him too much. Zenab is the
    worst. Every day she is looking at the pictures and asking me when he'll
    come home."

    Zenab, a four-year-old girl wearing rumpled clothes, sat nearby close to
    tears. "I don't love the Americans because they shot my father. They
    frighten me with their helicopters every day. I want my dad to come back
    and have lunch with us again. That's all I want."

    More writing, photos and commentary at http://dahrjamailiraq.com

    You can visit http://dahrjamailiraq.com/email_list/ to subscribe
    or unsubscribe to the email list.

    Or, you can unsubscribe by sending an email to
    iraq_dispatches-request@dahrjamailiraq.com and write unsubscribe in the
    subject
    or the body of the email.

    (c)2004 Dahr Jamail.
    All images and text are protected by United States and international
    copyright law. If you would like to reprint Dahr's Dispatches on the
    web, you need to include this copyright notice and a prominent link
    to the DahrJamailIraq.com website. Any other use of images and
    text including, but not limited to, reproduction, use on another
    website, copying and printing requires the permission of Dahr
    Jamail. Of course, feel free to forward Dahr's dispatches via email.

    Iraq_Dispatches mailing list
    http://lists.dahrjamailiraq.com/mailman/listinfo/iraq_dispatches

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    2) U.S. Military Obstructing Medical Care
    Inter Press Service
    Dahr Jamail
    BAGHDAD
    ** Dahr Jamail's Iraq Dispatches **
    ** http://dahrjamailiraq.com **
    December 13, 2004

    BAGHDAD, Dec 13 (IPS) - The U.S. military has been preventing delivery
    of medical care in several instances, medical staff say.

    Iraqi doctors at many hospitals have reported raids by coalition forces.
    Some of the more recent raids have been in Amiriyat al-Fallujah, about
    10km to the east of Fallujah, the town to which U.S. forces have laid
    bloody siege. Amiriyat al-Fallujah has been the source of several
    reported resistance attacks on U.S. forces.

    The main hospital in Amiriyat al-Fallujah was raided twice recently by
    U.S. soldiers and members of the Iraqi National Guard, doctors say. "The
    first time was November 29 at 5:40am, and the second time was the
    following day," said a doctor at the hospital who did not want to give
    his real name for fear of U.S. reprisals.

    In the first raid about 150 U.S. soldiers and at least 40 members of the
    Iraqi National Guard stormed the small hospital, he said.

    "They were yelling loudly at everyone, both doctors and patients alike,"
    the young doctor said. "They divided into groups and were all over the
    hospital. They broke the gates outside, they broke the doors of the
    garage, and they raided our supply room where our food and supplies are.
    They broke all the interior doors of the hospital, as well as every
    exterior door."

    He was then interrogated about resistance fighters, he said. "The
    Americans threatened to do here what they did in Fallujah if I didn't
    cooperate with them," he said.

    Another doctor, speaking on condition of anonymity, said that all of the
    doors of the clinics inside the hospital were kicked in. All of the
    doctors, along with the security guard were handcuffed and interrogated
    for several hours, he said.

    The two doctors pointed to an ambulance with a shattered back window.
    "When the Americans raided our hospital again last Tuesday at 7pm, they
    smashed one of our ambulances," the first doctor said.

    His colleague pointed to other bullet-riddled ambulances. "The Americans
    have snipers all along the road between here and Fallujah," he said.
    "They are shooting our ambulances if they try to go to Fallujah."

    In nearby Saqlawiyah, Dr Abdulla Aziz told IPS that occupation forces
    had blocked any medical supplies from entering or leaving the city.
    "They won't let any of our ambulances go to help Fallujah," he said. "We
    are out of supplies and they won't let anyone bring us more."

    The pattern of military interference in medical work has apparently
    persisted for many months. During the April siege of Fallujah, doctors
    there reported similar difficulties.

    "The marines have said they didn't close the hospital, but essentially
    they did," said Dr. Abdul Jabbar, orthopedic surgeon at Fallujah General
    Hospital. "They closed the bridge which connects us to the city, and
    closed our road. The area in front of our hospital was full of their
    soldiers and vehicles."

    This prevented medical care reaching countless patients in desperate
    need, he said. "Who knows how many of them died that we could have saved."

    He too said the military had fired on civilian ambulances. They had also
    fired at the clinic he had been working in since April, he said. "Some
    days we couldn't leave, or even go near the door because of the snipers.
    They were shooting at the front door of the clinic."

    Dr. Jabbar said U.S. snipers shot and killed one of the ambulance
    drivers of the clinic where he worked during the fighting.

    "We were tied up and beaten despite being unarmed and having only our
    medical instruments," Asma Khamis al-Muhannadi, a doctor who was present
    during the U.S. and Iraqi National Guard raid on Fallujah General
    Hospital told reporters later.

    She said troops dragged patients from their beds and pushed them against
    the wall.. "I was with a woman in labour, the umbilical cord had not yet
    been cut," she said. "At that time, a U.S. soldier shouted at one of the
    (Iraqi) national guards to arrest me and tie my hands while I was
    helping the mother to deliver."

    Other doctors spoke of their experience of the raid. "The Americans shot
    out the lights in the front of our hospital, they prevented doctors from
    reaching the emergency unit at the hospital, and we quickly began to run
    out of supplies and much needed medication," said Dr. Ahmed, who gave
    only a first name. U.S. troops prevented doctors from entering the
    hospital on several occasions, he said.

    Targeting hospitals or ambulances is in direct contravention of the
    Fourth Geneva Convention, which strictly forbids attacks on emergency
    vehicles and the impeding of medical operations during war.

    At several places doctors said U.S. troops had demanded information from
    medical staff about resistance fighters. "They are always coming here
    and asking us if we have injured fighters," a doctor at a hospital said.

    A U.S. military spokesman in Baghdad told IPS that routine searches of
    hospitals are carried out to look for insurgents. He said it has never
    been the policy of coalition forces to impede medical services in Iraq.

    More writing, photos and commentary at http://dahrjamailiraq.com

    You can visit http://dahrjamailiraq.com/email_list/ to subscribe
    or unsubscribe to the email list.

    Or, you can unsubscribe by sending an email to
    iraq_dispatches-request@dahrjamailiraq.com and write unsubscribe in the
    subject
    or the body of the email.

    (c)2004 Dahr Jamail.
    All images and text are protected by United States and international
    copyright law. If you would like to reprint Dahr's Dispatches on the
    web, you need to include this copyright notice and a prominent link
    to the DahrJamailIraq.com website. Any other use of images and text
    including, but not limited to, reproduction, use on another website,
    copying and printing requires the permission of Dahr Jamail. Of course,
    feel free to forward Dahr's dispatches via email.

    Iraq_Dispatches mailing list
    http://lists.dahrjamailiraq.com/mailman/listinfo/iraq_dispatches

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    3) Pentagon Weighs Use of Deception in a Broad Arena
    By THOM SHANKER and ERIC SCHMITT
    WASHINGTON
    December 13, 2004
    http://www.nytimes.com/2004/12/13/politics/13info.html?oref=login

    WASHINGTON, Dec. 12 - The Pentagon is engaged in bitter, high-level
    debate over how far it can and should go in managing or manipulating
    information to influence opinion abroad, senior Defense Department
    civilians and military officers say.

    Such missions, if approved, could take the deceptive techniques endorsed
    for use on the battlefield to confuse an adversary and adopt them for covert
    propaganda campaigns aimed at neutral and even allied nations.

    Critics of the proposals say such deceptive missions could shatter the
    Pentagon's credibility, leaving the American public and a world audience
    skeptical of anything the Defense Department and military say -
    a repeat of the credibility gap that roiled America during the Vietnam War.

    The efforts under consideration risk blurring the traditional lines
    between public affairs programs in the Pentagon and military branches
    - whose charters call for giving truthful information to the media and
    the public - and the world of combat information campaigns or
    psychological operations.

    The question is whether the Pentagon and military should undertake
    an official program that uses disinformation to shape perceptions
    abroad. But in a modern world wired by satellite television and the
    Internet, any misleading information and falsehoods could easily be
    repeated by American news outlets.

    The military has faced these tough issues before. Nearly three years
    ago, Defense Secretary Donald H. Rumsfeld, under intense criticism,
    closed the Pentagon's Office of Strategic Influence, a short-lived
    operation to provide news items, possibly including false ones, to
    foreign journalists in an effort to influence overseas opinion.

    Now, critics say, some of the proposals of that discredited office
    are quietly being resurrected elsewhere in the military and in the
    Pentagon.

    Pentagon and military officials directly involved in the debate say
    that such a secret propaganda program, for example, could include
    planting news stories in the foreign press or creating false documents
    and Web sites translated into Arabic as an effort to discredit and
    undermine the influence of mosques and religious schools that
    preach anti-American principles.

    Some of those are in the Middle Eastern and South Asian countries
    like Pakistan, still considered a haven for operatives of Al Qaeda. But
    such a campaign could reach even to allied countries like Germany,
    for example, where some mosques have become crucibles for Islamic
    militancy and anti-Americanism.

    Before the invasion of Iraq, the military's vast electronic-warfare arsenal
    was used to single out certain members of Saddam Hussein's inner
    circle with e-mail messages and cellphone calls in an effort to sway
    them to the American cause. Arguments have been made for similar
    efforts to be mounted at leadership circles in other nations where the
    United States is not at war.

    During the cold war, American intelligence agencies had journalists
    on their payrolls or operatives posing as journalists, particularly in
    Western Europe, with the aim of producing pro-American articles to
    influence the populations of those countries. But officials say that no
    one is considering using such tactics now.

    Suspicions about disinformation programs also arose in the 1980's
    when the White House was accused of using such a campaign to
    destabilize Col. Muammar el-Qaddafi of Libya.

    In the current debate, it is unclear how far along the other programs
    are or to what extent they are being carried out because of their
    largely classified nature.

    Within the Pentagon, some of the military's most powerful figures
    have expressed concerns at some of the steps taken that risk blurring
    the traditional lines between public affairs and the world of combat
    information operations.

    These tensions were cast into stark relief this summer in Iraq when
    Gen. George W. Casey Jr., the top commander in Iraq, approved the
    combining of the command's day-to-day public affairs operations
    with combat psychological and information operations into a single
    "strategic communications office."

    In a rare expression of senior-level questions about such decisions,
    Gen. Richard B. Myers, chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, issued
    a memorandum warning the military's regional combat commanders
    about the risks of mingling the military public affairs too closely
    with information operations.

    "While organizations may be inclined to create physically integrated
    P.A./I.O. offices, such organizational constructs have the potential
    to compromise the commander's credibility with the media and the
    public," it said.

    But General Myers's memorandum is not being followed, according
    to officers in Iraq, largely because commanders there believe they
    are safely separating the two operations and say they need all the
    flexibility possible to combat the insurgency.

    Indeed, senior military officials in Washington say public affairs
    officers in war zones might, by choice or under pressure, issue
    statements to world news media that, while having elements of truth,
    are clearly devised primarily to provoke a response from the enemy.

    Administration officials say they are increasingly troubled that
    a nation that can so successfully market its cars and colas around
    the world, even to foreigners hostile to American policies, is failing
    to sell its democratic ideals, even as the insurgents they are battling
    are spreading falsehoods over mass media outlets like the Arab news
    satellite channel Al Jazeera.

    "In the battle of perception management, where the enemy is clearly
    using the media to help manage perceptions of the general public,
    our job is not perception management but to counter the enemy's
    perception management," said the chief Pentagon spokesman,
    Lawrence Di Rita.

    The battle lines in this debate have been drawn in a flurry of classified
    studies, secret operational guidance statements and internal requests
    from Mr. Rumsfeld. Some go to the concepts of information warfare,
    and some complain about how the government's communications
    are organized.

    The fervent debate today is focused most directly on a secret order
    signed by Mr. Rumsfeld late last year and called "Information Operations
    Roadmap." The 74-page directive, which remains classified but was
    described by officials who had read it, accelerated "a plan to advance
    the goal of information operations as a core military competency."

    Noting the complexities and risks, Mr. Rumsfeld ordered studies to
    clarify the appropriate relationship between Pentagon and military
    public affairs - whose job is to educate and inform the public with
    accurate and timely information - and the practitioners of secret
    psychological operations and information campaigns to influence,
    deter or confuse adversaries.

    In response, one far-reaching study conducted at the request of the
    strategic plans and policy branch of the military's Joint Staff recently
    produced a proposal to create a "director of central information."
    The director would have responsibility for budgeting and
    "authoritative control of messages" - whether public or covert -
    across all the government operations that deal with national
    security and foreign policy.

    The study, conducted by the National Defense University, was
    presented Oct. 20 to a panel of senior Pentagon officials and
    military officers, including Douglas J. Feith, the under secretary
    of defense for policy, whose organization set up the original
    Office of Strategic Influence.

    No senior officer today better represents the debate over
    a changing world of military information than Brig. Gen. Mark
    Kimmitt, an operational commander chosen to be the military's
    senior spokesman in Iraq after major combat operations shifted
    to counterinsurgency operations in the spring of 2003.

    His role rankled many in the military's public affairs community
    who contend that the job should have gone to someone trained
    in the doctrine of Army communications and public affairs, rather
    than to an officer who had spent his career in combat arms.

    "This is tough business," said General Kimmitt, who now serves
    as deputy director of plans for the American military command
    in the Middle East. "Are we trying to inform? Yes. Do we offer
    perspective? Yes. Do we offer military judgment? Yes. Must we
    tell the truth to stay credible? Yes. Is there a battlefield value
    in deceiving the enemy? Yes. Do we intentionally deceive the
    American people? No."

    The rub, General Kimmitt said, is operating among those
    sometimes conflicting principles.

    "There is a gray area," he said. "Tactical and operational deception
    are proper and legal on the battlefield." But "in a worldwide media
    environment," he asked, "how do you prevent that deception from
    spilling out from the battlefield and inadvertently deceiving the
    American people?"

    Mr. Di Rita said the scope of the issue had changed in recent years.
    "We have a unique challenge in this department," he said, "because
    four-star military officers are the face of the United States abroad
    in ways that are almost unprecedented since the end of World War II."

    He added, "Communication is becoming a capability that combatant
    commanders have to factor in to the kinds of operations they are
    doing."

    Much of the Pentagon's work in this new area falls under a relatively
    unknown field called Defense Support for Public Diplomacy. This
    new phrase is used to describe the Pentagon's work in government-wide
    efforts to communicate with foreign audiences but that is separate
    from support for generals in the field.

    At the Pentagon, that effort is managed by Ryan Henry, Mr. Feith's
    principal deputy for policy.

    "With the pace of technology and such, and with the nature of the
    global war on terrorism, information has become much more a part
    of strategic victory, and to a certain extent tactical victory, than it
    ever was in the past," Mr. Henry said.

    However, a senior military officer said that without clear guidance
    from the Pentagon, the military's psychological operations, information
    operations and public affairs programs are "coming together on the
    battlefield like never before, and as such, the lines are blurred." This
    has led to a situation where "proponents of these elements jockey
    for position to lead the overall communication effort," the officer said.

    Debate also continues over proposed amendments to a classified
    Defense Department directive, titled "3600.1: Information Operations,"
    which would lay down Pentagon policy in coming years. Previous
    versions of the directive allow aggressive information campaigns
    to affect enemy leaders, but not those of allies or even neutral states.
    The current debate is over proposed revisions that would widen the
    target audience for such missions.

    Mr. Di Rita, the Pentagon spokesman, says that even though the
    government is wrestling with these issues, the standard is still to
    tell to the truth.

    "Our job is to put out information to the public that is accurate,"
    he said, "and to put it out as quickly as we can."

    Copyright 2004 The New York Times

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    4) First Inauguration Since 9/11 Spurs Tightest Security
    By MICHAEL JANOFSKY
    WASHINGTON
    December 13, 2004
    http://www.nytimes.com/2004/12/13/politics/13security.html

    WASHINGTON, Dec. 12 - For nearly a year, the Secret Service and
    other law enforcement agencies have been developing what they
    regard as the most comprehensive security plan ever devised for
    the inauguration of an American president.

    From the swearing-in ceremony for President Bush at the Capitol
    on Jan. 20 to the presidential parade review at the White House to
    the evening galas, the inaugural events will be the first in decades
    to be held in wartime and the first since the terrorist attacks of 2001.
    They will take place at buildings that symbolize American democracy,
    and hundreds of thousands of people are expected to attend,
    including the highest-ranking government officials, other prominent
    Americans and dignitaries from around the world. It is hard to
    imagine, say security experts, a bigger target for terrorists.

    "This is a very, very serious event," said James J. Varey, a retired
    Secret Service officer and former chief of the United States Capitol
    Police who worked on security plans for every inauguration from
    1973 to 2001. "The public has every right to be concerned if we've
    done enough and covered all of our bases."

    Since President Ronald Reagan's second inauguration, in 1985,
    nearly four years after he was shot in an assassination attempt,
    security efforts have steadily intensified.

    In January 2001, when the country was divided over a disputed
    presidential election, the newest development was security
    checkpoints along the parade route on Pennsylvania Avenue,
    from the Capitol to the White House, to minimize the ability of
    protesters to disrupt the procession. None did, although several
    people threw eggs and debris at Mr. Bush's limousine as it left
    the Capitol grounds.

    But Mr. Bush's second inauguration is vastly different from his
    first, with many Americans fearful of another terrorist attack.
    The atmosphere has prompted officials to devise a detailed
    security plan that they are reluctant to discuss. Security personnel
    involved with planning the events, in agencies like the Secret
    Service, the F.B.I. and the Joint Forces Headquarters for the
    National Capital Region, declined to disclose any details.

    But all promised that the efforts would surpass those of the past,
    building on tactics used at the 2001 inauguration and taking into
    account the symbolic importance of the day as well as its potential
    as a target for terrorists.

    "We're mindful of world events, and we adapt as necessary,"
    said Lorie Lewis, a spokeswoman for the Secret Service, the
    lead agency in developing the security plan. "We are prepared
    to handle any potential situation that may arise during this.
    We're also prepared to respond tactically to any situation."

    Many of the resources that will protect the inauguration have
    been in place since the Sept. 11 attacks and the discovery of
    anthrax in Congressional offices weeks later. Anti-aircraft
    weapons sit atop a federal building near the White House.
    Monitors have been installed around the city to measure for
    airborne radiological, chemical or biological substances. The
    Capitol Police force has grown by several hundred officers to
    more than 1,500, a record number, and many of them now
    carry M-16 rifles.

    But security officials said safeguards for next month's events
    would involve more equipment and people than in 2001,
    including larger numbers of troops and uniformed and
    plainclothes officers. Besides the armed soldiers who will
    be deployed around the city, 4,000 others who routinely
    serve the capital region will be on call.

    "It's not like we're going from zero to full blast," said Chief
    Terrance W. Gainer of the Capitol Police. "This reflects
    a continual, gradual buildup with substantially more
    coordination, more personnel, more technology and
    greater sharing of intelligence."

    Not all involved with security efforts will have specialized
    assignments, like standing on rooftops along the parade
    route with binoculars and high-powered rifles. Many will
    draw more routine duties, such as operating pedestrian
    checkpoints on streets leading to Pennsylvania Avenue
    and mingling in crowds to watch for potential disruptions.

    Beyond increasing personnel, said Mr. Varey, who was part
    of President Reagan's security detail on the day he was shot
    in 1981, inauguration planners are also using public
    awareness as a tool.

    "This time," he said of planners, "they have made an appeal
    to the public to be the eyes and ears of security to get the
    public involved in security on a greater scale than I've ever seen."

    While terrorist activities are the prime concern, protests are
    also being addressed in security plans. Several groups say
    they intend to stage peaceful demonstrations, but political
    protests sometimes grow violent, as they did at world trade
    meetings in recent years in Seattle, Miami and Washington.

    Brian Becker, national coordinator for the Answer Coalition,
    an antiwar and antiracism group, said he expected thousands
    of protesters to line the parade route "in a legal, spirited,
    peaceful demonstration," carrying signs calling for the
    withdrawal of United States troops from Iraq and for
    Mr. Bush's impeachment.

    Another group is planning a protest in which participants
    would turn their backs to Mr. Bush's limousine as his motorcade
    passes. Jim McDonald, an organizer, said the action's effectiveness
    would depend on how close to the barricades the protesters
    could get.

    Both organizers worried that security would be so intense and
    access so difficult that their groups' messages would be muffled.

    The Bush administration, Mr. McDonald said, "is using national
    security as a pretext to stifle dissent and to marginalize dissenters."

    "They're not dissuading Osama bin Laden," he added. "They're
    dissuading protesters from coming out by creating a climate of fear."

    Representative Eleanor Holmes Norton, a Democrat and the
    District of Columbia's delegate to Congress, is working closely
    with the agencies planning the inauguration and said she was
    satisfied that security would be strong enough to discourage
    a terrorist attack. "And terrorists know it," Ms. Norton said.
    "Besides, they like the element of surprise."

    She said she worried more about the permanent changes on
    Capitol Hill and elsewhere, giving the city a militaristic feel that
    is amplified by the expanded presence of security personnel at
    important events like an inauguration.


    "Surveillance cameras are everywhere. You have to do everything
    you can, and I am willing to abide a lot of extra security for the
    inauguration. But I just don't think President Bush wants the city
    to look more like a military show than a celebration."

    Copyright 2004 The New York Times

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    5) Suicide Car Bombing Kills 13 in Baghdad
    By KATARINA KRATOVAC
    Associated Press Writer
    BAGHDAD, Iraq (AP)
    Dec 13, 11:42 AM EST
    http://hosted.ap.org/dynamic/stories/I/IRAQ?SITE=MSCLE&SECTION=HOME


    BAGHDAD, Iraq (AP) -- A suicide car bomber linked to al-Qaida killed
    13 people in Baghdad on Monday, the first anniversary of Saddam
    Hussein's capture, and clashes resumed in Fallujah, a one-time
    insurgent stronghold that American forces believed they had
    conquered. Seven Marines died in combat in western Iraq.


    The violence underlines the difficulties U.S.-led forces have
    encountered in the year and a half since Saddam's ouster in trying
    to end a rampant insurgency and bring the country under control.
    U.S. military commanders acknowledge they initially underestimated
    the strength of the insurgent backlash and admit coalition-trained
    Iraqi security forces are not yet up to securing their own country.

    The fighting in Anbar, a vast province including Fallujah and
    Ramadi, was the deadliest for U.S. forces since eight Marines
    were killed by a car bomb outside Fallujah on Oct. 30. The
    deaths brought to nearly 1,300 the number of American
    troops killed in Iraq since the U.S.-led invasion in March 2003.

    In Baghdad, a militant in an explosives-laden car waiting in
    line to enter the western Harthiyah gate of the heavily fortified
    Green Zone, which houses the U.S. Embassy and Iraq's interim
    government, detonated the vehicle as he drove toward the
    checkpoint, police said.

    Dr. Mohammed Abdel Satar of Baghdad's Yarmouk Hospital
    said 13 people were killed and 15 wounded in the suicide
    blast. The U.S. military said there were no injuries to its troops.

    Jordanian militant Abu Musab al-Zarqawi's al-Qaida in Iraq
    group claimed responsibility for the bombing in a statement
    posted on an Islamic web site regularly used by militants.

    "On this blessed day, a lion from the (group's) Martyrs' Brigade
    has gone out to strike at a gathering of apostates and Americans
    in the Green Zone," the group said in a statement, the authenticity
    of which could not be immediately verified.

    The international zone has been the scene of frequent insurgent
    attacks in the past 18 months, killing and wounding dozens of
    people in car bombings or mortar barrages.

    In Tarmiyah, north of Baghdad, a car bomb exploded and
    wrecked two U.S. Humvees, wounding three U.S. soldiers and
    an Iraqi civilian, Lt. Col. James Hutton said.

    Jubilant Iraqi men were seen holding up pieces of the Humvees
    and dancing around their charred hulks, with a large crater
    blown into the road.

    In Mishahda, 25 miles north of Baghdad, gunmen attacked an
    Iraqi National Guard patrol, killing three soldiers and wounding
    three others. The attackers fled, witnesses said.

    Iraq's interim President Ghazi al-Yawer said in an interview
    broadcast Monday that the U.S.-led coalition was wrong to
    dismantle the Iraqi security forces after last year's invasion.

    "Definitely dissolving the Ministry of Defense and the Ministry
    of Interior was a big mistake at that time," al-Yawer told British
    Broadcasting Corp. radio.

    It would have been more effective to screen out former regime
    loyalists than to rebuild from scratch, he added.

    "As soon as we have efficient security forces that we can depend
    on we can see the beginning of the withdrawal of forces from
    our friends and partners and I think it doesn't take years, it will
    take months," he said.

    U.S. forces retook Fallujah from insurgents in a bloody battle last
    month in which hundreds died, including at least 54 Americans.
    The city had fallen under the rule of radical clerics and their
    mujahedeen fighters after Marines lifted a three-week siege
    of the city in April.

    After the latest campaign, U.S. commanders claimed they had
    broken the back of the insurgency in the mainly Sunni Muslim
    areas of western Iraq and that Iraqi security forces would start
    being phased in to take over, but fighting in the region has
    continued.

    "We have come light years from April when they (Iraqi security
    forces) refused to even come out to Fallujah," Marine Lt. Col.
    Dan Wilson said. "We are in the process of phasing more ISF
    into Fallujah ... (and) are better equipped to intuitively know
    who belongs in the city, and who does not."

    On Sunday, American jets dropped 10 precision-guided missiles
    on insurgents' positions in Fallujah after militants fought running
    battles with coalition forces. It was unclear if there were any
    insurgent casualties.

    "We are still running into some of these die-hard insurgents
    that have either come back into the city or have been laying
    low," spokesman Lt. Lyle Gilbert said. "As we are bringing in
    contractors to help with the reconstruction of Fallujah, this
    (fighting) slows the process down."

    It also was unclear whether the latest Marine deaths were
    connected with those clashes. The military said only that seven
    Marines died in two incidents while conducting "security and
    stabilization operations" in Anbar province.

    In nearby Ramadi, 30 miles west of Fallujah, at least 10
    explosions were heard early Monday, but no details were
    immediately available on their source nor whether there
    were any casualties.

    Insurgents had shelled U.S. forces in the city on Sunday
    resulting in retaliatory artillery fire by American troops.

    In the central Iraqi city of Samarra, insurgents attacked patrolling
    U.S. soldiers with small arms fire and rocket-propelled grenades.
    One missed the troops and detonated near a group of children,
    killing a 9-year-old boy and injuring another child, U.S. military
    spokesman Maj. Neal O'Brien said.

    On Sunday, eight of Saddam's 11 top lieutenants went on a hunger
    strike to demand visits in jail from the International Committee
    of the Red Cross, military spokesman Lt. Col. Barry Johnson said.

    The eight had resumed eating by Monday, he said. Saddam
    had not joined in the protest and remained in good health,
    Johnson said.

    (c) 2004 The Associated Press.

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    6) Bush Regime Put On Notice - 'Cuba Is No Iraq!'
    Several Million Cubans In Defense Exercise
    Issue Invasion Warning To Washington.
    From: Mart
    VSCampaign@yahoogroups.com
    http://www.turkishpress.com/world/news.asp?id=041212194641.rbeqjbr4.xml

    Several Million Cubans In
    Defense Exercise In Warning
    To Washington

    Cuba put US on notice with Monday's
    massive war games

    Adalberto Roque
    Agence France-Presse
    December 12, 2004

    [ "The determination of the US administration
    to destroy the (Cuban) revolution however
    they can, including militarily, determines
    the necessity of conducting these exercises"]

    ["Raul Castro said last week the exercises
    had been planned in part so Washington 'does
    not commit the errors it committed in Vietnam
    and that it is now committing in Iraq. So that
    they (Washington) do not underestimate our
    people, who are united and more powerful
    than those in Iraq', he added"]

    HAVANA - Cuba's armed forces are gearing up
    for their biggest military exercises in
    almost 20 years, with hundreds of thousands
    of troops and millions of civilians expected
    to take part, officials here said.

    General Leonardo Andollo told reporters on
    Sunday that MiG-29 jets, anti-aircraft batteries
    were to be deployed during the weeklong
    exercises meant to be a warning to Washington
    that Cuba would vigorously defend itself against
    US aggression.

    The mass war games start Monday and are due
    to run through to December 19.

    Senior military and Communist government
    officials here warned that the administration
    of US President George W. Bush should take
    note of the island's war footing.

    "The determination of the US administration
    to destroy the (Cuban) revolution however
    they can, including militarily, determines
    the necessity of conducting these exercises,"
    Andollo, the deputy chief of Cuba's Armed
    Revolutionary Forces (FAR), said.

    His comments come days after President Fidel
    Castro's brother, Raul, warned Washington
    should closely observe Cuba's military prowess
    and civil defenses during the manoeuvres.
    Raul Castro is the head of the Caribbean
    island's armed forces.

    Operation "Bastion 2004" will involve about
    100,000 soldiers, sailors and air force
    personnel as well as some 400,000 reservists.

    Air force MiG-29s, anti-aircraft units and elite
    troops will also support the operation, billed as
    Cuba's biggest military exercises since 1986.

    Officials said the exercises would also involve
    several million civilians who will participate
    in two days of civil defense exercises, including
    a simulated aerial assault.

    Raul Castro said last week the exercises had been
    planned in part so Washington "does not commit the
    errors it committed in Vietnam and that it is now
    committing in Iraq.

    "So that they (Washington) do not underestimate
    our people, who are united and more powerful
    than those in Iraq," he added.

    =====
    Carlos Rovira - "Carlito"

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    7) Illness linked to area ZIP codes
    SUNY Albany professor's study maps health risks and pollutants.
    Corydon Ireland
    Staff writer
    http://www.democratandchronicle.com/apps/pbcs.dll/article?AID=/20041209/NEWS
    01/412090334/1002/NEWS

    New York state residents who live near certain hazardous waste
    sites - including some in the Rochester area - are up to 20 percent
    more likely to be hospitalized for respiratory diseases than those
    who don't.

    That's according to a study by researchers at the State University
    of New York at Albany, to be published this month in Environmental
    Toxicology and Pharmacology .

    Researchers blame the higher disease risk on pesticides,
    polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) and other types of persistent
    organic pollutants (POPs). Buried in landfills or trapped in polluted
    rivers and lakes, these chemicals can be released into the air and
    breathed in.

    The study, using state and federal health and waste site data,
    identifies 213 ZIP codes statewide that are near or contain waste
    sites with persistent organic pollutants. Living in these ZIP codes
    are more than 2.8 million New Yorkers, or about a sixth of the
    state's population.

    Included are 13 ZIP codes in the Rochester area, from Brockport,
    Spencerport and Greece on the west side to Irondequoit, Webster
    and Clyde, Wayne County on the east.

    Statewide, 1,382 ZIP codes contained no waste sites, the
    researchers said; another 244 ZIP codes had or abutted waste
    sites, but none with persistent organic pollutants. New York
    City was excluded.

    Among the hazardous waste sites used in the study's database
    is the Rochester Embayment, a polluted area comprised of the
    last six miles of the Genesee River and 35 square miles of Lake
    Ontario that the river pollutes. Embayment sediments and water
    contain traces of PCBs, pesticides and dioxins, which are all
    persistent organic pollutants.

    It's one of 46 "areas of concern," or toxic hot spots, in the Great
    Lakes region identified by the International Joint Commission,
    a binational advisory group. There are six such areas in New York.

    Linking real estate to disease "is obviously a politically charged
    thing," said chief study investigator David O. Carpenter, professor
    of environmental health and toxicology at SUNY Albany. But he
    said the paper, based on eight years of hospitalization data, has
    "high statistical power."

    Looking at it another way, the study "is another reason for citizens
    to demand action from their government," said Jeff Jones, spokesman for
    Environmental Advocates of New York, an activist group in Albany.

    Carpenter's study design was based on studies published in 1999
    by Health Canada, which investigated health outcomes for those
    living near each of Canada's 17 areas of concern.

    Results showed some elevated risk of immune system, metabolic
    and thyroid disorders, as well as early or threatened labor. But the
    studies were not intended "to show cause and effect" between the
    waste sites and disease rates, a Health Canada spokeswoman said.

    Carpenter, on the IJC's science advisory board, was asked by the IJC
    to do a parallel study in the United States. Among the eight Great
    Lakes states, he said, only New York had data complete enough for
    investigation.

    Researchers looked at diagnoses recorded for 2.5 million
    hospitalizations a year between 1993 and 2000. They also mapped
    the locations of waste sites in New York. The sites include the six
    areas of concern, 89 federal Superfund sites in New York listed by the
    Environmental Protection Agency and 864 state Superfund sites
    registered by the state Department of Environmental Conservation.

    The researchers found that near toxic waste sites with PCBs and
    pesticides there were more cases of acute respiratory infections,
    pneumonia, bronchitis and influenza.

    They used a more intensive study of ZIP codes along PCB-polluted
    (and wealthy) areas of the Hudson River, concluding that higher
    risk of hospitalization was not likely related to smoking rates,
    diet and exercise habits or socioeconomic status.

    Carpenter's study also supports an unusual hypothesis: that harm
    from PCBs and other persistent toxics is from breathing in affected air.

    Traditionally, exposure to these chemicals has been linked to
    eating, he said, especially the consumption of fish and other
    animal products.

    Nationally, there are attempts to explore the potential links
    between disease and environmental hazards, an emerging art
    that some call "medical geography."

    The federal Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry,
    an arm of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, has
    for 14 years been using geographic information system (GIS)
    technology and health data to assess potential risk to
    populations living near hazardous waste sites, said
    spokeswoman Paula Stephens.

    The New York state Department of Health has mapped some
    adult cancers by ZIP code statewide, but a spokesman said the
    department has not yet executed another part of the original
    project design: an overlay that would match environmental
    hazards such as landfills and waste sites with each ZIP code.

    That overlay "is a step that would go far in preventing
    cancers," said Dr. Leo Trasande, assistant director of the
    Center for Children's Health and the Environment at the
    Mount Sinai School of Medicine in New York City. Research
    that links health outcomes to environmental factors is rare,
    he said.

    But Carpenter, a nationally known public health researcher
    who once studied the link between electromagnetic fields
    and childhood cancers, has done his part. In 2000, he
    published a study that said children in ZIP code areas with
    persistent organic pollutant waste sites had a 30 percent
    greater chance of being hospitalized for five infectious
    diseases, compared with children in "clean" ZIP codes.

    In 2001, a study by Carpenter on ZIP codes in the Niagara
    Falls area associated with three areas of concern showed
    higher rates of hospitalization for thyroid and genital disease
    in women. Last year, a similar study linked persistent organic
    pollutant waste sites with low birth weight in newborns.

    And a student of Carpenter's this year wrote a paper that
    showed increased rates of hypertension in residents living
    in ZIP codes within 15 miles of the Rochester Embayment.

    The paper, by SUNY Albany graduate student Pamela Kruger,
    has not yet been published.

    CIRELAND@DemocratandChronicle.com
    Copyright 2004 Rochester Democrat and Chronicle.

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    8) EMERGENCY! SPREAD THE WORD: STOP LENNAR'S BULLDOZERS!
    NO DEVELOPMENT OF THE HUNTERS POINT SHIPYARD UNTIL IT'S CLEAN!
    ATTEND TUESDAY'S BOARD OF SUPERVISORS MEETING! BRING A CROWD!

    The message below was forwarded to
    us. It's an excerpt of an update from
    Sophie's office. It shows that this week's
    Bay View editorial contains a big
    mistake.


    We'd been told that the Board of
    Supervisors had voted to postpone final
    action until January on this package of
    legislation that gives the green light to
    Shipyard development.

    NOT TRUE!!! The final vote is coming at
    this Tuesday's meeting of the Board
    of Supervisors. And at this point, we have
    ONLY TWO VOTES against it, Daly and
    Gonzalez.

    So it looks like we have two things to do
    - in a hurry! Lobby the rest of the
    Supes, especially Ammiano 554-5144,
    Peskin 554-7450, Sandoval 554-6975 and
    McGoldrick 554-7410. And we need bodies
    at the meeting. These items are second
    on the regular agenda, so people need to
    be there shortly after 2:00.

    Spread the word for all supporters of
    environmental and economic justice to
    be there:

    - SF Board of Supervisors Regular Meeting
    - Tuesday, Dec. 14, 2pm
    - Legislative Chamber, 2nd Floor, City Hall

    For folks who need more information about
    the crisis at the Shipyard, the
    12/8 Bay View editorial, despite the error
    on the date of the vote, should be a
    big help. It's at
    http://www.sfbayview.com/120804/lennarbuyssupport120804.shtml
    .

    Remind the Supes that at least one of the
    sponsors of this legislative
    package, Mayor Gavin Newsom, should
    recuse himself due to egregious conflicts of
    interest! That alone should STOP LENNAR'S
    BULLDOZERS!


    Willie & Mary Ratcliff
    SF Bay View
    (415) 671-0789

    From Supervisor Sophie Maxwell:

    LEGISLATION PENDING AT THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS

    2. A package of legislation co-sponsored
    by Supervisor Maxwell and Mayor
    Gavin Newsom that would enable the
    first phase of development to proceed at the
    Hunters Point Shipyard passed the Board
    of Supervisors on Tuesday on a 9-2
    vote. The legislation will be heard again
    for second reading this coming Tuesday,
    December 14, along with a few additional
    pieces of companion legislation,
    resolutions that require one vote for approval.

    Should this package of legislation pass,
    we anticipate demolition and
    grading activities at the Shipyard, closed
    by the Navy in 1974, will begin this
    February. Phase I of development will
    create 1,600 new units of housing,
    including at least 32% (and possibly 44%)
    of all units to be affordable based upon a
    Bayview-specific income standard. In
    addition, other benefits include: 30% of
    all development is set aside for community
    -based developers (with an additional
    6 acres of land set aside for community
    development of community facilities),
    an estimated $35-40 million in net
    revenue from land sales will be reinvested
    in the Bayview Hunters Point community,
    and 35 acres of new open space and
    parks will be provided.


    [Non-text portions of this message have been removed]

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    9) Army Doctors Scrambling, Report Says
    The military medical system has been overwhelmed by the
    scope and severity of injuries among troops,
    a health expert writes.
    By Esther Schrader
    Times Staff Writer
    WASHINGTON
    THE CONFLICT IN IRAQ
    December 9, 2004
    http://www.latimes.com/news/nationworld/world/la-fg-casualties9dec09,1,72875
    22.story

    WASHINGTON - A shortage of surgeons to treat the wounded in
    Iraq has left Army medical teams in the country scrambling to
    handle the largest number of military casualties since the Vietnam
    War, the New England Journal of Medicine reports today.

    The Army has fewer than 50 general surgeons and 15 orthopedic
    surgeons in Iraq at any one time to serve more than 138,000 troops.
    Despite the numbers, advances in battlefield surgical techniques
    and care mean a greater percentage of soldiers wounded in Iraq
    are surviving than in any previous American conflict.

    The article describes a military medical system that has undergone
    fundamental changes since the 1991 Persian Gulf War, but that
    nonetheless has been overwhelmed by the scope and severity
    of injuries occurring among troops in Iraq. It was written by Atul
    Gawande, an assistant professor at the Harvard School of Public
    Health and a former senior health advisor to the Clinton White
    House.

    Since March 2003, 1,276 U.S. military personnel have died
    in the Iraq war, with an additional 9,765 wounded, according
    to Pentagon figures. The number of deaths directly related to
    combat passed 1,000 this week, the Pentagon said.

    "Just as the rest of the military structure was unprepared for
    the length of the war and the evolution in the nature of the war,
    so has the military medical establishment been understandably
    unprepared for that," Gawande said in an interview.

    "What is striking is that they have been able to adapt in ways
    that allow them to keep a high rate of survival for the soldiers,"
    he said. "But there are costs, and what you see is a potential
    problem on the horizon."

    Gawande did not specify the number of surgeons he thought
    the military should have in Iraq. He said there were several
    indications, though, that the current level was insufficient.

    With just 120 general surgeons on active duty, the Army has
    been forced to use urologists, plastic surgeons and
    cardiothoracic surgeons to perform general surgery on
    soldiers in Iraq.

    Many surgeons have been deployed for more than two years
    in the Iraq campaign, and military planners are contemplating
    pressing some to return, Gawande writes.

    The physicians are working under difficult circumstances. In
    many cases, the military has taken over Iraqi hospitals, and
    the facilities are flooded with civilian patients whom the
    Americans are unable to treat. With no clear directive from
    the Pentagon on treating civilians, some physicians refuse
    to help even pediatric patients out of fear the children could
    be booby-trapped with bombs, Gawande writes.

    Dr. Michael Kilpatrick, deputy director of deployment health
    support with the Pentagon's Office of Health Affairs,
    acknowledged that Army surgeons working in Iraq had
    had to improvise in some cases and had been forced to work
    outside their specialties in others. But he said the relatively
    low number of deaths proved the system was working.

    "There are certainly going to be times in any location where
    the workload is going to exceed the personnel present,"
    Kilpatrick said. "There are going to be some extremely long
    hours at times."

    But, he added, "the fact that they have responded as well as
    they have speaks to the fact that they were well prepared.
    You can't anticipate every eventuality. I think the training
    and preparation that people had has stood them in good stead."

    Detailing the nature of combat injuries and their
    complications, Gawande says that blast injuries from
    suicide bombs and land mines are up substantially in
    recent months and have proved particularly difficult to
    treat without risking infection. Eye injuries have caused
    blindness among a "dismaying" number of soldiers, he
    says.

    Soldiers who survive the initial blasts and field treatment
    are suffering at high rates from later complications, including
    pulmonary embolisms (when a blood clot travels to the lungs)
    and deep venous thrombosis (blood clots in the legs). Some
    of those soldiers have died of the complications.

    Army medical teams are also worried about what Gawande
    calls an epidemic of multi-drug resistant bacterial infection
    in military hospitals. Among 442 medical evacuees seen at
    Walter Reed, 8.4% tested positive, a far higher rate than
    previously seen among wounded troops.

    Despite the challenges, Gawande credits nurses, anesthetists,
    helicopter pilots, other transport staffers and a rethinking of
    the combat medicine system for improvements in soldiers'
    survival rates.

    The system now focuses on damage control, not definitive
    repair, Gawande writes. Field doctors carry "mini-hospitals"
    in Humvees and field operating kits in backpacks so they
    can move with troops and undertake surgery on the spot.

    They limit surgery to two hours or less, often leaving temporary
    closures and even plastic bags over wounds, and send soldiers
    to one of several combat support hospitals in Iraq.

    The strategy seems to be working, Gawande finds. Although
    at least as many U.S. troops have been wounded in combat in
    the Iraq war as in the first five years of Vietnam, 90% are
    surviving, compared with 76% in Vietnam.

    Other experts also have credited superior body armor and
    equipment for improving combat injury survival. But the
    survivors often have injuries so severe that their future
    prospects are uncertain, Gawande writes.

    One airman lost both legs, his right hand and part of his
    face. "How he and others like him will be able to live and
    function remains an open question," Gawande said.

    Copyright 2004 Los Angeles Times

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    10) Subject: Fw: Secret Patriot Act II to give Hitler's
    Powers to Bush
    This Act will mean that our founding fathers will get
    their wish --a constitution without the Bill of Rights!
    Date: Thu, 9 Dec 2004 09:26:08 -0600 (Central Standard Time)
    From: "Bob Nichols" View Contact
    Details
    To: "Bob Nichols"

    Notice this interesting provision of the Intelligence Act they passed
    yesterday.

    "SECTION 202 allows corporations to keep secret their
    activities with toxic biological, chemical or
    radiological materials." [Emphasis added.]

    in case you are thinking of investigating Halliburton
    or Carlyle, here's this jem:

    "SECTION 205 allows top Federal officials to keep all
    their financial dealings secret, and anyone
    investigating them can be considered a terrorist. This
    should be very useful for Dick Cheney to stop anyone
    investigating Haliburton."

    The act also included the so-called PATRIOT Act II.
    Many would say we are now under Martial Law. The old
    COINTEL-PRO is alive and well.

    Bob

    http://disc.server.com/discussion.cgi?id=192635;article=4719;show_parent=1

    Indybay
    http://www.indybay.org/

    Secret Patriot Act II to give Hitler's Powers to Bush
    Wed Dec 8, 2004 2:11pm

    Secret Patriot Act II to give Hitler's Powers to Bush

    Indybay | November 17, 2004

    Secret Patriot Act II to give Hitler's Powers to Bush that even
    some Republicans are scared about:

    Congressman Ron Paul (R-Tex) told the Washington Times
    that no member of Congress was allowed to read the
    first Patriot Act that was passed by the House on
    October 27, 2001. The first Patriot Act was
    universally decried by civil libertarians and
    Constitutional SECRET PATscholars from across the
    political spectrum. William Safire, while writing for
    the New York Times, described the first Patriot Act's
    powers by saying that President Bush was seizing
    dictatorial control.

    On February 7, 2003 the Center for Public Integrity, a
    non-partisan public interest think-tank in DC,
    revealed the full text of the Domestic Security
    Enhancement Act of 2003. The classified document had
    been leaked to them by an unnamed source inside the
    Federal government. The document consisted of a
    33-page section by section analysis of the
    accompanying 87-page bill.

    The Patriot Act II bill itself is stamped
    "Confidential -Not for Distribution." Upon reading the
    analysis and bill, I was stunned by the scientifically
    crafted tyranny contained in the legislation. The
    Justice Department Office of Legislative Affairs
    admits that they had indeed covertly transmitted a
    copy of the legislation to Speaker of the House Dennis
    Hastert, (R-Il) and the Vice President of the United
    States, Dick Cheney as well as the executive heads of
    federal law enforcement agencies.

    It is important to note that no member of Congress was
    allowed to see the first Patriot Act before its
    passage, and that no debate was tolerated by the House
    and Senate leadership. The intentions of the White
    House and Speaker Hastert concerning Patriot Act II
    appear to be a carbon copy replay of the events that
    led to the unprecedented passage of the first Patriot
    Act.

    There are two glaring areas that need to be looked at
    concerning this new legislation:

    1. The secretive tactics being used by the White House
    and Speaker Hastert to keep even the existence of this
    legislation secret would be more at home in Communist
    China than in the United States. The fact that Dick
    Cheney publicly managed the steamroller passage of the
    first Patriot Act, insuring that no one was allowed to
    read it and publicly threatening members of Congress
    that if they didn?t vote in favor of it that they
    would be blamed for the next terrorist attack, is by
    the White House?' own definition terrorism. The move
    to clandestinely craft and then bully passage of any
    legislation by the Executive Branch is clearly an
    impeachable offence.

    2. The second Patriot Act is a mirror image of powers
    that Julius Caesar and Adolf Hitler gave themselves.
    Whereas the First Patriot Act only gutted the First,
    Third, Fourth and Fifth Amendments, and seriously
    damaged the Seventh and the Tenth, the Second Patriot
    Act reorganizes the entire Federal government as well
    as many areas of state government under the
    dictatorial control of the Justice Department, the
    Office of Homeland Security and the FEMA NORTHCOM
    military command. The Domestic Security Enhancement
    Act 2003, also known as the Second Patriot Act is by
    its very structure the definition of dictatorship.

    I challenge all Americans to study the new Patriot Act
    and to compare it to the Constitution, Bill of Rights
    and Declaration of Independence. Ninety percent of the
    act has nothing to do with terrorism and is instead a
    giant Federal power-grab with tentacles reaching into
    every facet of our society. It strips American
    citizens of all of their rights and grants the
    government and its private agents total immunity.

    Here is a quick thumbnail sketch of just some of the
    draconian measures encapsulated within this tyrannical
    legislation:

    SECTION 501 (Expatriation of Terrorists) expands the
    Bush administration'?s enemy combatant definition to
    all American citizens who may have violated any
    provision of Section 802 of the first Patriot Act.
    (Section 802 is the new definition of domestic
    terrorism, and the definition is any action that
    endangers human life that is a violation of any
    Federal or State law. ) Section 501 of the second
    Patriot Act directly connects to Section 125 of the
    same act. The Justice Department boldly claims that
    the incredibly broad Section 802 of the First USA
    Patriot Act isn?t broad enough and that a new,
    unlimited definition of terrorism is needed.

    Under Section 501 a US citizen engaging in lawful
    activities can be grabbed off the street and thrown
    into a van never to be seen again. The Justice
    Department states that they can do this because the
    person had inferred from conduct that they were not a
    US citizen. Remember Section 802 of the First USA
    Patriot Act states that any violation of Federal or
    State law can result in the enemy combatant terrorist
    designation.

    SECTION 201 of the second Patriot Act makes it a
    criminal act for any member of the government or any
    citizen to release any information concerning the
    incarceration or whereabouts of detainees. It also
    states that law enforcement does not even have to tell
    the press who they have arrested and they never have
    to release the names.

    SECTION 301 and 306 (Terrorist Identification
    Database) set up a national database of suspected
    terrorists and radically expand the database to
    include anyone associated with suspected terrorist
    groups and anyone involved in crimes or having
    supported any group designated as terrorist. These
    sections also set up a national DNA database for
    anyone on probation or who has been on probation for
    any crime, and orders State governments to collect the
    DNA for the Federal government.

    SECTION 312 gives immunity to law enforcement engaging
    in spying operations against the American people and
    would place substantial restrictions on court
    injunctions against Federal violations of civil rights
    across the board.

    SECTION 101 will designate individual terrorists as
    foreign powers and again strip them of all rights
    under the enemy combatant designation.

    SECTION 102 states clearly that any information
    gathering, regardless of whether or not those
    activities are illegal, can be considered to be
    clandestine intelligence activities for a foreign
    power. This makes news gathering illegal.

    SECTION 103 allows the Federal government to use
    wartime martial law powers domestically and
    internationally without Congress declaring that a
    state of war exists.

    SECTION 106 is bone-chilling in its
    straightforwardness. It states that broad general
    warrants by the secret FSIA court (a panel of secret
    judges set up in a star chamber system that convenes
    in an undisclosed location) granted under the first
    Patriot Act are not good enough. It states that
    government agents must be given immunity for carrying
    out searches with no prior court approval. This
    section throws out the entire Fourth Amendment against
    unreasonable searches and seizures.

    SECTION 109 allows secret star chamber courts to issue
    contempt charges against any individual or corporation
    who refuses to incriminate themselves or others. This
    sections annihilate the last vestiges of the Fifth
    Amendment.

    SECTION 110 restates that key police state clauses in
    the first Patriot Act were not sunsetted and removes
    the five year sunset clause from other subsections of
    the first Patriot Act. After all, the media has told
    us: this is the New America. Get used to it. This is
    forever.

    SECTION 111 expands the definition of the enemy
    combatant designation.

    SECTION 122 restates the government?s newly announced
    power of surveillance without a court order.

    SECTION 123 restates that the government no longer
    needs warrants and that the investigations can be a
    giant dragnet-style sweep described in press reports
    about the Total Information Awareness Network. One
    passage reads, thus the focus of domestic surveillance
    may be less precise than that directed against more
    conventional types of crime.

    SECTION 126 grants the government the right to mine
    the entire spectrum of public and private sector
    information from bank records to educational and
    medical records. This is the enacting law to allow
    ECHELON and the Total Information Awareness Network to
    totally break down any and all walls of privacy.

    The government states that they must look at
    everything to determine if individuals or groups might
    have a connection to terrorist groups. As you can now
    see, you are guilty until proven innocent.

    SECTION 127 allows the government to takeover
    coroners? and medical examiners operations whenever
    they see fit.

    SECTION 128 allows the Federal government to place gag
    orders on Federal and State Grand Juries and to take
    over the proceedings. It also disallows individuals or
    organizations to even try to quash a Federal subpoena.
    So now defending yourself will be a terrorist action.

    SECTION 129 destroys any remaining whistleblower
    protection for Federal agents.

    SECTION 202 allows corporations to keep secret their
    activities with toxic biological, chemical or
    radiological materials.

    SECTION 205 allows top Federal officials to keep all
    their financial dealings secret, and anyone
    investigating them can be considered a terrorist. This
    should be very useful for Dick Cheney to stop anyone
    investigating Haliburton.

    SECTION 303 sets up national DNA database of suspected
    terrorists. The database will also be used to stop
    other unlawful activities. It will share the
    information with state, local and foreign agencies for
    the same purposes.

    SECTION 311 federalizes your local police department
    in the area of information sharing.

    SECTION 313 provides liability protection for
    businesses, especially big businesses that spy on
    their customers for Homeland Security, violating their
    privacy agreements. It goes on to say that these are
    all preventative measures â?? has anyone seen Minority
    Report? This is the access hub for the Total
    Information Awareness Network.

    SECTION 321 authorizes foreign governments to spy on
    the American people and to share information with
    foreign governments.

    SECTION 322 removes Congress from the extradition
    process and allows officers of the Homeland Security
    complex to extradite American citizens anywhere they
    wish. It also allows Homeland Security to secretly
    take individuals out of foreign countries.

    SECTION 402 is titled Providing Material Support to
    Terrorism. The section reads that there is no
    requirement to show that the individual even had the
    intent to aid terrorists.

    SECTION 403 expands the definition of weapons of mass
    destruction to include any activity that affects
    interstate or foreign commerce.

    SECTION 404 makes it a crime for a terrorist or other
    criminals to use encryption in the commission of a
    crime.

    SECTION 408 creates lifetime parole (basically,
    slavery) for a whole host of crimes.

    SECTION 410 creates no statute of limitations for
    anyone that engages in terrorist actions or supports
    terrorists. Remember: any crime is now considered
    terrorism under the first Patriot Act.

    SECTION 411 expands crimes that are punishable by
    death. Again, they point to Section 802 of the first
    Patriot Act and state that any terrorist act or
    support of terrorist act can result in the death
    penalty.

    SECTION 421 increases penalties for terrorist
    financing. This section states that any type of
    financial activity connected to terrorism will result
    to time in prison and $10-50,000 fines per violation.

    SECTIONS 427 sets up asset forfeiture provisions for
    anyone engaging in terrorist activities.

    There are many other sections that I did not cover in
    the interest of time. The American people were shocked
    by the despotic nature of the first Patriot Act. The
    second Patriot Act dwarfs all police state legislation
    in modern world history.

    Usually, corrupt governments allow their citizens lots
    of wonderful rights on paper, while carrying out their
    jackbooted oppression covertly. From snatch and grab
    operations to warantless searches, Patriot Act II is
    an Adolf Hitler wish list.

    You can understand why President Bush, Dick Cheney and
    Dennis Hastert want to keep this legislation secret
    not just from Congress, but the American people as
    well. Bill Allison, Managing Editor of the Center for
    Public Integrity, the group that broke this story,
    stated on my radio show that it was obvious that they
    were just waiting for another terrorist attack to
    opportunistically get this new bill through. He then
    shocked me with an insightful comment about how the
    Federal government was crafting this so that they
    could go after the American people in general. He also
    agreed that the FBI has been quietly demonizing
    patriots and Christians and those who carry around
    pocket Constitutions.

    I have produced two documentary films and written a
    book about what really happened on September 11th. The
    bottom line is this: the military-industrial complex
    carried the attacks out as a pretext for control.
    Anyone who doubts this just hasn?t looked at the
    mountains of hard evidence.

    Of course, the current group of white collar criminals
    in the White House might not care that we?'re finding
    out the details of their next phase. Because, after
    all, when smallpox gets released, or more buildings
    start blowing up, the President can stand up there at
    his lectern suppressing a smirk, squeeze out a tear or
    two, and tell us that See I was right. I had to take
    away your rights to keep you safe. And now it?s your
    fault that all of these children are dead. From that
    point on, anyone who criticizes tyranny will be
    shouted down by the paid talking head government
    mouthpieces in the mainstream media.

    You have to admit, it?s a beautiful script.
    Unfortunately, it?s being played out in the real
    world. If we don?t get the word out that government is
    using terror to control our lives while doing nothing
    to stop the terrorists, we will deserve what we get -
    tyranny. But our children won?t deserve it.

    HOW THE PATRIOT ACT COMPARES TO HITLER?S
    ERMÄCHTIGUNGSGESETZ (ENABLING ACT):

    At http://www.furnitureforthepeople.com/actpat.htm
    you can read the following 4 Articles:

    1) How the Patriot Act Compares to Hitler's
    Ermächtigungsgesetz (Enabling Act)
    2) A 21st Century Comparison of The Enabling Act and
    The Patriot Act
    3) Ten Key Dangers of The Patriot Act that Every
    American Should Know
    4) Bill Moyers' NOW Comments on the Patriot Act

    ~~Please tell your congress and senators to repeal the
    Patriot Act and to throw out current legislation
    advocating a second act.

    Thank You, for your support!~~

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    11) Unicef laments state of world's children
    www.theglobeandmail.com/servlet/story/RTGAM.20041209.wunicef1209/BNStory/Int
    ernational/
    "It said Millennium Development Goals, which aim to improve
    the world through human development by 2015 and were
    agreed to by the UN's 191 member states in 2000, could be
    achieved at an annual cost of $40-billion to $70 billion. In
    comparison, world spending on military in 2003 was $956-billion."


    One can judge a society on how it treats its children. More wealth
    is created today, than at any time in history, and yet half of the world
    children live in poverty. How can anybody defend the capitalist system
    with its wars upon humanity? The following poem was written during
    the capitalism's "rise" during the "industrial revolution" in England.


    "The golf links lie so near the mill
    that almost every day
    The laboring children can look out
    And watch the men at play."

    -- Sarah Norcliffe Cleghorn


    In the present world starving children watch the rich eat.
    Or as the Beatles Sang:
    " You can see them out for dinner
    With their piggy wives
    Clutching forks and knives to eat their bacon."
    During this Christmas Season there wtll be no peace for
    the world's masses.

    Associated Press


    POSTED AT 8:35 AM EST Thursday, Dec 9, 2004

    London - More than half the world's children are suffering the
    effects of poverty, war and HIV/AIDS, denying them a healthy
    and safe childhood, Unicef's annual report said Thursday.

    The United Nations children's fund report on The State of the
    World's Children found more than one billion children are
    growing up hungry and unhealthy, schools have become targets
    for warring parties and whole villages are being killed off by AIDS.

    A failure by governments around the world to live up to standards
    outlined in 1989's Convention on the Rights of the Child caused
    permanent damage to children and blocked progress toward
    human rights and economic advancement, the report said.

    "Too many governments are making informed, deliberate choices
    that actually hurt childhood," Unicef executive director Carol
    Bellamy said.

    A day before the report's release, an editorial published in The
    Lancet, the respected British medical journal, accused Ms. Bellamy
    of neglecting issues of child survival while emphasizing the rights
    of children.

    "A preoccupation with rights ignores the fact that children will have
    no opportunity for development at all unless they survive," said the
    journal's editor, Richard Horton. "Child survival must sit at the core
    of Unicef's advocacy and country work. Currently, and shamefully,
    it does not."

    Unicef spokesman Alfred Ironside said Mr. Horton ignored progress
    made on child survival rates.

    "Globally child deaths have fallen by 18 per cent since 1990," Ironside
    said in London.

    In his foreword to the report, UN Secretary-General Kofi Annan said
    poverty denied children dignity and endangered their lives, conflict
    robbed them of a secure family life and HIV/AIDS killed parents,
    teachers, doctors and children themselves.

    Compiled by Unicef and researchers at the London School of
    Economics and Bristol University, the report found more than
    half the children in developing countries lived in poverty without
    access to basic goods and services.

    It also said:
    - One in six children was severely hungry.
    - One in seven had no access to health care.
    - One in five had no safe water.
    - One in three had no toilet or sanitation facilities at home.

    The report found 640 million children did not have adequate
    shelter; 300 million had no access to information such as TV,
    radio or newspapers and 140 million children, the majority of
    them girls, had never been to school.

    Poverty was not confined to developing countries, the report
    said, as the proportion of children living in low-income
    households in 11 of 15 industrialized nations rose in the
    past decade.

    More than 10 million child deaths were recorded in 2003,
    with an estimated 29,158 children under 5 dying from
    mostly preventable causes everyday.

    Unicef reported that conflict round the world has seriously
    injured or permanently disabled millions of children, while
    millions more endure sexual violence, trauma, hunger and
    disease caused by wars.

    Nearly half of the 3.6 million people killed in conflict during
    the 1990s were children and around 20 million children were
    forced from their homes and communities by fighting.
    Unicef said almost half a million children under 15 died of
    AIDS in 2003, while another 630,000 children are infected
    with HIV.

    By 2003 some 2.1 million children under 15 were living with
    HIV/AIDS, most of whom were infected during pregnancy, birth
    or through breast-feeding.

    From 2001 to 2003, the number of children who had lost one or
    both parents to AIDS rose to 15 million from 11.5 million, and
    about 80 per cent of those were living in sub-Saharan Africa.

    The Unicef report said the world had the capacity to reduce
    poverty, conflict and HIV/AIDS and improve the plight of the
    world's children.

    It said Millennium Development Goals, which aim to improve
    the world through human development by 2015 and were
    agreed to by the UN's 191 member states in 2000, could be
    achieved at an annual cost of $40-billion to $70 billion. In
    comparison, world spending on military in 2003 was $956-billion.

    Ms. Bellamy said the quality of a child's life depends on decisions
    made by the global community and the world's governments.

    "We must make those decisions wisely and with children's best
    interests in mind. If we fail to secure childhood, we fail to reach
    our larger, global goals for human rights and economic
    development," she said.

    (c) 2004 Bell Globemedia Publishing Inc. All Rights Reserved.
    http://www.marxist.com/Globalisation/unicef_report_billion.htm
    One billion children in extreme poverty: a holocaust on a world-scale
    By Maarten Vanheuverswyn

    UNICEF has just released its annual report, which reveals most
    shocking figures. Almost one billion children all over the world
    are denied at least one of seven commodities deemed essential:
    shelter, water, sanitation, schooling, information, healthcare and
    food. At least 640 million children lack adequate shelter, while
    140 million have never been to school. Safe water is something
    that 400 million children are denied while 500 million live without
    basic sanitation. No less than 90 million starved.

    As pointed out by UNICEF itself, these conditions in effect deny
    them a childhood. More than one in six children are severely
    hungry. One in seven has no access to healthcare at all.

    "Too many governments are making informed, deliberate
    choices that actually hurt childhood," said Carol Bellamy,
    UNICEF director at the report launch in London. "When half
    the world's children are growing up hungry and unhealthy,
    when schools have become targets and whole villages are
    being emptied by Aids, we've failed to deliver on the promise
    of childhood."

    War on the people

    From the heart of Africa, where sectarian conflicts are raging
    through one nation after another, to Latin America, where
    hurricanes have ruined countless families, and Asia, where
    floods and landslides have swept whole towns away, it is clear
    that one group of people pays more than any other - the young
    and the weak. Half a million children under 15 died of Aids last
    year and 2.1 million children across the world live with HIV.
    Fifteen million children have lost a parent to Aids - no less than
    80 per cent of whom live in sub-Saharan Africa.

    Perhaps the most shocking figure in the whole report is not on
    the terrible conditions half of the world's children have to suffer.
    It is the simple solution to this horror. Goals set by the UN in
    2000 to lift poverty across the globe could be achieved at a cost
    of just £52 billion. That may seem a big amount of money but it
    could be raised in a matter of minutes. Last year, globally £712
    billion was spent on weapons. Precisely these guns, mortars, mines
    and shells are maintaining the present catastrophe, with dirty wars
    all over the globe.

    Indeed, the major factor that keeps more than a billion children in
    a state of poverty is war. And as usual in our "best of possible
    worlds", these wars are fought over material interests, i.e. natural
    resources such as diamonds, oil and coltan. Ever heard of coltan?
    It is a mineral used in mobile phones, mined in Africa and exported
    to the West. According to the UNICEF report, about half of the 3.6
    million people killed in wars since 1990 were children. Millions
    more have been displaced by wars and forced to become child
    soldiers.

    Incidentally, today it was also reported that six years of conflict
    in the Congo have claimed 3.8 million lives - half of them children
    - with most victims killed by disease and famine. More than 31,000
    civilians die each month as a result of the conflict, the International
    Rescue Committee reported, citing mortality surveys prepared with
    the aid of on-site medical teams.

    As Carol Bellamy from UNICEF pointed out, "Poverty doesn't come
    from nowhere; war doesn't emerge from nothing; Aids doesn't
    spread by its own choice. These are our choices... What we are
    saying in this report is that choices made by political leaders in
    many cases are very often negative when it comes to children."

    The report further stated that, "bridging the gap between the 'ideal
    childhood' and 'reality' experienced by half the world's children is
    possible by adopting a human rights based-approach to social and
    economic development with special emphasis on reaching out to
    the most vulnerable." The questions remains, of course, what the
    vague "human rights based-approach" is supposed to mean. What
    is certain is that it won't be the approach of the Bushes and Blairs
    of this world. They were caught in a scandal involving torture in Iraq
    and Guantanamo Bay. They are the ones who hypocritically talk about
    combating Aids while squeezing the African continent and the Middle
    East with their divide and rule policies. Darfur is only one of the latest
    examples of this game.

    As a side note, "The State of the World's Children 2005" also stated
    that even children in better off countries were victims of rising poverty
    rates. In 11 of 15 industrialized nations, the proportion of children
    living in low-income households over the last decade has risen.
    This list includes Austria, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands and
    Poland, where children living in poverty rose to 16.6 percent of all
    children in the late 1990s and early 2000s from the 14.0 percent
    it had been a decade earlier. The crisis does not only affect the ex
    -colonial world - it is a global problem.
    Charity or structural solutions?

    Today's Independent reports that 21,297 pounds were raised by
    its readers to help the sick and the poor in the Third World. Similar
    campaigns are being held all over the world, raising considerable
    amounts of money. This shows that a great lot of people do care
    about the current state of affairs in the world. It proves that all the
    talk about "inherently evil human beings" is nonsense. Human
    beings don't live in a vacuum but are social beings. They are
    embedded in a social context and will act accordingly. Workers
    may go on strike in solidarity with a sacked workmate; people
    appalled by the news they see on their TV screens every day
    may give something to a charity; and most of the people will
    simply try to survive and "get on with life" thinking it is not in
    their power to do anything.

    On the other hand, terrible living conditions will create atrocious
    reactions. That is why next to generous donations on the part of
    well-meaning people (apart from those like Bill Gates who give
    a tiny fraction of their wealth to brush up their image) and solidarity
    in general, we see the other side of the coin, i.e. that humans in
    certain conditions are indeed capable of committing horrible
    atrocities, not in the least in the proxy wars in the so-called
    Third World. There we see the ugly face of barbarism that is
    threatening the whole of the planet.

    In that sense, giving money to a particular cause should be seen
    as a will to change society. Having said that, we must point out
    that while charity may temporarily alleviate some suffering, in
    reality this relief is nothing compared to the big needs of the sick
    and the poor on this planet. It is not enough to do something
    "concretely here and now". For every child that is put into a charity
    programme, many others are dying at the same time from starvation.
    The tasks are far bigger. For example, can charity prevent the
    butchery in the Congo? No, it cannot. At most it can alleviate
    a small part of the mess that has been created after the damage
    has been done. Rwanda, where a million people were killed in
    1994, is a tragic case in point.
    Capitalism is the name of the game

    First of all we need to start from a clear analysis of the situation.
    Why is it that 1.2 billion people are living on 1 dollar a day and
    3 billion on 2 dollars a day? (World Bank figures) Utter reactionaries
    claim African people are inherently incapable of developing their
    countries. This racist argument is just not serious. Other people
    claim that the poor in the world should be patient and simply
    need to follow the example of the West. In the West itself, the
    argument goes, it also took a hundred years to achieve
    reasonable wages, social security and the welfare state in general.

    What they don't explain is that in the last century for each of
    these achievements a bitter struggle had to be waged. These
    reforms were achieved only through class struggle. It was also
    achieved in a period of world economic boom. The pressure of
    the revolutionary waves that followed the First and Second World
    War were decisive factors in this progress. After the First World
    War there were revolutions in Russia, Germany and other countries,
    which terrified the capitalists. They were afraid of a general revolt
    against their oppressive regimes, in which they risked losing
    everything. With their backs against the wall, they were forced
    to give concessions to the working class in the industrialised
    countries.


    However, that was not the end of the story. As a compensation
    for these reforms, the exploitation of the colonies was intensified.
    After the Second World War this trend was pushed through even
    more in order to avoid revolution in the West. The capitalist
    system can only survive by maintaining exploitation, oppression
    and inequality in a great part of the world. Within the so-called
    "free market" system Africa cannot reach the living standards
    of the West. It is clear that the way forward is not the capitalist
    road. We need to look further than the narrow perspective
    offered by most Third World organisations.

    The tactics of most NGOs and charity organisations won't ever
    solve the fundamental contradictions in society. For example,
    while in Latin America one revolution after another sweeps the
    continent, most NGOs propose to create yet another small
    cooperative or install an extra well. While the people try to
    overthrow the present regimes, they propose to set up Western
    style trade unions or to "democratise" their governments.

    They forget that these governments only serve the rich and survive
    thanks to the big landowners and American imperialism in particular.
    They forget that most Western trade unions have long abandoned
    the struggle for a better world and only adopt policies of softening
    serious conflicts with the bosses or government. Thereby they
    neglect the fact that bourgeois democracies and the state are
    not neutral but are there to serve capital.

    The bleak picture in the whole ex-colonial world contrasts
    sharply with the promises on children's rights about a healthy
    and protected life, as laid out in the 1989 UN Convention on
    the Rights of the Child. This latest report on these terrible
    conditions is only one more condemnation of the present system.
    It shows how futile the empty words of all bourgeois politicians
    are. In spite of their hollow promises (Kyoto, Aids, world poverty),
    they are not interested in solving these burning questions.
    Instead they continue their imperialist wars under the fig leaf
    of democracy and the "war on terror". But what about this war
    on the people? In a world with an abundance of resources,
    tens of thousands of people are dying on a daily basis. What
    else is this than a new, permanent holocaust?

    It is important to understand that there is a method in the
    madness. These kinds of problems won't simply go away by
    adding another drop in the ocean. Structural problems demand
    structural solutions. They require a radical change in the present
    economic system.

    We cannot solve these fundamental problems by adopting
    temporary, superficial remedies. We can have a charitable
    approach, but then a new war breaks out. More people are
    killed, more basic infrastructure is destroyed. The work of a
    hundred charities can be undone by one small war.

    Wars take place under capitalism because they are terribly
    profitable. To put an end to this nightmare it is necessary to
    destroy the very system that causes the wars, the hunger, the
    poverty. That system is called capitalism. It must be overthrown.
    That is what Marxists fight for systematically in every corner of
    the labour movement nationally and internationally.

    Join us!

    December 10, 2004.
    used to be a fact'ry hand

    when things were movin' slow

    When children worked in cotton mills;

    each mornin' had to go.

    Ev'ry mornin' just at five

    the whistle blew on time

    To get those babies out of bed

    at the age of eight or nine.


    Get out of bed little sleepy head and get
    your bite to eat.

    The fact'ry whistle's callin' you;

    There's no more time to sleep.

    The children all grew up unlearned;

    they never went to school.

    They never learned to read or write;

    they learned to spin and spool.

    Every time I close my eyes
    I see before me still.

    What textile work was carried out
    by Babies in the Mill.
    -Lyrics to "Babies in the Mill"
    by Dorsey Dixon

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    12) U.S. Soldiers' Grilling Fields
    By Tim Harper
    The Toronto Star
    More talk heard of desertion, disgruntlement.
    `Backdoor draft' adding to worries for some troops.
    Sunday 12 December 2004
    http://www.truthout.org/docs_04/121304X.shtml

    WASHINGTON - David Qualls reluctantly
    returned to Iraq yesterday, but not
    before he made a louder statement
    about the state of U.S. troop morale than
    any of the pointed questions from
    soldiers to Defence Secretary Donald
    Rumsfeld this week.

    Qualls, an army specialist from Morrilton,
    Ark., and seven other soldiers who
    have remained nameless, have sued the
    Pentagon, claiming they are improperly
    being kept in Iraq beyond their agreed tour of duty.

    It is a burgeoning problem for Rumsfeld
    and the Bush administration because
    more and more soldiers in Iraq are
    questioning the rationale for their mission,
    the way in which they have been equipped
    and how long they've been deployed.

    In so doing, they are shining new light on
    the price being paid for what is
    widely seen as inadequate war planning
    and piecemeal responses as U.S. troops
    battle an insurgency better armed and
    more determined than any scenario drawn
    up.

    As the U.S. death toll in Iraq tops 1,270
    and the looming Christmas season
    only magnifies the frustration of families
    at home, stories of desertions and
    disgruntled troops began dominating the airwaves.

    There was the now-famous grilling of
    Rumsfeld by troops stationed in Kuwait,
    who challenged him on a lack of armoured
    vehicles, lengthened deployments, antiquated
    equipment and unpaid benefits.

    The Toronto case of Jeremy Hinzman,
    a 26-year-old South Dakotan who said he
    fled to Canada instead of deploying to Iraq
    after realizing he could not kill
    another human being, was given
    prominence in many U.S. media outlets.

    A navy petty officer is at large and been
    declared a deserter after refusing
    to board a troop transport ship in
    San Diego, bound for Iraq.

    "I just couldn't sleep at night knowing
    that I took 3,000 people to a
    place where 100 of them might die,"
    23-year-old Pablo Paredes told National
    Public Radio.

    The U.S. Army wants to prosecute First
    Lt. Julian P. Goodrum of Knoxville,
    Tenn., for being away without leave
    (AWOL) after the 34-year-old, 16-year military
    veteran checked himself into a civilian
    psychiatric hospital, claiming he was
    suffering from post-traumatic stress disorder.

    The mysterious case of Cpl. Wassef Ali
    Hassoun, a 24-year-old Lebanese-born
    U.S. Marine who disappeared from his
    camp near Falluja last summer, led to a
    charge of desertion this week.

    Dan Felushko, a 24-year-old marine,
    told the CBS program 60 Minutes this week
    that he left Camp Pendleton, Calif., and came
    to Canada rather than Kuwait,
    because he felt it would have been
    wrong to fight.

    "I didn't want, you know, `died
    deluded in Iraq' over my gravestone,"
    he said.

    According to the CBS program, some
    5,000 American men and women have deserted
    the military since the war began. They are largely accused of
    cowardice back home, but they say they are acting
    out of conscience.

    Some say they saw no link between the
    Sept. 11, 2001, attacks and the Iraq
    war, others lost faith when it became
    clear there were no weapons of mass destruction
    in Iraq.

    Many who remain are clearly becoming disillusioned.

    Erik Leaver, of the liberal Institute
    for Policy Studies, said this week's
    confrontation in Kuwait show many
    soldiers believe Washington is not
    being straight with them.

    "This is not a well-articulated mission,"
    Leaver said. "More
    and more we are hearing from military
    families that their sons or daughters
    are coming home on leave and saying,
    `Mom, I don't know what I'm doing over
    there.' The soldiers on the front lines there
    understand U.S. policy is not
    working."

    Leaver said the shortage of armoured
    vehicles, coming on the heels of last
    year's controversy over a lack of body
    armour, is particularly distressing because
    this a war of choice for the Bush administration,
    which determined its timing
    and still did not prepare properly.

    The Qualls case focused attention again
    on a program known officially as
    "stop-loss,"but is more popularly
    known on the home front as a "backdoor
    draft."

    Many believe the program, which
    allows the Pentagon to extend
    voluntary deployments in time
    of war or national emergency, is
    the single most morale-damaging
    program in place.

    The Pentagon is not forthcoming on
    how many soldiers will have their stays
    extended, but many estimate it could
    affect 40,000 to 47,000 soldiers, both
    regular service and reservists - about
    a third of the 150,000 Americans
    who will be in Iraq for the run-up
    to scheduled Jan. 30 elections.

    Republican Senator John McCain of
    Arizona, who appears to be mulling another
    presidential run in 2008, this week
    called the stop-loss program the single
    most damaging morale issue for the
    military and pointed the finger of blame
    at an ill-prepared Pentagon.

    "It just adds another layer of stress to
    families left at home who are
    not able to plan moves, or enrol kids
    in school," says Michelle Joyner
    of the National Military Families
    Association, a support group for those with
    loved ones in Iraq.

    Joyner, whose brother, Adam Smith,
    is serving in Iraq, said her group has fielded
    calls from families who lost college tuition
    deposits or are having difficulty
    getting straight answers from units as to
    when their family members could be
    expected to return.

    "It forces some families to live day to
    day without being able to plan
    for the future," she said. "If you
    can't get clear answers,
    it just feeds gossip and increases
    stress. So when we get some calls from families,
    we simply have to tell them there are some
    questions for which we have no answer."

    Many of those raising questions, like
    Qualls, are older and more experienced.

    About 45 per cent of the 138,000 troops
    now on the ground in Iraq are drawn
    from the U.S. Reserve and National Guard
    and tend to be less deferential to
    authority than younger active duty troops.

    The 35-year-old Qualls failed in his
    attempt to win a court injunction keeping
    him in the U.S. until his lawsuit could be heard.

    He left Camp Taji about 24 kilometres
    north of Baghdad last month and returned
    to Arkansas for U.S. Thanksgiving.


    He first enlisted in the army in 1986.
    He was on active duty until 1990 and
    then was a member of the Individual Ready
    Reserves before leaving the military in 1994.

    In July 2003, Qualls entered the service
    again, under an Army National Guard
    policy known as Try One, which allows
    veterans to serve for only one year on
    a trial basis before committing to a full
    enlistment, according to the lawsuit.

    Qualls was deployed to Iraq in March but
    has been told his stay will be extended.

    The news for those who have come home
    is equally bleak.

    The National Coalition for Homeless Veterans
    reported this week that Iraqi war veterans
    are beginning to show up at shelters in California,
    raising fears of a repeat of the generation of homeless Vietnam vets.

    And another study released in the New
    England Journal of Medicine this week
    showed medical advances have saved the
    lives of many soldiers in Iraq who would
    have died in previous wars. However, many
    of the 10,300 soldiers wounded so
    far are attempting to re-integrate into
    their country with much more horrific
    and debilitating injuries than veterans of
    any other previous war.

    Meanwhile, the death toll mounts. Death
    dropped in this reporter's in-box three
    times during the writing of this story.

    The Pentagon confirmed the deaths of
    Sgt. Arthur C. Williams, IV, 31, of Edgewater,
    Fla.; Capt. Mark N. Stubenhofer, 30, of
    Springfield, Va.; and Sgt. 1st Class
    Todd C. Gibbs, 37, of Angelina, Texas.

    They came by way of separate e-mails
    that drop with such numbing regularity,
    they are often treated as spam - unless
    you remind yourself that three
    more families have paid the ultimate price.


    (c) Copyright 2004 by TruthOut.org

    ---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*---------*

    13) People vs. Empire
    Only global resistance from below can counter
    repressive states
    By Arundhati Roy
    December 7, 2004
    http://www.inthesetimes.com/site/main/print/1740/

    In India, the word public is now a Hindi word. It means people.
    In Hindi, we have sarkar and public , the government and the
    people. Inherent in this use is the underlying assumption that
    the government is quite separate from "the people." However,
    as you make your way up India's complex social ladder, the
    distinction between sarkar and public gets blurred. The Indian
    elite, like the elite anywhere in the world, finds it hard to
    separate itself from the state.

    In the United States, on the other hand, the blurring of this
    distinction between sarkar and public has penetrated far
    deeper into society. This could be a sign of robust democracy,
    but unfortunately it's a little more complicated and less pretty
    than that. Among other things, it has to do with the elaborate
    web of paranoia generated by the U.S. sarkar and spun out by
    the corporate media and Hollywood. Ordinary people in the
    United States have been manipulated into imagining they are
    a people under siege whose sole refuge and protector is their
    government. If it isn't the Communists, it's al Qaeda. If it isn't
    Cuba, it's Nicaragua. As a result, the most powerful nation in
    the world is peopled by a terrified citizenry jumping at shadows.
    A people bonded to the state not by social services, or public
    health care, or employment guarantees, but by fear.

    This synthetically manufactured fear is used to gain public
    sanction for further acts of aggression. And so it goes,
    building into a spiral of self-fulfilling hysteria, now formally
    calibrated by the U.S government's Amazing Technicolored
    Terror Alerts: fuchsia, turquoise, salmon pink.

    To outside observers, this merging of sarkar and public in
    the United States sometimes makes it hard to separate the
    actions of the government from the people. Such confusion
    fuels anti-Americanism in the world-anti-Americanism that
    is seized upon and amplified by the U.S. government and its
    faithful media outlets. You know the routine: "Why do they
    hate us? They hate our freedoms," et cetera. This enhances
    the U.S. people's sense of isolation, making the embrace
    between sarkar and public even more intimate.

    Over the last few years, the "war on terrorism" has mutated into
    the more generic "war on terror." Using the threat of an external
    enemy to rally people behind you is a tired old horse that politicians
    have ridden into power for centuries. But could it be that ordinary
    people, fed up with that poor old horse, are looking for something
    different? Before Washington's illegal invasion of Iraq, a Gallup
    International poll showed that in no European country was support
    for a unilateral war higher than 11 percent. On February 15, 2003,
    weeks before the invasion, more than 10 million people marched
    against the war on different continents, including North America.
    And yet the governments of many supposedly democratic
    countries still went to war.

    We must question then: Is "democracy" still democratic? Are
    democratic governments accountable to the people who elected
    them? And, critically, is the public in democratic countries
    responsible for the actions of its sarkar?

    If you think about it, the logic that underlies the war on terror
    and the logic that underlies terrorism are exactly the same. Both
    make ordinary citizens pay for the actions of their government.
    Al Qaeda made the people of the United States pay with their lives
    for the actions of their government in Palestine, Saudi Arabia, Iraq
    and Afghanistan. The U.S. government has made the people of
    Afghanistan pay in the thousands for the actions of the Taliban
    and the people of Iraq pay in the hundreds of thousands for the
    actions of Saddam Hussein. Whose God decides which is a "just
    war" and which isn't? George Bush senior once said: "I will never
    apologize for the United States. I don't care what the facts are."
    When the president of the most powerful country in the world
    doesn't need to care what the facts are, then we can be sure we
    have entered the Age of Empire.

    Real choices

    So what does public power mean in the Age of Empire? Does it
    mean anything at all? Does it actually exist? In these allegedly
    democratic times, conventional political thought holds that public
    power is exercised through the ballot. People in scores of countries
    around the world will go to the polls this year. Most (not all) of
    them will get the governments they vote for. But will they get
    the governments they want?

    In India this year, we voted the Hindu nationalists of the BJP out
    of office. But even as we celebrated, we knew that on nuclear bombs,
    neoliberalism, privatization, censorship, big dams-on every major
    issue other than overt Hindu nationalism-the Congress and the BJP
    have no major ideological differences. We know that it is the 50-year
    legacy of the Congress Party that prepared the ground culturally
    and politically for the far right.

    And what of the U.S. elections? Did U.S. voters have a real choice?
    The U.S. political system has been carefully crafted to ensure that
    no one who questions the natural goodness of the military-industrial
    corporate structure will be allowed through the portals of power.
    Given this, it's no surprise that in this election you had two Yale
    University graduates, both members of Skull and Bones, the same
    secret society, both millionaires, both playing at soldier-solider,
    both talking up war, and arguing almost childishly about who would
    lead the war on terror more effectively. It's not a real choice. It's an
    apparent choice. Like choosing a brand of detergent. Whether you
    buy Ivory Snow or Tide, they're both owned by Procter & Gamble.
    The fact is that electoral democracy has become a process of
    cynical manipulation. It offers us a very reduced political space
    today. To believe that this space constitutes real choice would be
    naive. The crisis of modern democracy is a profound one. Free
    elections, a free press and an independent judiciary mean little
    when the free market has reduced them to commodities available
    on sale to the highest bidder.

    On the global stage, beyond the jurisdiction of sovereign governments,
    international instruments of trade and finance oversee a complex web
    of multilateral laws and agreements that have entrenched a system
    of appropriation that puts colonialism to shame. This system allows
    the unrestricted entry and exit of massive amounts of speculative
    capital into and out of Third World countries, which then effectively
    dictates their economic policy. Using the threat of capital flight as
    a lever, international capital insinuates itself deeper and deeper into
    these economies. Giant transnational corporations are taking control
    of their essential infrastructure and natural resources, their minerals,
    their water, their electricity. The World Trade Organization, the World
    Bank, the International Monetary Fund and other financial institutions,
    like the Asian Development Bank, virtually write economic policy and
    parliamentary legislation. With a deadly combination of arrogance and
    ruthlessness, they take their sledgehammers to fragile, interdependent,
    historically complex societies, and devastate them, all under the
    fluttering banner of "reform." As a consequence of such reform,
    thousands of small enterprises and industries have closed; millions
    of workers and farmers have lost their jobs and land.

    Once the free market controls the economies of the Third World they
    become enmeshed in an elaborate, carefully calibrated system of
    economic inequality. Western countries flood the markets of poorer
    nations with their subsidized agricultural goods and other products
    with which local producers cannot possibly compete. Countries that
    have been plundered by colonizing regimes are steeped in debt to
    these same powers, and have to repay them at the rate of about
    $382 billion a year. The rich get richer and the poor get poorer-
    not accidentally, but by design .

    To put a vulgar point on all of this, the combined wealth of the
    world's billionaires in 2004 (587 "individuals and family units"),
    according to Forbes magazine, is $1.9 trillion-more than the
    gross domestic product of the world's 135 poorest countries
    combined. The good news is that there are 111 more billionaires
    this year than there were in 2003.

    Modern democracy is safely premised on an almost religious
    acceptance of the nation state. But corporate globalization is not.
    Liquid capital is not. So even though capital needs the coercive
    powers of the nation state to put down revolts in the servants'
    quarters, this setup ensures that no individual nation can oppose
    corporate globalization on its own.

    Public power

    Radical change cannot and will not be negotiated by governments;
    it can only be enforced by people. By the public . A public that can
    link hands across national borders. A public that disagrees with the
    very concept of empire. A public that has set itself against the
    governments and institutions that support and service Empire.

    Empire has a range of calling cards. It uses different weapons to
    break open different markets. There's no country on God's earth
    that isn't caught in the crosshairs of the U.S. cruise missile and the
    IMF checkbook. For poor people in many countries, Empire does
    not always appear in the form of cruise missiles and tanks, as it
    has in Iraq or Afghanistan or Vietnam. It appears in their lives in
    very local avatars-losing their jobs, being sent unpayable electricity
    bills, having their water supply cut, being evicted from their homes
    and uprooted from their land. It is a process of relentless
    impoverishment with which the poor are historically familiar.
    What Empire does is further entrench and exacerbate already
    existing inequalities.

    Until quite recently, it was sometimes difficult for people to see
    themselves as victims of Empire. But now, local struggles have
    begun to see their role with increasing clarity. However grand it
    might sound, the fact is, they are confronting Empire in their
    own, very different ways. Differently in Iraq, in South Africa, in
    India, in Argentina, and differently, for that matter, on the
    streets of Europe and the United States.

    Mass resistance movements, individual activists, journalists,
    artists and film makers have come together to strip Empire of its
    sheen. They have connected the dots, turned cash-flow charts
    and boardroom speeches into real stories about real people and
    real despair. They have shown how the neoliberal project has cost
    people their homes, their land, their jobs, their liberty, their
    dignity. they have made the intangible tangible. The once
    seemingly incorporeal enemy is now corporeal.

    This is a huge victory. It was forged by the coming together of
    disparate political groups, with a variety of stratigies. But they
    all recognized that the target of their anger, their activism and
    their doggedness is the same. This was the beginning of real
    globalization. The globalization of dissent.

    Meanwhile, the rift between rich and poor is being driven deeper
    and the battle to control the world's resources intensifies.
    Economic colonialism through formal military aggression is
    staging a comeback.

    Iraq today is a tragic illustration of this process. The illegal
    invasion. The brutal occupat